https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/download-latest-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6576011https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/429/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography & Memoir, Spirituality & Religion, and Business & Career Development. Get 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you save time and enhance knowledge. Don't miss this great opportunity! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>enEducationCopyright Gunner Zulaufhttps://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0b886362c3604a36239be2e05378d853.jpghttps://www.spreaker.com/podcast/download-latest-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6576011Sun, 30 Mar 2025 11:43:10 +0000Gunner ZulaufGunner Zulauffeeds@spreaker.comPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/429/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography & Memoir, Spirituality & Religion,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/429/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography & Memoir, Spirituality & Religion, and Business & Career Development. Get 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you save time and enhance knowledge. Don't miss this great opportunity! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>cleanepisodichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-onu-historia-de-la-corrupcion-no-dramatizado-by-eric-frattini--65209885https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322761 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ONU Historia de la corrupción - no dramatizado Author: Eric Frattini Narrator: Teo Gomez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: -Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. La organización de las Naciones Unidas o como comúnmente se le denomina la ONU, ha sido desde su creación hace más de medio siglo un auténtico foco de conflictos.A pesar de haber sido creada después del II Segunda Guerra Mundial en 1945 con la intención de poder solucionar cualquier conflicto transnacional, con el paso de los años aquel sueño romántico se ha convertido en una pesadilla real, mastodóntica en su organización y cara, muy cara. Fue el campo de batalla ideal para el desarrollo de la guerra fría, y un verdadero teatro de maniobra entre naciones para socavar la libertad de otras.Con el paso del tiempo la ONU se convirtió en lo que hoy es uno de los mayores centros de corrupción en el mundo occidental, y desde hace tiempo todos nos preguntamos: ¿sirve realmente para algo la ONU? - Eric Frattini es un ensayista y novelista que fué durante bastantes años corresponsal en Oriente Medio, residiendo en Beirut y Jerusalem. Es autor de un gran número de ensayos fruto de sus experiencias como periodista, sobre servicios secretos, el Vaticano, espionaje, el terrorismo etc., utilizando la escritura como arma para luchar contra los oscuros entresijos del poder político y económico.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322761Fri, 07 Feb 2020 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322761 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ONU Historia de la corrupción - no dramatizado Author: Eric Frattini Narrator: Teo Gomez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322761 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ONU Historia de la corrupción - no dramatizado Author: Eric Frattini Narrator: Teo Gomez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: -Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. La organización de las Naciones Unidas o como comúnmente se le denomina la ONU, ha sido desde su creación hace más de medio siglo un auténtico foco de conflictos.A pesar de haber sido creada después del II Segunda Guerra Mundial en 1945 con la intención de poder solucionar cualquier conflicto transnacional, con el paso de los años aquel sueño romántico se ha convertido en una pesadilla real, mastodóntica en su organización y cara, muy cara. Fue el campo de batalla ideal para el desarrollo de la guerra fría, y un verdadero teatro de maniobra entre naciones para socavar la libertad de otras.Con el paso del tiempo la ONU se convirtió en lo que hoy es uno de los mayores centros de corrupción en el mundo occidental, y desde hace tiempo todos nos preguntamos: ¿sirve realmente para algo la ONU? - Eric Frattini es un ensayista y novelista que fué durante bastantes años corresponsal en Oriente Medio, residiendo en Beirut y Jerusalem. Es autor de un gran número de ensayos fruto de sus experiencias como periodista, sobre servicios secretos, el Vaticano, espionaje, el terrorismo etc., utilizando la escritura como arma para luchar contra los oscuros entresijos del poder político y económico.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/let-her-fly-a-father-s-journey-and-the-fight-for-equality-by-ziauddin-yousafzai-louise-carpenter--65209745https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332074 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Her Fly: A Father’s Journey and the Fight for Equality Author: Ziauddin Yousafzai, Louise Carpenter Narrator: Adnan Kapadia, Ziauddin Yousafzai Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Let Her Fly by Ziauddin Yousafzai, read by Adnan Kapadia and with an introduction read by the author. “Whenever anybody has asked me how Malala became who she is, I have often used the phrase. ‘Ask me not what I did but what I did not do. I did not clip her wings’” For over twenty years, Ziauddin Yousafzai has been fighting for equality – first for Malala, his daughter – and then for all girls throughout the world living in patriarchal societies. Taught as a young boy in Pakistan to believe that he was inherently better than his sisters, Ziauddin rebelled against inequality at a young age. And when he had a daughter himself he vowed that Malala would have an education, something usually only given to boys, and he founded a school that Malala could attend. Then in 2012, Malala was shot for standing up to the Taliban by continuing to go to her father's school, and Ziauddin almost lost the very person for whom his fight for equality began. Let Her Fly is Ziauddin’s journey from a stammering boy growing up in a tiny village high in the mountains of Pakistan, through to being an activist for equality and the father of the youngest ever recipient of the Nobel Peace Prize, and now one of the most influential and inspiring young women on the planet. Told through intimate portraits of each of Ziauddin’s closest relationships – as a son to a traditional father; as a father to Malala and her brothers, educated and growing up in the West; as a husband to a wife finally learning to read and write; as a brother to five sisters still living in the patriarchy – Let Her Fly looks at what it means to love, to have courage and fight for what is inherently right. Personal in its detail and universal in its themes, this landmark book shows why we must all keep fighting for the rights of girls and women everywhere.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332074Thu, 08 Nov 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332074 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Her Fly: A Father’s Journey and the Fight for Equality Author: Ziauddin Yousafzai, Louise Carpenter Narrator: Adnan Kapadia, Ziauddin Yousafzai...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332074 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Her Fly: A Father’s Journey and the Fight for Equality Author: Ziauddin Yousafzai, Louise Carpenter Narrator: Adnan Kapadia, Ziauddin Yousafzai Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Let Her Fly by Ziauddin Yousafzai, read by Adnan Kapadia and with an introduction read by the author. “Whenever anybody has asked me how Malala became who she is, I have often used the phrase. ‘Ask me not what I did but what I did not do. I did not clip her wings’” For over twenty years, Ziauddin Yousafzai has been fighting for equality – first for Malala, his daughter – and then for all girls throughout the world living in patriarchal societies. Taught as a young boy in Pakistan to believe that he was inherently better than his sisters, Ziauddin rebelled against inequality at a young age. And when he had a daughter himself he vowed that Malala would have an education, something usually only given to boys, and he founded a school that Malala could attend. Then in 2012, Malala was shot for standing up to the Taliban by continuing to go to her father's school, and Ziauddin almost lost the very person for whom his fight for equality began. Let Her Fly is Ziauddin’s journey from a stammering boy growing up in a tiny village high in the mountains of Pakistan, through to being an activist for equality and the father of the youngest ever recipient of the Nobel Peace Prize, and now one of the most influential and inspiring young women on the planet. Told through intimate portraits of each of Ziauddin’s closest relationships – as a son to a traditional father; as a father to Malala and her brothers, educated and growing up in the West; as a husband to a wife finally learning to read and write; as a brother to five sisters still living in the patriarchy – Let Her Fly looks at what it means to love, to have courage and fight for what is inherently right. Personal in its detail and universal in its themes, this landmark book shows why we must all keep fighting for the rights of girls and women everywhere.]]>65cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/them-why-we-hate-each-other-and-how-to-heal-by-ben-sasse--65209747https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332975 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Them: Why We Hate Each Other--and How to Heal Author: Ben Sasse Narrator: Ben Sasse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.81 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. From the New York Times bestselling author of The Vanishing American Adult, an intimate and urgent assessment of the existential crisis facing our nation. Something is wrong. We all know it. American life expectancy is declining for a third straight year. Birth rates are dropping. Nearly half of us think the other political party isn’t just wrong; they’re evil. We’re the richest country in history, but we’ve never been more pessimistic. What’s causing the despair? In Them, bestselling author and U.S. senator Ben Sasse argues that, contrary to conventional wisdom, our crisis isn’t really about politics. It’s that we’re so lonely we can’t see straight—and it bubbles out as anger. Local communities are collapsing. Across the nation, little leagues are disappearing, Rotary clubs are dwindling, and in all likelihood, we don’t know the neighbor two doors down. Work isn’t what we’d hoped: less certainty, few lifelong coworkers, shallow purpose. Stable families and enduring friendships—life’s fundamental pillars—are in statistical freefall. As traditional tribes of place evaporate, we rally against common enemies so we can feel part of a team. No institutions command widespread public trust, enabling foreign intelligence agencies to use technology to pick the scabs on our toxic divisions. We’re in danger of half of us believing different facts than the other half, and the digital revolution throws gas on the fire. There’s a path forward—but reversing our decline requires something radical: a rediscovery of real places and human-to-human relationships. Even as technology nudges us to become rootless, Sasse shows how only a recovery of rootedness can heal our lonely souls. America wants you to be happy, but more urgently, America needs you to love your neighbor and connect with your community. Fixing what's wrong with the country depends on it. Praise for Them: “Sasse is highly attuned to the cultural sources of our current discontents and dysfunctions...Them is not so much a lament for a bygone era as an attempt to diagnose and repair what has led us to this moment of spittle-flecked rage...a step toward healing a hurting nation.” — National Review]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332975Tue, 16 Oct 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332975 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Them: Why We Hate Each Other--and How to Heal Author: Ben Sasse Narrator: Ben Sasse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332975 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Them: Why We Hate Each Other--and How to Heal Author: Ben Sasse Narrator: Ben Sasse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.81 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. From the New York Times bestselling author of The Vanishing American Adult, an intimate and urgent assessment of the existential crisis facing our nation. Something is wrong. We all know it. American life expectancy is declining for a third straight year. Birth rates are dropping. Nearly half of us think the other political party isn’t just wrong; they’re evil. We’re the richest country in history, but we’ve never been more pessimistic. What’s causing the despair? In Them, bestselling author and U.S. senator Ben Sasse argues that, contrary to conventional wisdom, our crisis isn’t really about politics. It’s that we’re so lonely we can’t see straight—and it bubbles out as anger. Local communities are collapsing. Across the nation, little leagues are disappearing, Rotary clubs are dwindling, and in all likelihood, we don’t know the neighbor two doors down. Work isn’t what we’d hoped: less certainty, few lifelong coworkers, shallow purpose. Stable families and enduring friendships—life’s fundamental pillars—are in statistical freefall. As traditional tribes of place evaporate, we rally against common enemies so we can feel part of a team. No institutions command widespread public trust, enabling foreign intelligence agencies to use technology to pick the scabs on our toxic divisions. We’re in danger of half of us believing different facts than the other half, and the digital revolution throws gas on the fire. There’s a path forward—but reversing our decline requires something radical: a rediscovery of real places and human-to-human relationships. Even as technology nudges us to become rootless, Sasse shows how only a recovery of rootedness can heal our lonely souls. America wants you to be happy, but more urgently, America needs you to love your neighbor and connect with your community. Fixing what's wrong with the country depends on it. Praise for Them: “Sasse is highly attuned to the cultural sources of our current discontents and dysfunctions...Them is not so much a lament for a bygone era as an attempt to diagnose and repair what has led us to this moment of spittle-flecked rage...a step toward healing a hurting nation.” — National Review]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/first-in-line-presidents-vice-presidents-and-the-pursuit-of-power-by-kate-andersen-brower--65209796https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329978 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First in Line: Presidents, Vice Presidents, and the Pursuit of Power Author: Kate Andersen Brower Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the New York Times bestsellers First Women and The Residence, an intimate, news-making look at the men who are next in line to the most powerful office in the world—the vice presidents of the modern era—from Richard Nixon to Joe Biden to Mike Pence. Vice presidents occupy a unique and important position, living partway in the spotlight and part in the wings. Of the forty-seven vice presidents who have served the United States, fourteen have become president; eight of these have risen to the Oval Office because of a president’s death or assassination, and one became president after his boss’s resignation. John Nance Garner, FDR’s first vice president, famously said the vice presidency is ''not worth a bucket of warm piss'' (later cleaned up to ''warm spit''). But things have changed dramatically in recent years. In interviews with more than two hundred people, including former vice presidents, their family members, and insiders and confidants of every president since Jimmy Carter, Kate Andersen Brower pulls back the curtain and reveals the sometimes cold, sometimes close, and always complicated relationship between our modern presidents and their vice presidents. Brower took us inside the lives of the White House staff and gave us an intimate look at the modern First Ladies; now, in her signature style, she introduces us to the second most powerful men in the world, exploring the lives and roles of thirteen modern vice presidents—eight Republicans and five Democrats. And she shares surprising revelations about the relationship between former Vice President Joe Biden and former President Barack Obama and how Vice President Mike Pence and President Donald Trump interact behind closed doors. From rivals to coworkers, there is a very tangible sense of admiration mixed with jealousy and resentment in nearly all these relationships between the number two and his boss, even the best ones, Brower reveals. Vice presidents owe their position to the president, a connection that affects not only how they are perceived but also their possible future as a presidential candidate—which is tied, for better or worse, to the president they serve. George H. W. Bush and Ronald Reagan had a famously prickly relationship during the 1980 primary, yet Bush would not have been elected president in 1988 without Reagan’s high approval rating. Al Gore’s 2000 loss, meanwhile, could be attributed to the Monica Lewinsky sex scandal and Bill Clinton’s impeachment. Current Vice President Mike Pence is walking a high-stakes political tightrope as he tries to reassure anxious Republicans while staying on his boss’s good side. This rich dynamic between the president and the vice president has never been fully explored or understood. Compelling and deeply reported, grounded in history and politics, and full of previously untold and incredibly personal stories, First In Line pierces the veil of secrecy enveloping this historic political office to offer us a candid portrait of what it’s truly like to be a heartbeat away.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329978Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329978 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First in Line: Presidents, Vice Presidents, and the Pursuit of Power Author: Kate Andersen Brower Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329978 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First in Line: Presidents, Vice Presidents, and the Pursuit of Power Author: Kate Andersen Brower Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the New York Times bestsellers First Women and The Residence, an intimate, news-making look at the men who are next in line to the most powerful office in the world—the vice presidents of the modern era—from Richard Nixon to Joe Biden to Mike Pence. Vice presidents occupy a unique and important position, living partway in the spotlight and part in the wings. Of the forty-seven vice presidents who have served the United States, fourteen have become president; eight of these have risen to the Oval Office because of a president’s death or assassination, and one became president after his boss’s resignation. John Nance Garner, FDR’s first vice president, famously said the vice presidency is ''not worth a bucket of warm piss'' (later cleaned up to ''warm spit''). But things have changed dramatically in recent years. In interviews with more than two hundred people, including former vice presidents, their family members, and insiders and confidants of every president since Jimmy Carter, Kate Andersen Brower pulls back the curtain and reveals the sometimes cold, sometimes close, and always complicated relationship between our modern presidents and their vice presidents. Brower took us inside the lives of the White House staff and gave us an intimate look at the modern First Ladies; now, in her signature style, she introduces us to the second most powerful men in the world, exploring the lives and roles of thirteen modern vice presidents—eight Republicans and five Democrats. And she shares surprising revelations about the relationship between former Vice President Joe Biden and former President Barack Obama and how Vice President Mike Pence and President Donald Trump interact behind closed doors. From rivals to coworkers, there is a very tangible sense of admiration mixed with jealousy and resentment in nearly all these relationships between the number two and his boss, even the best ones, Brower reveals. Vice presidents owe their position to the president, a connection that affects not only how they are perceived but also their possible future as a presidential candidate—which is tied, for better or worse, to the president they serve. George H. W. Bush and Ronald Reagan had a famously prickly relationship during the 1980 primary, yet Bush would not have been elected president in 1988 without Reagan’s high approval rating. Al Gore’s 2000 loss, meanwhile, could be attributed to the Monica Lewinsky sex scandal and Bill Clinton’s impeachment. Current Vice President Mike Pence is walking a high-stakes political tightrope as he tries to reassure anxious Republicans while staying on his boss’s good side. This rich dynamic between the president and the vice president has never been fully explored or understood. Compelling and deeply reported, grounded in history and politics, and full of previously untold and incredibly personal stories, First In Line pierces the veil of secrecy enveloping this historic political office to offer us a candid portrait of what it’s truly like to be a heartbeat away.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-truth-sounds-like-robert-f-kennedy-james-baldwin-and-our-unfinished-conversation-about-race-in-america-by-michael-eric-dyson--65209751https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332804 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Truth Sounds Like: Robert F. Kennedy, James Baldwin, and Our Unfinished Conversation About Race in America Author: Michael Eric Dyson Narrator: Michael Eric Dyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. What Truth Sounds Like is a timely exploration of America's tortured racial politics that continues the conversation from Michael Eric Dyson's New York Times bestseller Tears We Cannot Stop. President Barack Obama: 'Everybody who speaks after Michael Eric Dyson pales in comparison.” In 2015 BLM activist Julius Jones confronted Presidential candidate Hillary Clinton with an urgent query: “What in your heart has changed that’s going to change the direction of this country?” “I don’t believe you just change hearts,” she protested. “I believe you change laws.” The fraught conflict between conscience and politics – between morality and power – in addressing race hardly began with Clinton. An electrifying and traumatic encounter in the sixties crystallized these furious disputes. In 1963 Attorney General Robert Kennedy sought out James Baldwin to explain the rage that threatened to engulf black America. Baldwin brought along some friends, including playwright Lorraine Hansberry, psychologist Kenneth Clark, and a valiant activist, Jerome Smith. It was Smith’s relentless, unfiltered fury that set Kennedy on his heels, reducing him to sullen silence. Kennedy walked away from the nearly three-hour meeting angry – that the black folk assembled didn’t understand politics, and that they weren’t as easy to talk to as Martin Luther King. But especially that they were more interested in witness than policy. But Kennedy’s anger quickly gave way to empathy, especially for Smith. “I guess if I were in his shoes…I might feel differently about this country.” Kennedy set about changing policy – the meeting having transformed his thinking in fundamental ways. There was more: every big argument about race that persists to this day got a hearing in that room. Smith declaring that he’d never fight for his country given its racist tendencies, and Kennedy being appalled at such lack of patriotism, tracks the disdain for black dissent in our own time. His belief that black folk were ungrateful for the Kennedys’ efforts to make things better shows up in our day as the charge that black folk wallow in the politics of ingratitude and victimhood. The contributions of black queer folk to racial progress still cause a stir. BLM has been accused of harboring a covert queer agenda. The immigrant experience, like that of Kennedy – versus the racial experience of Baldwin – is a cudgel to excoriate black folk for lacking hustle and ingenuity. The questioning of whether folk who are interracially partnered can authentically communicate black interests persists. And we grapple still with the responsibility of black intellectuals and artists to bring about social change. What Truth Sounds Like exists at the tense intersection of the conflict between politics and prophecy – of whether we embrace political resolution or moral redemption to fix our fractured racial landscape. The future of race and democracy hang in the balance. More praise for What Truth Sounds Like: 'Dyson's passion for the rich African-American cultural tapestry reverberates in this audiobook.' — AudioFile Magazine “What Truth Sounds Like is a tour de force of intellectual history and cultural analysis, a poetically written work that calls on all of us to get back in that room and to resolve the racial crises we confronted more than fifty years ago.” —Harry Belafonte]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332804Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332804 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Truth Sounds Like: Robert F. Kennedy, James Baldwin, and Our Unfinished Conversation About Race in America Author: Michael Eric Dyson Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332804 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Truth Sounds Like: Robert F. Kennedy, James Baldwin, and Our Unfinished Conversation About Race in America Author: Michael Eric Dyson Narrator: Michael Eric Dyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. What Truth Sounds Like is a timely exploration of America's tortured racial politics that continues the conversation from Michael Eric Dyson's New York Times bestseller Tears We Cannot Stop. President Barack Obama: 'Everybody who speaks after Michael Eric Dyson pales in comparison.” In 2015 BLM activist Julius Jones confronted Presidential candidate Hillary Clinton with an urgent query: “What in your heart has changed that’s going to change the direction of this country?” “I don’t believe you just change hearts,” she protested. “I believe you change laws.” The fraught conflict between conscience and politics – between morality and power – in addressing race hardly began with Clinton. An electrifying and traumatic encounter in the sixties crystallized these furious disputes. In 1963 Attorney General Robert Kennedy sought out James Baldwin to explain the rage that threatened to engulf black America. Baldwin brought along some friends, including playwright Lorraine Hansberry, psychologist Kenneth Clark, and a valiant activist, Jerome Smith. It was Smith’s relentless, unfiltered fury that set Kennedy on his heels, reducing him to sullen silence. Kennedy walked away from the nearly three-hour meeting angry – that the black folk assembled didn’t understand politics, and that they weren’t as easy to talk to as Martin Luther King. But especially that they were more interested in witness than policy. But Kennedy’s anger quickly gave way to empathy, especially for Smith. “I guess if I were in his shoes…I might feel differently about this country.” Kennedy set about changing policy – the meeting having transformed his thinking in fundamental ways. There was more: every big argument about race that persists to this day got a hearing in that room. Smith declaring that he’d never fight for his country given its racist tendencies, and Kennedy being appalled at such lack of patriotism, tracks the disdain for black dissent in our own time. His belief that black folk were ungrateful for the Kennedys’ efforts to make things better shows up in our day as the charge that black folk wallow in the politics of ingratitude and victimhood. The contributions of black queer folk to racial progress still cause a stir. BLM has been accused of harboring a covert queer agenda. The immigrant experience, like that of Kennedy – versus the racial experience of Baldwin – is a cudgel to excoriate black folk for lacking hustle and ingenuity. The questioning of whether folk who are interracially partnered can authentically communicate black interests persists. And we grapple still with the responsibility of black intellectuals and artists to bring about social change. What Truth Sounds Like exists at the tense intersection of the conflict between politics and prophecy – of whether we embrace political resolution or moral redemption to fix our fractured racial landscape. The future of race and democracy hang in the balance. More praise for What Truth Sounds Like: 'Dyson's passion for the rich African-American cultural tapestry reverberates in this audiobook.' — AudioFile Magazine “What Truth Sounds Like is a tour de force of intellectual history and cultural analysis, a poetically written work that calls on all of us to get back in that room and to resolve the racial crises we confronted more than fifty years ago.” —Harry Belafonte]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-battle-for-paradise-puerto-rico-takes-on-the-disaster-capitalists-by-naomi-klein--65209750https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Battle for Paradise: Puerto Rico Takes On the Disaster Capitalists Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the rubble of Hurricane Maria, Puerto Ricans and ultrarich “Puertopians” are locked in a pitched struggle over how to remake the island. In this vital and startling investigation, New York Times bestselling author and activist Naomi Klein uncovers how the forces of shock politics and disaster capitalism seek to undermine the nation’s radical, resilient vision for a “just recovery.” All royalties from the sale of this book in English and Spanish go directly to JunteGente, a gathering of Puerto Rican organizations resisting disaster capitalism and advancing a fair and healthy recovery for their island. For more information, visit http://juntegente.org.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333923Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Battle for Paradise: Puerto Rico Takes On the Disaster Capitalists Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Battle for Paradise: Puerto Rico Takes On the Disaster Capitalists Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the rubble of Hurricane Maria, Puerto Ricans and ultrarich “Puertopians” are locked in a pitched struggle over how to remake the island. In this vital and startling investigation, New York Times bestselling author and activist Naomi Klein uncovers how the forces of shock politics and disaster capitalism seek to undermine the nation’s radical, resilient vision for a “just recovery.” All royalties from the sale of this book in English and Spanish go directly to JunteGente, a gathering of Puerto Rican organizations resisting disaster capitalism and advancing a fair and healthy recovery for their island. For more information, visit http://juntegente.org.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-s-america-the-truth-about-our-nation-s-great-comeback-by-newt-gingrich--65209749https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333003 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump's America: The Truth about Our Nation's Great Comeback Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 43 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Understanding Trump, this 'essential' book reveals the truth about the Trump presidency and explains his groundbreaking plans for our nation and world (Rush Limbaugh). No one understands the 'Make America Great Again' effort with more insight and experience than former Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich. From his enthusiastic support of the Reagan administration to the 1994 Republican Revolution, he has spearheaded many successful initiatives to fight the Washington swamp, challenge the establishment, and restore conservative influence for his entire career. With his political expertise, Gingrich -- who has been called the President's chief explainer -- presents a clear picture of this historic presidency and its tremendous positive impact on our nation and the world. From the fight over the Southern Border Wall to the unending efforts to undermine and oppose the President, he unmasks all branches of the anti-Trump coalition, reveals the flaws in their ideological assaults, and offers a battle plan for those in Trump's America to help the President defeat these attacks. Throughout Trump's America, Gingrich distills decades of experience fighting Washington elites with a lifetime of studying history to help us understand how we can all keep working to make America great.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333003Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333003 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump's America: The Truth about Our Nation's Great Comeback Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333003 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump's America: The Truth about Our Nation's Great Comeback Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.98 of Total 43 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Understanding Trump, this 'essential' book reveals the truth about the Trump presidency and explains his groundbreaking plans for our nation and world (Rush Limbaugh). No one understands the 'Make America Great Again' effort with more insight and experience than former Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich. From his enthusiastic support of the Reagan administration to the 1994 Republican Revolution, he has spearheaded many successful initiatives to fight the Washington swamp, challenge the establishment, and restore conservative influence for his entire career. With his political expertise, Gingrich -- who has been called the President's chief explainer -- presents a clear picture of this historic presidency and its tremendous positive impact on our nation and the world. From the fight over the Southern Border Wall to the unending efforts to undermine and oppose the President, he unmasks all branches of the anti-Trump coalition, reveals the flaws in their ideological assaults, and offers a battle plan for those in Trump's America to help the President defeat these attacks. Throughout Trump's America, Gingrich distills decades of experience fighting Washington elites with a lifetime of studying history to help us understand how we can all keep working to make America great.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/robert-f-kennedy-ripples-of-hope-kerry-kennedy-in-conversation-with-heads-of-state-business-leaders-influencers-and-activists-about-he--65209744https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331720 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Robert F. Kennedy: Ripples of Hope: Kerry Kennedy in Conversation with Heads of State, Business Leaders, Influencers, and Activists about Her Father's Impact on Their Lives Author: Kerry Kennedy Narrator: Rory Kennedy, Kerry Kennedy, Peter Gallagher, Catherine Keener Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The daughter of Robert F. Kennedy shares personal remembrances of her father and through conversations with politicians, media personalities, celebrities and leaders, explores the influence that he continues to have on the issues at the heart of America's identity. Robert F. Kennedy staunchly advocated for civil rights, education, justice, and peace; his message transcended race, class, and creed, resonating deeply within and across America. He was the leading candidate for the Democratic nomination for the presidency and was expected to run against Republican Richard Nixon in the 1968 presidential election, following in the footsteps of his late brother John. After winning the California presidential primary on June 5, 1968, Robert Kennedy was shot, and he died the following day. He was forty-two. Fifty years later, Robert Kennedy's passions and concerns and the issues he championed are -- for better and worse-still so relevant. Ripples of Hope explores Kennedy's influence on issues at the heart of America's identity today, including moral courage, economic and social justice, the role of government, international relations, youth, violence, and support for minority groups, among other salient topics. Ripples of Hope captures the legacy of former senator and U.S. attorney general Robert F. Kennedy through commentary from his daughter, as well as interviews with dozens of prominent national and international figures who have been inspired by him. They include Barack Obama, John Lewis, Marian Wright Edelman, Alfre Woodard, Harry Belafonte, Bono, George Clooney, Gloria Steinem, and more. They share personal accounts and stories of how Kennedy's words, life, and values have influenced their lives, choices, and actions. Through these interviews, Kerry Kennedy aims to enlighten people anew about her father's legacy and bring to life RFK's values and passions, using as milestones the end of his last campaign and a life that was cut off much too soon. Thurston Clarke provides a powerful foreword to the book with his previous reporting on RFK's funeral train.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331720Tue, 05 Jun 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331720 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Robert F. Kennedy: Ripples of Hope: Kerry Kennedy in Conversation with Heads of State, Business Leaders, Influencers, and Activists about Her Father's...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331720 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Robert F. Kennedy: Ripples of Hope: Kerry Kennedy in Conversation with Heads of State, Business Leaders, Influencers, and Activists about Her Father's Impact on Their Lives Author: Kerry Kennedy Narrator: Rory Kennedy, Kerry Kennedy, Peter Gallagher, Catherine Keener Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The daughter of Robert F. Kennedy shares personal remembrances of her father and through conversations with politicians, media personalities, celebrities and leaders, explores the influence that he continues to have on the issues at the heart of America's identity. Robert F. Kennedy staunchly advocated for civil rights, education, justice, and peace; his message transcended race, class, and creed, resonating deeply within and across America. He was the leading candidate for the Democratic nomination for the presidency and was expected to run against Republican Richard Nixon in the 1968 presidential election, following in the footsteps of his late brother John. After winning the California presidential primary on June 5, 1968, Robert Kennedy was shot, and he died the following day. He was forty-two. Fifty years later, Robert Kennedy's passions and concerns and the issues he championed are -- for better and worse-still so relevant. Ripples of Hope explores Kennedy's influence on issues at the heart of America's identity today, including moral courage, economic and social justice, the role of government, international relations, youth, violence, and support for minority groups, among other salient topics. Ripples of Hope captures the legacy of former senator and U.S. attorney general Robert F. Kennedy through commentary from his daughter, as well as interviews with dozens of prominent national and international figures who have been inspired by him. They include Barack Obama, John Lewis, Marian Wright Edelman, Alfre Woodard, Harry Belafonte, Bono, George Clooney, Gloria Steinem, and more. They share personal accounts and stories of how Kennedy's words, life, and values have influenced their lives, choices, and actions. Through these interviews, Kerry Kennedy aims to enlighten people anew about her father's legacy and bring to life RFK's values and passions, using as milestones the end of his last campaign and a life that was cut off much too soon. Thurston Clarke provides a powerful foreword to the book with his previous reporting on RFK's funeral train.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/soul-of-a-democrat-the-seven-core-ideals-that-made-our-party-and-our-country-great-by-thomas-b-reston--65209769https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332802 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul of a Democrat: The Seven Core Ideals That Made Our Party - And Our Country - Great Author: Thomas B. Reston Narrator: Thomas B. Reston, Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program includes an introduction read by Thomas B. Reston. In this timely audiobook, Thomas B. Reston delivers a concise history of the Democratic party and the founding myths and principles it has abandoned over time, thus losing its working class base—and its soul. The 2016 election resulted in the Democratic Party ceding control of every branch of government to the GOP. The talking heads have offered countless explanations and excuses for this upset, but Thomas B. Reston illuminates the true cause: the party has lost its soul. The Democratic Party has abandoned any unifying ideological message in favor of policy-oriented goals. Instead of creating platforms that appeal to Americans as a whole, candidates campaign by targeting blocks of voters, changing their talking points to better fit each audience. The Democrats need a coherent, consistent set of ideas if they want to remain competitive on the national stage. The good news is, they already have one. In Soul of a Democrat, listeners take a journey through the history of the Democratic Party, learning of the successes and failures of its greatest figures, from Thomas Jefferson to Harry Truman. These great men knew that a successful political party needs solid ideological roots, a relatable message, and solidarity in its ranks. This audiobook shows modern Democrats how to learn from the past, craft a new approach to politics, and once again become the party of the people.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332802Tue, 29 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332802 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul of a Democrat: The Seven Core Ideals That Made Our Party - And Our Country - Great Author: Thomas B. Reston Narrator: Thomas B. Reston, Robert...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332802 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul of a Democrat: The Seven Core Ideals That Made Our Party - And Our Country - Great Author: Thomas B. Reston Narrator: Thomas B. Reston, Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program includes an introduction read by Thomas B. Reston. In this timely audiobook, Thomas B. Reston delivers a concise history of the Democratic party and the founding myths and principles it has abandoned over time, thus losing its working class base—and its soul. The 2016 election resulted in the Democratic Party ceding control of every branch of government to the GOP. The talking heads have offered countless explanations and excuses for this upset, but Thomas B. Reston illuminates the true cause: the party has lost its soul. The Democratic Party has abandoned any unifying ideological message in favor of policy-oriented goals. Instead of creating platforms that appeal to Americans as a whole, candidates campaign by targeting blocks of voters, changing their talking points to better fit each audience. The Democrats need a coherent, consistent set of ideas if they want to remain competitive on the national stage. The good news is, they already have one. In Soul of a Democrat, listeners take a journey through the history of the Democratic Party, learning of the successes and failures of its greatest figures, from Thomas Jefferson to Harry Truman. These great men knew that a successful political party needs solid ideological roots, a relatable message, and solidarity in its ranks. This audiobook shows modern Democrats how to learn from the past, craft a new approach to politics, and once again become the party of the people.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-death-of-josseline-immigration-stories-from-the-arizona-borderlands-by-margaret-regan--65209760https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332228 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Josseline: Immigration Stories from the Arizona Borderlands Author: Margaret Regan Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dispatches from Arizona—the front line of a massive human migration—including the voices of migrants, Border Patrol, ranchers, activists, and others   For the last decade, Margaret Regan has reported on the escalating chaos along the Arizona-Mexico border, ground zero for immigration since 2000. Undocumented migrants cross into Arizona in overwhelming numbers, a state whose anti-immigrant laws are the most stringent in the nation. And Arizona has the highest number of migrant deaths. Fourteen-year-old Josseline, a young girl from El Salvador who was left to die alone on the migrant trail, was just one of thousands to perish in its deserts and mountains.   With a sweeping perspective and vivid on-the-ground reportage, Regan tells the stories of the people caught up in this international tragedy. Traveling back and forth across the border, she visits migrants stranded in Mexican shelters and rides shotgun with Border Patrol agents in Arizona, hiking with them for hours in the scorching desert; she camps out in the thorny wilderness with No More Deaths activists and meets with angry ranchers and vigilantes. Using Arizona as a microcosm, Regan explores a host of urgent issues: the border militarization that threatens the rights of U.S. citizens, the environmental damage wrought by the border wall, the desperation that compels migrants to come north, and the human tragedy of the unidentified dead in Arizona’s morgues.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332228Tue, 29 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332228 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Josseline: Immigration Stories from the Arizona Borderlands Author: Margaret Regan Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332228 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Death of Josseline: Immigration Stories from the Arizona Borderlands Author: Margaret Regan Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dispatches from Arizona—the front line of a massive human migration—including the voices of migrants, Border Patrol, ranchers, activists, and others   For the last decade, Margaret Regan has reported on the escalating chaos along the Arizona-Mexico border, ground zero for immigration since 2000. Undocumented migrants cross into Arizona in overwhelming numbers, a state whose anti-immigrant laws are the most stringent in the nation. And Arizona has the highest number of migrant deaths. Fourteen-year-old Josseline, a young girl from El Salvador who was left to die alone on the migrant trail, was just one of thousands to perish in its deserts and mountains.   With a sweeping perspective and vivid on-the-ground reportage, Regan tells the stories of the people caught up in this international tragedy. Traveling back and forth across the border, she visits migrants stranded in Mexican shelters and rides shotgun with Border Patrol agents in Arizona, hiking with them for hours in the scorching desert; she camps out in the thorny wilderness with No More Deaths activists and meets with angry ranchers and vigilantes. Using Arizona as a microcosm, Regan explores a host of urgent issues: the border militarization that threatens the rights of U.S. citizens, the environmental damage wrought by the border wall, the desperation that compels migrants to come north, and the human tragedy of the unidentified dead in Arizona’s morgues.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/messing-with-the-enemy-surviving-in-a-social-media-world-of-hackers-terrorists-russians-and-fake-news-by-clint-watts--65209756https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334037 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Messing with the Enemy: Surviving in a Social Media World of Hackers, Terrorists, Russians, and Fake News Author: Clint Watts Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A former FBI Special Agent, U.S. Army officer and leading cyber-security expert offers a devastating and essential look at the misinformation campaigns, fake news, and electronic espionage operations that have become the cutting edge of modern warfare—and how we can protect ourselves and our country against them. Clint Watts electrified the nation when he testified in front of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence regarding Russian interference in the 2016 election. In Messing with the Enemy, the counterterrorism, cybersecurity and homeland security expert introduces us to a frightening world in which terrorists and cyber criminals don’t hack your computer, they hack your mind. Watts reveals how these malefactors use your social media information and that of your family, friends and colleagues to map your social networks, identify your vulnerabilities, master your fears and harness your preferences. Thanks to the schemes engineered by social media manipulators using you and your information, business executives have coughed up millions in fraudulent wire transfers, seemingly good kids have joined the Islamic State, and staunch anti-communist Reagan Republicans have cheered the Russian government’s hacking of a Democratic presidential candidate’s e-mails. Watts knows how they do it because he’s mirrored their methods to understand their intentions, combat their actions, and coopt their efforts. Watts examines a range of social media platforms—from the first Internet forums to the current titans of Facebook, Twitter and LinkedIn—and nefarious actors—from al Qaeda to the Islamic State to the Russian social media troll farm—to illuminate exactly how they use Western social media for their nefarious purposes. He explains how he’s learned, through his successes and his failures, to engage with hackers, terrorists, and even the Russians—and how these interactions have generated methods for fighting back against those that seek to harm people on the Internet. He concludes with a snapshot of how advances in artificial intelligence will make future influence even more effective and dangerous to social media users and democratic governments worldwide. Shocking, funny, and eye-opening, Messing with the Enemy is a deeply urgent guide for living safe and smart in a super-connected world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334037Tue, 29 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334037 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Messing with the Enemy: Surviving in a Social Media World of Hackers, Terrorists, Russians, and Fake News Author: Clint Watts Narrator: Joe Knezevich...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334037 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Messing with the Enemy: Surviving in a Social Media World of Hackers, Terrorists, Russians, and Fake News Author: Clint Watts Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A former FBI Special Agent, U.S. Army officer and leading cyber-security expert offers a devastating and essential look at the misinformation campaigns, fake news, and electronic espionage operations that have become the cutting edge of modern warfare—and how we can protect ourselves and our country against them. Clint Watts electrified the nation when he testified in front of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence regarding Russian interference in the 2016 election. In Messing with the Enemy, the counterterrorism, cybersecurity and homeland security expert introduces us to a frightening world in which terrorists and cyber criminals don’t hack your computer, they hack your mind. Watts reveals how these malefactors use your social media information and that of your family, friends and colleagues to map your social networks, identify your vulnerabilities, master your fears and harness your preferences. Thanks to the schemes engineered by social media manipulators using you and your information, business executives have coughed up millions in fraudulent wire transfers, seemingly good kids have joined the Islamic State, and staunch anti-communist Reagan Republicans have cheered the Russian government’s hacking of a Democratic presidential candidate’s e-mails. Watts knows how they do it because he’s mirrored their methods to understand their intentions, combat their actions, and coopt their efforts. Watts examines a range of social media platforms—from the first Internet forums to the current titans of Facebook, Twitter and LinkedIn—and nefarious actors—from al Qaeda to the Islamic State to the Russian social media troll farm—to illuminate exactly how they use Western social media for their nefarious purposes. He explains how he’s learned, through his successes and his failures, to engage with hackers, terrorists, and even the Russians—and how these interactions have generated methods for fighting back against those that seek to harm people on the Internet. He concludes with a snapshot of how advances in artificial intelligence will make future influence even more effective and dangerous to social media users and democratic governments worldwide. Shocking, funny, and eye-opening, Messing with the Enemy is a deeply urgent guide for living safe and smart in a super-connected world.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tailspin-the-people-and-forces-behind-america-s-fifty-year-fall-and-those-fighting-to-reverse-it-by-steven-brill--65209753https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333782 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tailspin: The People and Forces Behind America's Fifty-Year Fall--and Those Fighting to Reverse It Author: Steven Brill Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this revelatory narrative covering the years 1967 to 2017, Steven Brill gives us a stunningly cogent picture of the broken system at the heart of our society. He shows us how, over the last half century, America’s core values—meritocracy, innovation, due process, free speech, and even democracy itself—have somehow managed to power its decline into dysfunction. They have isolated our best and brightest, whose positions at the top have never been more secure or more remote. The result has been an erosion of responsibility and accountability, an epidemic of shortsightedness, an increasingly hollow economic and political center, and millions of Americans gripped by apathy and hopelessness. By examining the people and forces behind the rise of big-money lobbying, legal and financial engineering, the demise of private-sector unions, and a hamstrung bureaucracy, Brill answers the question on everyone’s mind: How did we end up this way? Finally, he introduces us to those working quietly and effectively to repair the damages. At once a diagnosis of our national ills, a history of their development, and a prescription for a brighter future, Tailspin is a work of riveting journalism—and a welcome antidote to political despair.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333782Tue, 29 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333782 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tailspin: The People and Forces Behind America's Fifty-Year Fall--and Those Fighting to Reverse It Author: Steven Brill Narrator: Dan Woren Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333782 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tailspin: The People and Forces Behind America's Fifty-Year Fall--and Those Fighting to Reverse It Author: Steven Brill Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this revelatory narrative covering the years 1967 to 2017, Steven Brill gives us a stunningly cogent picture of the broken system at the heart of our society. He shows us how, over the last half century, America’s core values—meritocracy, innovation, due process, free speech, and even democracy itself—have somehow managed to power its decline into dysfunction. They have isolated our best and brightest, whose positions at the top have never been more secure or more remote. The result has been an erosion of responsibility and accountability, an epidemic of shortsightedness, an increasingly hollow economic and political center, and millions of Americans gripped by apathy and hopelessness. By examining the people and forces behind the rise of big-money lobbying, legal and financial engineering, the demise of private-sector unions, and a hamstrung bureaucracy, Brill answers the question on everyone’s mind: How did we end up this way? Finally, he introduces us to those working quietly and effectively to repair the damages. At once a diagnosis of our national ills, a history of their development, and a prescription for a brighter future, Tailspin is a work of riveting journalism—and a welcome antidote to political despair.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/see-you-again-in-pyongyang-a-journey-into-kim-jong-un-s-north-korea-by-travis-jeppesen--65209752https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333824 to listen full audiobooks. Title: See You Again in Pyongyang: A Journey into Kim Jong Un's North Korea Author: Travis Jeppesen Narrator: Will Collyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A 'close-up look at the cloistered country' (USA Today), See You Again in Pyongyang is American writer Travis Jeppesen's 'probing' and 'artful' (New York Times Book Review) chronicle of his travels in North Korea--an eye-opening portrait that goes behind the headlines about Trump and Kim, revealing North Koreans' 'entrepreneurial spirit, and hidden love of foreign media, as well as their dreams and fears' (Los Angeles Times). In See You Again in Pyongyang, Travis Jeppesen, the first American to complete a university program in North Korea, culls from his experiences living, traveling, and studying in the country to create a multifaceted portrait of the country and its idiosyncratic capital city in the Kim Jong Un Era. Anchored by the experience of his five trips to North Korea and his interactions with citizens from all walks of life, Jeppesen takes readers behind the propaganda, showing how the North Korean system actually works in daily life. He challenges the notion that Pyongyang is merely a 'showcase capital' where everything is staged for the benefit of foreigners, as well as the idea that Pyongyangites are brainwashed robots. Jeppesen introduces readers to an array of fascinating North Koreans, from government ministers with a side hustle in black market Western products to young people enamored with American pop culture. With unique personal insight and a rigorous historical grounding, Jeppesen goes beyond the media cliches, showing North Koreans in their full complexity. See You Again in Pyongyang is an essential addition to the literature about one of the world's most fascinating and mysterious places.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333824Tue, 29 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333824 to listen full audiobooks. Title: See You Again in Pyongyang: A Journey into Kim Jong Un's North Korea Author: Travis Jeppesen Narrator: Will Collyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333824 to listen full audiobooks. Title: See You Again in Pyongyang: A Journey into Kim Jong Un's North Korea Author: Travis Jeppesen Narrator: Will Collyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A 'close-up look at the cloistered country' (USA Today), See You Again in Pyongyang is American writer Travis Jeppesen's 'probing' and 'artful' (New York Times Book Review) chronicle of his travels in North Korea--an eye-opening portrait that goes behind the headlines about Trump and Kim, revealing North Koreans' 'entrepreneurial spirit, and hidden love of foreign media, as well as their dreams and fears' (Los Angeles Times). In See You Again in Pyongyang, Travis Jeppesen, the first American to complete a university program in North Korea, culls from his experiences living, traveling, and studying in the country to create a multifaceted portrait of the country and its idiosyncratic capital city in the Kim Jong Un Era. Anchored by the experience of his five trips to North Korea and his interactions with citizens from all walks of life, Jeppesen takes readers behind the propaganda, showing how the North Korean system actually works in daily life. He challenges the notion that Pyongyang is merely a 'showcase capital' where everything is staged for the benefit of foreigners, as well as the idea that Pyongyangites are brainwashed robots. Jeppesen introduces readers to an array of fascinating North Koreans, from government ministers with a side hustle in black market Western products to young people enamored with American pop culture. With unique personal insight and a rigorous historical grounding, Jeppesen goes beyond the media cliches, showing North Koreans in their full complexity. See You Again in Pyongyang is an essential addition to the literature about one of the world's most fascinating and mysterious places.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-rig-an-election-by-nic-cheeseman-brian-klaas--65209889https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Rig an Election Author: Nic Cheeseman, Brian Klaas Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Contrary to what is commonly believed, authoritarian leaders who agree to hold elections are generally able to remain in power longer than autocrats who refuse to allow the populace to vote. In this engaging and provocative book, Nic Cheeseman and Brian Klaas expose the limitations of national elections as a means of promoting democratization, and reveal the six essential strategies that dictators use to undermine the electoral process in order to guarantee victory for themselves. Based on their firsthand experiences as election watchers and their hundreds of interviews with presidents, prime ministers, diplomats, election officials, and conspirators, Cheeseman and Klaas document instances of election rigging from Argentina to Zimbabwe, including notable examples from Brazil, India, Nigeria, Russia, and the United States—touching on the 2016 election. This eye-opening study offers a sobering overview of corrupted professional politics, while providing fertile intellectual ground for the development of new solutions for protecting democracy from authoritarian subversion.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333968Tue, 22 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Rig an Election Author: Nic Cheeseman, Brian Klaas Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Rig an Election Author: Nic Cheeseman, Brian Klaas Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Contrary to what is commonly believed, authoritarian leaders who agree to hold elections are generally able to remain in power longer than autocrats who refuse to allow the populace to vote. In this engaging and provocative book, Nic Cheeseman and Brian Klaas expose the limitations of national elections as a means of promoting democratization, and reveal the six essential strategies that dictators use to undermine the electoral process in order to guarantee victory for themselves. Based on their firsthand experiences as election watchers and their hundreds of interviews with presidents, prime ministers, diplomats, election officials, and conspirators, Cheeseman and Klaas document instances of election rigging from Argentina to Zimbabwe, including notable examples from Brazil, India, Nigeria, Russia, and the United States—touching on the 2016 election. This eye-opening study offers a sobering overview of corrupted professional politics, while providing fertile intellectual ground for the development of new solutions for protecting democracy from authoritarian subversion.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sh-tshow-the-country-s-collapsing-and-the-ratings-are-great-by-charlie-leduff--65209775https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333568 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sh*tshow!: The Country's Collapsing . . . and the Ratings Are Great Author: Charlie LeDuff Narrator: Charlie LeDuff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A daring, firsthand, and utterly-unscripted account of crisis in America, from Ferguson to Flint to Cliven Bundy's ranch to Donald Trump's unstoppable campaign for President--at every turn, Pulitzer-prize winner and bestselling author of Detroit: An American Autopsy, Charlie LeDuff was there In the Fall of 2013, long before any sane person had seriously considered the possibility of a Trump presidency, Charlie LeDuff sat in the office of then-Fox News CEO Roger Ailes, and made a simple but prophetic claim: The whole country is bankrupt and on high boil. It’s a shitshow out there. No one in the bubbles of Washington, DC., New York, or Los Angles was talking about it--least of all the media. LeDuff wanted to go to the heart of the country to report what was really going on. Ailes baulked. Could the hard-living and straight-shooting LeDuff be controlled? But, then, perhaps on a whim, he agreed. And so LeDuff set out to record a TV series called, 'The Americans,' and, along the way, ended up bearing witness to the ever-quickening unraveling of The American Dream. For three years, LeDuff travelled the width and breadth of the country with his team of production irregulars, ending up on the Mexican border crossing the Rio Grande on a yellow rubber kayak alongside undocumented immigrants; in the middle of Ferguson as the city burned; and watching the children of Flint get sick from undrinkable water. Racial, political, social, and economic tensions were escalating by the day. The inexorable effects of technological change and globalization were being felt more and more acutely, at the same time as wages stagnated and the price of housing, education, and healthcare went through the roof. The American people felt defeated and abandoned by their politicians, and those politicians seemed incapable of rising to the occasion. The old way of life was slipping away, replaced only by social media, part-time work, and opioid addiction. Sh*tshow! is that true, tragic, and distinctively American story, told from the parts of the country hurting the most. A soul-baring, irreverent, and iconoclastic writer, LeDuff speaks the language of everyday Americans, and is unafraid of getting his hands dirty. He scrambles the tired-old political, social, and racial categories, taking no sides--or prisoners. Old-school, gonzo-style reporting, this is both a necessary confrontation with the darkest parts of the American psyche and a desperately-needed reminder of the country's best instincts.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333568Tue, 22 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333568 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sh*tshow!: The Country's Collapsing . . . and the Ratings Are Great Author: Charlie LeDuff Narrator: Charlie LeDuff Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333568 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sh*tshow!: The Country's Collapsing . . . and the Ratings Are Great Author: Charlie LeDuff Narrator: Charlie LeDuff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A daring, firsthand, and utterly-unscripted account of crisis in America, from Ferguson to Flint to Cliven Bundy's ranch to Donald Trump's unstoppable campaign for President--at every turn, Pulitzer-prize winner and bestselling author of Detroit: An American Autopsy, Charlie LeDuff was there In the Fall of 2013, long before any sane person had seriously considered the possibility of a Trump presidency, Charlie LeDuff sat in the office of then-Fox News CEO Roger Ailes, and made a simple but prophetic claim: The whole country is bankrupt and on high boil. It’s a shitshow out there. No one in the bubbles of Washington, DC., New York, or Los Angles was talking about it--least of all the media. LeDuff wanted to go to the heart of the country to report what was really going on. Ailes baulked. Could the hard-living and straight-shooting LeDuff be controlled? But, then, perhaps on a whim, he agreed. And so LeDuff set out to record a TV series called, 'The Americans,' and, along the way, ended up bearing witness to the ever-quickening unraveling of The American Dream. For three years, LeDuff travelled the width and breadth of the country with his team of production irregulars, ending up on the Mexican border crossing the Rio Grande on a yellow rubber kayak alongside undocumented immigrants; in the middle of Ferguson as the city burned; and watching the children of Flint get sick from undrinkable water. Racial, political, social, and economic tensions were escalating by the day. The inexorable effects of technological change and globalization were being felt more and more acutely, at the same time as wages stagnated and the price of housing, education, and healthcare went through the roof. The American people felt defeated and abandoned by their politicians, and those politicians seemed incapable of rising to the occasion. The old way of life was slipping away, replaced only by social media, part-time work, and opioid addiction. Sh*tshow! is that true, tragic, and distinctively American story, told from the parts of the country hurting the most. A soul-baring, irreverent, and iconoclastic writer, LeDuff speaks the language of everyday Americans, and is unafraid of getting his hands dirty. He scrambles the tired-old political, social, and racial categories, taking no sides--or prisoners. Old-school, gonzo-style reporting, this is both a necessary confrontation with the darkest parts of the American psyche and a desperately-needed reminder of the country's best instincts.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/seeing-like-a-state-how-certain-schemes-to-improve-the-human-condition-have-failed-by-james-c-scott--65209757https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334093 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Like a State: How Certain Schemes to Improve the Human Condition Have Failed Author: James C. Scott Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Compulsory ujamaa villages in Tanzania, collectivization in Russia, Le Corbusier’s urban planning theory realized in Brasilia, the Great Leap Forward in China, agricultural “modernization” in the Tropics―the twentieth century has been racked by grand utopian schemes that have inadvertently brought death and disruption to millions. Why do well-intentioned plans for improving the human condition go tragically awry? In this wide-ranging and original book, James C. Scott analyzes failed cases of large-scale authoritarian plans in a variety of fields. Centrally managed social plans misfire, Scott argues, when they impose schematic visions that do violence to complex interdependencies that are not―and cannot―be fully understood. Further, the success of designs for social organization depends upon the recognition that local, practical knowledge is as important as formal, epistemic knowledge. The author builds a persuasive case against “development theory” and imperialistic state planning that disregards the values, desires, and objections of its subjects. He identifies and discusses four conditions common to all planning disasters: administrative ordering of nature and society by the state; a “high-modernist ideology” that places confidence in the ability of science to improve every aspect of human life; a willingness to use authoritarian state power to effect large- scale interventions; and a prostrate civil society that cannot effectively resist such plans.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334093Tue, 22 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334093 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Like a State: How Certain Schemes to Improve the Human Condition Have Failed Author: James C. Scott Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334093 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Like a State: How Certain Schemes to Improve the Human Condition Have Failed Author: James C. Scott Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Compulsory ujamaa villages in Tanzania, collectivization in Russia, Le Corbusier’s urban planning theory realized in Brasilia, the Great Leap Forward in China, agricultural “modernization” in the Tropics―the twentieth century has been racked by grand utopian schemes that have inadvertently brought death and disruption to millions. Why do well-intentioned plans for improving the human condition go tragically awry? In this wide-ranging and original book, James C. Scott analyzes failed cases of large-scale authoritarian plans in a variety of fields. Centrally managed social plans misfire, Scott argues, when they impose schematic visions that do violence to complex interdependencies that are not―and cannot―be fully understood. Further, the success of designs for social organization depends upon the recognition that local, practical knowledge is as important as formal, epistemic knowledge. The author builds a persuasive case against “development theory” and imperialistic state planning that disregards the values, desires, and objections of its subjects. He identifies and discusses four conditions common to all planning disasters: administrative ordering of nature and society by the state; a “high-modernist ideology” that places confidence in the ability of science to improve every aspect of human life; a willingness to use authoritarian state power to effect large- scale interventions; and a prostrate civil society that cannot effectively resist such plans.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-restless-wave-good-times-just-causes-great-fights-and-other-appreciations-by-mark-salter-john-mccain--65209755https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332925 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Restless Wave: Good Times, Just Causes, Great Fights, and Other Appreciations Author: Mark Salter, John McCain Narrator: Beau Bridges, John McCain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 71 Ratings of Narrator: 4.45 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “History matters to McCain, and for him America is and was about its promise. The book is his farewell address, a mixture of the personal and the political. ‘I have loved my life,’ he writes. ‘All of it.’ The Restless Wave is a fitting valedictory for a man who seldom backed down.” —The Guardian (US) “A book-length meditation on what it means to face the hard challenges of long life and the sobering likelihood of imminent death…A reflection on hardship, a homily on purpose, a celebration of life — and a challenge to Americans to live up to their values and founding principles at a time when both are in jeopardy.” —The Boston Globe In this candid political memoir from Senator John McCain, an American hero reflects on his life and what matters most. “I don’t know how much longer I’ll be here. Maybe I’ll have another five years…Maybe I’ll be gone before you read this. My predicament is, well, rather unpredictable. But I’m prepared for either contingency, or at least I’m getting prepared. I have some things I’d like to take care of first, some work that needs finishing, and some people I need to see. And I want to talk to my fellow Americans a little more if I may.” So writes John McCain in this inspiring, moving, frank, and deeply personal memoir. Written while confronting a mortal illness, McCain looks back with appreciation on his years in the Senate, his historic 2008 campaign for the presidency against Barack Obama, and his crusades on behalf of democracy and human rights in Eastern Europe and the Middle East. Always the fighter, McCain attacks the spurious nationalism and political polarization afflicting American policy. He makes an impassioned case for democratic internationalism and bi-partisanship. He recalls his disagreements with several presidents, and minces no words in his objections to some of President Trump's statements and policies. At the same time, he tells stories of his most satisfying moments of public service and offers a positive vision of America that looks beyond the Trump presidency. The Restless Wave is John McCain at his best.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332925Tue, 22 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332925 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Restless Wave: Good Times, Just Causes, Great Fights, and Other Appreciations Author: Mark Salter, John McCain Narrator: Beau Bridges, John McCain...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332925 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Restless Wave: Good Times, Just Causes, Great Fights, and Other Appreciations Author: Mark Salter, John McCain Narrator: Beau Bridges, John McCain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 71 Ratings of Narrator: 4.45 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “History matters to McCain, and for him America is and was about its promise. The book is his farewell address, a mixture of the personal and the political. ‘I have loved my life,’ he writes. ‘All of it.’ The Restless Wave is a fitting valedictory for a man who seldom backed down.” —The Guardian (US) “A book-length meditation on what it means to face the hard challenges of long life and the sobering likelihood of imminent death…A reflection on hardship, a homily on purpose, a celebration of life — and a challenge to Americans to live up to their values and founding principles at a time when both are in jeopardy.” —The Boston Globe In this candid political memoir from Senator John McCain, an American hero reflects on his life and what matters most. “I don’t know how much longer I’ll be here. Maybe I’ll have another five years…Maybe I’ll be gone before you read this. My predicament is, well, rather unpredictable. But I’m prepared for either contingency, or at least I’m getting prepared. I have some things I’d like to take care of first, some work that needs finishing, and some people I need to see. And I want to talk to my fellow Americans a little more if I may.” So writes John McCain in this inspiring, moving, frank, and deeply personal memoir. Written while confronting a mortal illness, McCain looks back with appreciation on his years in the Senate, his historic 2008 campaign for the presidency against Barack Obama, and his crusades on behalf of democracy and human rights in Eastern Europe and the Middle East. Always the fighter, McCain attacks the spurious nationalism and political polarization afflicting American policy. He makes an impassioned case for democratic internationalism and bi-partisanship. He recalls his disagreements with several presidents, and minces no words in his objections to some of President Trump's statements and policies. At the same time, he tells stories of his most satisfying moments of public service and offers a positive vision of America that looks beyond the Trump presidency. The Restless Wave is John McCain at his best.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-politically-incorrect-guide-to-immigration-by-john-zmirak-al-perrotta--65209770https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332938 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Immigration Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: John Zmirak, Al Perrotta Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 21, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Building “the Wall” would cost less than half of what we spend to educate illegal immigrants every year Illegal immigration costs American taxpayers $116 billion a year 62 percent of naturalized immigrants are for the Democrats; only 25 percent are for the Republicans Competition from immigrants costs American workers $450 billion a year The Founders wanted to admit only immigrants who would make a net contribution—and assimilate Millions of nineteenth-century immigrants who couldn’t make it in America went back home The percent of foreign-born in the United States today is the highest since World War I—and this time we’re not doing “Americanization” After Reagan’s 1986 Amnesty, the illegal population went from 3.2 million to 11 million Over 700,000 foreign visitors to the United States in 2016 overstayed their visas 80 percent of Central American women and girls who enter the United States illegally are raped along the way Noncitizens are only 9 percent of our population but 27 percent of federal prisoners 147 million more people from around the world would like to move to the United States]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332938Mon, 21 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332938 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Immigration Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: John Zmirak, Al Perrotta Narrator: John McLain...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332938 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Immigration Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: John Zmirak, Al Perrotta Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 21, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Building “the Wall” would cost less than half of what we spend to educate illegal immigrants every year Illegal immigration costs American taxpayers $116 billion a year 62 percent of naturalized immigrants are for the Democrats; only 25 percent are for the Republicans Competition from immigrants costs American workers $450 billion a year The Founders wanted to admit only immigrants who would make a net contribution—and assimilate Millions of nineteenth-century immigrants who couldn’t make it in America went back home The percent of foreign-born in the United States today is the highest since World War I—and this time we’re not doing “Americanization” After Reagan’s 1986 Amnesty, the illegal population went from 3.2 million to 11 million Over 700,000 foreign visitors to the United States in 2016 overstayed their visas 80 percent of Central American women and girls who enter the United States illegally are raped along the way Noncitizens are only 9 percent of our population but 27 percent of federal prisoners 147 million more people from around the world would like to move to the United States]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/inglorious-empire-what-the-british-did-to-india-by-shashi-tharoor--65209754https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inglorious Empire: What the British Did to India Author: Shashi Tharoor Narrator: Shashi Tharoor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Inglorious Empire written and read by Shashi Tharoor. In the eighteenth century, India's share of the world economy was as large as Europe's. By 1947, after two centuries of British rule, it had decreased six-fold. The Empire blew rebels from cannon, massacred unarmed protesters, entrenched institutionalised racism, and caused millions to die from starvation. British imperialism justified itself as enlightened despotism for the benefit of the governed, but Shashi Tharoor takes demolishes this position, demonstrating how every supposed imperial 'gift' - from the railways to the rule of law - was designed in Britain's interests alone. He goes on to show how Britain's Industrial Revolution was founded on India's deindustrialisation, and the destruction of its textile industry. In this bold and incisive reassessment of colonialism, Tharoor exposes to devastating effect the inglorious reality of Britain's stained Indian legacy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332958Thu, 17 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inglorious Empire: What the British Did to India Author: Shashi Tharoor Narrator: Shashi Tharoor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332958 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inglorious Empire: What the British Did to India Author: Shashi Tharoor Narrator: Shashi Tharoor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Inglorious Empire written and read by Shashi Tharoor. In the eighteenth century, India's share of the world economy was as large as Europe's. By 1947, after two centuries of British rule, it had decreased six-fold. The Empire blew rebels from cannon, massacred unarmed protesters, entrenched institutionalised racism, and caused millions to die from starvation. British imperialism justified itself as enlightened despotism for the benefit of the governed, but Shashi Tharoor takes demolishes this position, demonstrating how every supposed imperial 'gift' - from the railways to the rule of law - was designed in Britain's interests alone. He goes on to show how Britain's Industrial Revolution was founded on India's deindustrialisation, and the destruction of its textile industry. In this bold and incisive reassessment of colonialism, Tharoor exposes to devastating effect the inglorious reality of Britain's stained Indian legacy.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/brothers-of-the-gun-a-memoir-of-the-syrian-war-by-marwan-hisham-molly-crabapple--65209801https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331773 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brothers of the Gun: A Memoir of the Syrian War Author: Marwan Hisham, Molly Crabapple Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A bracingly immediate memoir by a young man coming of age during the Syrian war, Brothers of the Gun is an intimate lens on the century’s bloodiest conflict and a profound meditation on kinship, home, and freedom.   In 2011, Marwan Hisham and his two friends—fellow working-class college students Nael and Tareq—joined the first protests of the Arab Spring in Syria, in response to a recent massacre. Arm-in-arm they marched, poured Coca-Cola into one another’s eyes to blunt the effects of tear gas, ran from the security forces, and cursed the country’s president, Bashar al-Assad. It was ecstasy. A long-bottled revolution was finally erupting, and freedom from a brutal dictator seemed, at last, imminent. Five years later, the three young friends were scattered: one now an Islamist revolutionary, another dead at the hands of government soldiers, and the last, Marwan, now a journalist in Turkish exile, trying to find a way back to a homeland reduced to rubble.   Brothers of the Gun is the story of a young man coming of age during the Syrian war, from its inception to the present. Marwan watched from the rooftops as regime warplanes bombed soldiers; as revolutionary activist groups, for a few dreamy days, spray-painted hope on Raqqa; as his friends died or threw in their lot with Islamist fighters. He became a journalist by courageously tweeting out news from a city under siege by ISIS, the Russians, and the Americans all at once. He watched the country that ran through his veins—the country that held his hopes, dreams, and fears—be destroyed in front of him, and eventually joined the relentless stream of refugees risking their lives to escape.   Brothers of the Gun offers a ground-level reflection on the Syrian revolution—and how it bled into international catastrophe and global war. This is a story of pragmatism and idealism, impossible violence and repression, and, even in the midst of war, profound acts of courage, creativity, and hope. “This powerful memoir... provides a rare lens through which we can see a region in deadly conflict, a struggle for peace, and a human tragedy in desperate need of attention. It is a compelling, sobering, and necessary book.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of Just Mercy]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331773Tue, 15 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331773 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brothers of the Gun: A Memoir of the Syrian War Author: Marwan Hisham, Molly Crabapple Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331773 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brothers of the Gun: A Memoir of the Syrian War Author: Marwan Hisham, Molly Crabapple Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A bracingly immediate memoir by a young man coming of age during the Syrian war, Brothers of the Gun is an intimate lens on the century’s bloodiest conflict and a profound meditation on kinship, home, and freedom.   In 2011, Marwan Hisham and his two friends—fellow working-class college students Nael and Tareq—joined the first protests of the Arab Spring in Syria, in response to a recent massacre. Arm-in-arm they marched, poured Coca-Cola into one another’s eyes to blunt the effects of tear gas, ran from the security forces, and cursed the country’s president, Bashar al-Assad. It was ecstasy. A long-bottled revolution was finally erupting, and freedom from a brutal dictator seemed, at last, imminent. Five years later, the three young friends were scattered: one now an Islamist revolutionary, another dead at the hands of government soldiers, and the last, Marwan, now a journalist in Turkish exile, trying to find a way back to a homeland reduced to rubble.   Brothers of the Gun is the story of a young man coming of age during the Syrian war, from its inception to the present. Marwan watched from the rooftops as regime warplanes bombed soldiers; as revolutionary activist groups, for a few dreamy days, spray-painted hope on Raqqa; as his friends died or threw in their lot with Islamist fighters. He became a journalist by courageously tweeting out news from a city under siege by ISIS, the Russians, and the Americans all at once. He watched the country that ran through his veins—the country that held his hopes, dreams, and fears—be destroyed in front of him, and eventually joined the relentless stream of refugees risking their lives to escape.   Brothers of the Gun offers a ground-level reflection on the Syrian revolution—and how it bled into international catastrophe and global war. This is a story of pragmatism and idealism, impossible violence and repression, and, even in the midst of war, profound acts of courage, creativity, and hope. “This powerful memoir... provides a rare lens through which we can see a region in deadly conflict, a struggle for peace, and a human tragedy in desperate need of attention. It is a compelling, sobering, and necessary book.”—Bryan Stevenson, author of Just Mercy]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/standoff-by-bill-schneider--65209773https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331934 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Standoff Author: Bill Schneider Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bill Schneider, former CNN senior political analyst, takes us inside the voting booth in “a detailed examination of recent presidential elections studded with sharp observations…A good choice for political junkies” (Kirkus Reviews). In the 1960s, a rift developed between the Old America and the New America that resulted in a populist backlash that ultimately elected Donald Trump in 2016. Bill Schneider describes today’s American populism in Standoff as one that is economically progressive and culturally conservative. Liberals are attacked as cultural elitists (“limousine liberals”), and conservatives as economic elitists (“country club conservatives”). Trump, says Schneider, is the complete populist package. He embraces social populism (anti-immigrant), economic populism (anti-free trade), and isolationism (“America First”). Standoff examines a number of hard-fought elections to show us how we got to Trump. He asserts the power of public opinion. He points to the public that draws the line on abortion and affirmative action. He shows why an intense minority cancels a majority on gun control, immigration, small government, and international interests. Standoff tells us why fifty years of presidential contests have often been confounding. It takes us inside to watch how and why Americans pull the lever, how they choose their issues, and select their leaders. It is usually values that trump economics. Required reading for an understanding of the 2016 election and the political future, Schneider’s “fast-paced” (Publishers Weekly) Standoff shows how Americans vote and why their votes sometimes seem to make no practical sense.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331934Tue, 15 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331934 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Standoff Author: Bill Schneider Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331934 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Standoff Author: Bill Schneider Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bill Schneider, former CNN senior political analyst, takes us inside the voting booth in “a detailed examination of recent presidential elections studded with sharp observations…A good choice for political junkies” (Kirkus Reviews). In the 1960s, a rift developed between the Old America and the New America that resulted in a populist backlash that ultimately elected Donald Trump in 2016. Bill Schneider describes today’s American populism in Standoff as one that is economically progressive and culturally conservative. Liberals are attacked as cultural elitists (“limousine liberals”), and conservatives as economic elitists (“country club conservatives”). Trump, says Schneider, is the complete populist package. He embraces social populism (anti-immigrant), economic populism (anti-free trade), and isolationism (“America First”). Standoff examines a number of hard-fought elections to show us how we got to Trump. He asserts the power of public opinion. He points to the public that draws the line on abortion and affirmative action. He shows why an intense minority cancels a majority on gun control, immigration, small government, and international interests. Standoff tells us why fifty years of presidential contests have often been confounding. It takes us inside to watch how and why Americans pull the lever, how they choose their issues, and select their leaders. It is usually values that trump economics. Required reading for an understanding of the 2016 election and the political future, Schneider’s “fast-paced” (Publishers Weekly) Standoff shows how Americans vote and why their votes sometimes seem to make no practical sense.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/letters-to-my-palestinian-neighbor-by-yossi-klein-halevi--65209766https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333159 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letters to My Palestinian Neighbor Author: Yossi Klein Halevi Narrator: Yossi Klein Halevi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Attempting to break the agonizing impasse between Israelis and Palestinians, the Israeli commentator and award-winning author of Like Dreamers directly addresses his Palestinian neighbors in this taut and provocative book, empathizing with Palestinian suffering and longing for reconciliation as he explores how the conflict looks through Israeli eyes. I call you ''neighbor'' because I don’t know your name, or anything personal about you. Given our circumstances, ''neighbor'' might be too casual a word to describe our relationship. We are intruders into each other’s dream, violators of each other’s sense of home. We are incarnations of each other’s worst historical nightmares. Neighbors? Letters to My Palestinian Neighbor is one Israeli’s powerful attempt to reach beyond the wall that separates Israelis and Palestinians and into the hearts of ''the enemy.'' In a series of letters, Yossi Klein Halevi explains what motivated him to leave his native New York in his twenties and move to Israel to participate in the drama of the renewal of a Jewish homeland, which he is committed to see succeed as a morally responsible, democratic state in the Middle East. This is the first attempt by an Israeli author to directly address his Palestinian neighbors and describe how the conflict appears through Israeli eyes. Halevi untangles the ideological and emotional knot that has defined the conflict for nearly a century. In lyrical, evocative language, he unravels the complex strands of faith, pride, anger and anguish he feels as a Jew living in Israel, using history and personal experience as his guide. Halevi’s letters speak not only to his Palestinian neighbor, but to all concerned global citizens, helping us understand the painful choices confronting Israelis and Palestinians that will ultimately help determine the fate of the region.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333159Tue, 15 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333159 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letters to My Palestinian Neighbor Author: Yossi Klein Halevi Narrator: Yossi Klein Halevi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333159 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letters to My Palestinian Neighbor Author: Yossi Klein Halevi Narrator: Yossi Klein Halevi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Attempting to break the agonizing impasse between Israelis and Palestinians, the Israeli commentator and award-winning author of Like Dreamers directly addresses his Palestinian neighbors in this taut and provocative book, empathizing with Palestinian suffering and longing for reconciliation as he explores how the conflict looks through Israeli eyes. I call you ''neighbor'' because I don’t know your name, or anything personal about you. Given our circumstances, ''neighbor'' might be too casual a word to describe our relationship. We are intruders into each other’s dream, violators of each other’s sense of home. We are incarnations of each other’s worst historical nightmares. Neighbors? Letters to My Palestinian Neighbor is one Israeli’s powerful attempt to reach beyond the wall that separates Israelis and Palestinians and into the hearts of ''the enemy.'' In a series of letters, Yossi Klein Halevi explains what motivated him to leave his native New York in his twenties and move to Israel to participate in the drama of the renewal of a Jewish homeland, which he is committed to see succeed as a morally responsible, democratic state in the Middle East. This is the first attempt by an Israeli author to directly address his Palestinian neighbors and describe how the conflict appears through Israeli eyes. Halevi untangles the ideological and emotional knot that has defined the conflict for nearly a century. In lyrical, evocative language, he unravels the complex strands of faith, pride, anger and anguish he feels as a Jew living in Israel, using history and personal experience as his guide. Halevi’s letters speak not only to his Palestinian neighbor, but to all concerned global citizens, helping us understand the painful choices confronting Israelis and Palestinians that will ultimately help determine the fate of the region.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-russia-a-definitive-history-by-seth-hettena--65209762https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump/Russia: A Definitive History Author: Seth Hettena Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is the forty-fifth president of the United States under the control of a foreign power? Award-winning Associated Press reporter Seth Hettena untangles the story of Donald Trump’s long involvement with Russia in damning detail—including new reporting never before published. As Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation into the relationship between members of Trump’s campaign and Russian operatives continues, there is growing evidence that Trump has spent decades cultivating ties to corrupt Russians and the post-Soviet state. In Trump / Russia: A Definitive History, Seth Hettena chronicles the many years Trump has spent wooing Russian money and power. From the collapse of his casino empire—which left Trump desperate for cash—and his first contacts with Russian deal-makers and financiers, on up to the White House, Hettena reveals the myriad of shady people, convoluted dealings, and strange events that suggest how indebted to Russia our forty-fifth president might be. Using deeply researched reporting, along with newly uncovered information, court documents, and exclusive interviews with investigators and FBI agents, Hettena provides an expansive and essential primer to the Trump/Russia scandal, leaving no stone unturned.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333922Tue, 15 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump/Russia: A Definitive History Author: Seth Hettena Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump/Russia: A Definitive History Author: Seth Hettena Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is the forty-fifth president of the United States under the control of a foreign power? Award-winning Associated Press reporter Seth Hettena untangles the story of Donald Trump’s long involvement with Russia in damning detail—including new reporting never before published. As Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation into the relationship between members of Trump’s campaign and Russian operatives continues, there is growing evidence that Trump has spent decades cultivating ties to corrupt Russians and the post-Soviet state. In Trump / Russia: A Definitive History, Seth Hettena chronicles the many years Trump has spent wooing Russian money and power. From the collapse of his casino empire—which left Trump desperate for cash—and his first contacts with Russian deal-makers and financiers, on up to the White House, Hettena reveals the myriad of shady people, convoluted dealings, and strange events that suggest how indebted to Russia our forty-fifth president might be. Using deeply researched reporting, along with newly uncovered information, court documents, and exclusive interviews with investigators and FBI agents, Hettena provides an expansive and essential primer to the Trump/Russia scandal, leaving no stone unturned.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-bernie-won-inside-the-revolution-that-s-taking-back-our-country-and-where-we-go-from-here-by-jeff-weaver--65209742https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332868 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Bernie Won: Inside the Revolution That's Taking Back Our Country--and Where We Go from Here Author: Jeff Weaver Narrator: Jeff Weaver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. In this audiobook, the brilliant manager of Bernie Sanders’s 2016 presidential campaign explains how Bernie took on the entire establishment and changed modern American politics for good. When Jeff Weaver hopped in a car with Bernie Sanders in the summer of 1986, he had no idea the Vermont backroads would lead them all the way to the 2016 presidential campaign. In How Bernie Won, Weaver tells listeners how Bernie built a movement that would sweep America and inspire millions. He vowed not to run a negative campaign. He would focus on policies, not personalities. He would not be beholden to big money. He would actually make America great. Weaver also explains how they overcame significant challenges: A media that thrived on negative campaigns. A party that thrived on personalities. And a political system that thrived on big money. Weaver explains how Bernie beat them all and, in doing so, went from having little national name recognition when he entered the race to being one of the most respected and well-known people in the world by its end—because, Weaver argues, Bernie won the race. He moved the discussion from the concerns of the 1% to those of the 99%. He forced the Democrats to remember their populist roots. And he showed that an outsider with real ideas and ways to get them done was more popular than someone propped up by backroom political sugar daddies. From holding bags of “Bernie buttons” and picket-stick signs, to managing thousands of campaign workers, to looking ahead to 2020, Weaver chronicles the birth of a revolution that didn’t end in November 2016. It’s only just begun.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332868Tue, 15 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332868 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Bernie Won: Inside the Revolution That's Taking Back Our Country--and Where We Go from Here Author: Jeff Weaver Narrator: Jeff Weaver Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332868 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Bernie Won: Inside the Revolution That's Taking Back Our Country--and Where We Go from Here Author: Jeff Weaver Narrator: Jeff Weaver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. In this audiobook, the brilliant manager of Bernie Sanders’s 2016 presidential campaign explains how Bernie took on the entire establishment and changed modern American politics for good. When Jeff Weaver hopped in a car with Bernie Sanders in the summer of 1986, he had no idea the Vermont backroads would lead them all the way to the 2016 presidential campaign. In How Bernie Won, Weaver tells listeners how Bernie built a movement that would sweep America and inspire millions. He vowed not to run a negative campaign. He would focus on policies, not personalities. He would not be beholden to big money. He would actually make America great. Weaver also explains how they overcame significant challenges: A media that thrived on negative campaigns. A party that thrived on personalities. And a political system that thrived on big money. Weaver explains how Bernie beat them all and, in doing so, went from having little national name recognition when he entered the race to being one of the most respected and well-known people in the world by its end—because, Weaver argues, Bernie won the race. He moved the discussion from the concerns of the 1% to those of the 99%. He forced the Democrats to remember their populist roots. And he showed that an outsider with real ideas and ways to get them done was more popular than someone propped up by backroom political sugar daddies. From holding bags of “Bernie buttons” and picket-stick signs, to managing thousands of campaign workers, to looking ahead to 2020, Weaver chronicles the birth of a revolution that didn’t end in November 2016. It’s only just begun.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/accessing-the-media-how-to-get-good-press-by-jill-osborn--65209740https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332145 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accessing the Media: How to Get Good Press Author: Jill Osborn Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Accessing the Media takes the reader behind the scenes to understand how best to work with press to get publicity. Perfect for politicians, business leaders, lobbyists, and media junkies, this reference provides an insider's look at how the modern newsroom works, detailing the different roles of reporters, editors, and producers. Readers will learn how to forge relationships with media personnel in television, radio, print, and the web to craft the press coverage they want. Award-winning journalist Jill Osborn exposes the three strategic steps that must be used to gain favorable coverage with the media at just the right time. She gives you the inside scoop on how to think like a national or local journalist so you can control the headlines. And she even provides sample press releases to help shape your message. When reading Accessing the Media, you will have a personal media consultant without the cost of hiring one. Whether you are running for office, looking to improve visibility for your business, or simply want a deeper understanding of what you see and read in the news, Accessing the Media is the perfect guide to getting your story out to the world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332145Tue, 15 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332145 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accessing the Media: How to Get Good Press Author: Jill Osborn Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332145 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Accessing the Media: How to Get Good Press Author: Jill Osborn Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Accessing the Media takes the reader behind the scenes to understand how best to work with press to get publicity. Perfect for politicians, business leaders, lobbyists, and media junkies, this reference provides an insider's look at how the modern newsroom works, detailing the different roles of reporters, editors, and producers. Readers will learn how to forge relationships with media personnel in television, radio, print, and the web to craft the press coverage they want. Award-winning journalist Jill Osborn exposes the three strategic steps that must be used to gain favorable coverage with the media at just the right time. She gives you the inside scoop on how to think like a national or local journalist so you can control the headlines. And she even provides sample press releases to help shape your message. When reading Accessing the Media, you will have a personal media consultant without the cost of hiring one. Whether you are running for office, looking to improve visibility for your business, or simply want a deeper understanding of what you see and read in the news, Accessing the Media is the perfect guide to getting your story out to the world.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/to-end-a-presidency-the-power-of-impeachment-by-joshua-matz-laurence-tribe--65209739https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332990 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To End a Presidency: The Power of Impeachment Author: Joshua Matz, Laurence Tribe Narrator: Laurence Tribe, L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Congress prepares articles of impeachment of President Trump, read the definitive book on presidential impeachment and how it should be used today. Impeachment is our ultimate constitutional check against an out-of-control executive. But it is also a perilous and traumatic undertaking for the nation. In this authoritative examination, Laurence Tribe and Joshua Matz rise above the daily clamor to illuminate impeachment's proper role in our age of broken politics. To End a Presidency is an essential book for anyone seeking to understand how this fearsome power should be deployed.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332990Tue, 15 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332990 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To End a Presidency: The Power of Impeachment Author: Joshua Matz, Laurence Tribe Narrator: Laurence Tribe, L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332990 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To End a Presidency: The Power of Impeachment Author: Joshua Matz, Laurence Tribe Narrator: Laurence Tribe, L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Congress prepares articles of impeachment of President Trump, read the definitive book on presidential impeachment and how it should be used today. Impeachment is our ultimate constitutional check against an out-of-control executive. But it is also a perilous and traumatic undertaking for the nation. In this authoritative examination, Laurence Tribe and Joshua Matz rise above the daily clamor to illuminate impeachment's proper role in our age of broken politics. To End a Presidency is an essential book for anyone seeking to understand how this fearsome power should be deployed.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-left-behind-decline-and-rage-in-rural-america-by-robert-wuthnow--65209736https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332839 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Left Behind: Decline and Rage in Rural America Author: Robert Wuthnow Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How a fraying social fabric is fueling the outrage of rural Americans What is fueling rural America’s outrage toward the federal government? Why did rural Americans vote overwhelmingly for Donald Trump? And, beyond economic and demographic decline, is there a more nuanced explanation for the growing rural-urban divide? Drawing on more than a decade of research and hundreds of interviews, Robert Wuthnow brings us into America’s small towns, farms, and rural communities to paint a rich portrait of the moral order—the interactions, loyalties, obligations, and identities―underpinning this critical segment of the nation. Wuthnow demonstrates that to truly understand rural Americans’ anger, their culture must be explored more fully. We hear from farmers who want government out of their business, factory workers who believe in working hard to support their families, town managers who find the federal government unresponsive to their communities’ needs, and clergy who say the moral climate is being undermined. Wuthnow argues that rural America’s fury stems less from specific economic concerns than from the perception that Washington is distant from and yet threatening to the social fabric of small towns. Rural dwellers are especially troubled by Washington’s seeming lack of empathy for such small-town norms as personal responsibility, frugality, cooperation, and common sense. Wuthnow also shows that while these communities may not be as discriminatory as critics claim, racism and misogyny remain embedded in rural patterns of life. Moving beyond simplistic depictions of the residents of America’s heartland, The Left Behind offers a clearer picture of how this important population will influence the nation’s political future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332839Tue, 15 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332839 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Left Behind: Decline and Rage in Rural America Author: Robert Wuthnow Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332839 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Left Behind: Decline and Rage in Rural America Author: Robert Wuthnow Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How a fraying social fabric is fueling the outrage of rural Americans What is fueling rural America’s outrage toward the federal government? Why did rural Americans vote overwhelmingly for Donald Trump? And, beyond economic and demographic decline, is there a more nuanced explanation for the growing rural-urban divide? Drawing on more than a decade of research and hundreds of interviews, Robert Wuthnow brings us into America’s small towns, farms, and rural communities to paint a rich portrait of the moral order—the interactions, loyalties, obligations, and identities―underpinning this critical segment of the nation. Wuthnow demonstrates that to truly understand rural Americans’ anger, their culture must be explored more fully. We hear from farmers who want government out of their business, factory workers who believe in working hard to support their families, town managers who find the federal government unresponsive to their communities’ needs, and clergy who say the moral climate is being undermined. Wuthnow argues that rural America’s fury stems less from specific economic concerns than from the perception that Washington is distant from and yet threatening to the social fabric of small towns. Rural dwellers are especially troubled by Washington’s seeming lack of empathy for such small-town norms as personal responsibility, frugality, cooperation, and common sense. Wuthnow also shows that while these communities may not be as discriminatory as critics claim, racism and misogyny remain embedded in rural patterns of life. Moving beyond simplistic depictions of the residents of America’s heartland, The Left Behind offers a clearer picture of how this important population will influence the nation’s political future.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/donald-j-trump-a-president-like-no-other-by-conrad-black--65209793https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Donald J. Trump: A President Like No Other Author: Conrad Black Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conrad Black, bestselling author of Franklin Delano Roosevelt: Champion of Freedom and Richard M. Nixon: A Life in Full, turns his attention to his 'friend' President Donald J. Trump and provides the most intriguing and significant analysis yet of Trump's political rise. Ambitious in intellectual scope, contrarian in many of its opinions, and admirably concise, this is surely set to be one of the most provocative political books you are likely to read this year.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331689Mon, 14 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Donald J. Trump: A President Like No Other Author: Conrad Black Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Donald J. Trump: A President Like No Other Author: Conrad Black Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Conrad Black, bestselling author of Franklin Delano Roosevelt: Champion of Freedom and Richard M. Nixon: A Life in Full, turns his attention to his 'friend' President Donald J. Trump and provides the most intriguing and significant analysis yet of Trump's political rise. Ambitious in intellectual scope, contrarian in many of its opinions, and admirably concise, this is surely set to be one of the most provocative political books you are likely to read this year.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-heritage-black-athletes-a-divided-america-and-the-politics-of-patriotism-by-howard-bryant--65209789https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332102 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heritage: Black Athletes, a Divided America, and the Politics of Patriotism Author: Howard Bryant Narrator: Ronnie Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Following in the footsteps of Robeson, Ali, Robinson and others, today’s Black athletes re-engage with social issues and the meaning of American patriotism Named a best book of 2018 by Library Journal It used to be that politics and sports were as separate from one another as church and state. The ballfield was an escape from the world’s worst problems, top athletes were treated like heroes, and cheering for the home team was as easy and innocent as hot dogs and beer. “No news on the sports page” was a governing principle in newsrooms. That was then. Today, sports arenas have been transformed into staging grounds for American patriotism and the hero worship of law enforcement. Teams wear camouflage jerseys to honor those who serve; police officers throw out first pitches; soldiers surprise their families with homecomings at halftime. Sports and politics are decidedly entwined. But as journalist Howard Bryant reveals, this has always been more complicated for black athletes, who from the start, were committing a political act simply by being on the field. In fact, among all black employees in twentieth-century America, perhaps no other group had more outsized influence and power than ballplayers. The immense social responsibilities that came with the role is part of the black athletic heritage. It is a heritage built by the influence of the superstardom and radical politics of Paul Robeson, Jackie Robinson, Muhammad Ali, Tommie Smith, and John Carlos through the 1960s; undermined by apolitical, corporate-friendly “transcenders of race,” O. J. Simpson, Michael Jordan, and Tiger Woods in the following decades; and reclaimed today by the likes of LeBron James, Colin Kaepernick, and Carmelo Anthony. The Heritage is the story of the rise, fall, and fervent return of the athlete-activist. Through deep research and interviews with some of sports’ best-known stars—including Kaepernick, David Ortiz, Charles Barkley, and Chris Webber—as well as members of law enforcement and the military, Bryant details the collision of post-9/11 sports in America and the politically engaged post-Ferguson black athlete.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332102Tue, 08 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332102 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heritage: Black Athletes, a Divided America, and the Politics of Patriotism Author: Howard Bryant Narrator: Ronnie Butler Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332102 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heritage: Black Athletes, a Divided America, and the Politics of Patriotism Author: Howard Bryant Narrator: Ronnie Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Following in the footsteps of Robeson, Ali, Robinson and others, today’s Black athletes re-engage with social issues and the meaning of American patriotism Named a best book of 2018 by Library Journal It used to be that politics and sports were as separate from one another as church and state. The ballfield was an escape from the world’s worst problems, top athletes were treated like heroes, and cheering for the home team was as easy and innocent as hot dogs and beer. “No news on the sports page” was a governing principle in newsrooms. That was then. Today, sports arenas have been transformed into staging grounds for American patriotism and the hero worship of law enforcement. Teams wear camouflage jerseys to honor those who serve; police officers throw out first pitches; soldiers surprise their families with homecomings at halftime. Sports and politics are decidedly entwined. But as journalist Howard Bryant reveals, this has always been more complicated for black athletes, who from the start, were committing a political act simply by being on the field. In fact, among all black employees in twentieth-century America, perhaps no other group had more outsized influence and power than ballplayers. The immense social responsibilities that came with the role is part of the black athletic heritage. It is a heritage built by the influence of the superstardom and radical politics of Paul Robeson, Jackie Robinson, Muhammad Ali, Tommie Smith, and John Carlos through the 1960s; undermined by apolitical, corporate-friendly “transcenders of race,” O. J. Simpson, Michael Jordan, and Tiger Woods in the following decades; and reclaimed today by the likes of LeBron James, Colin Kaepernick, and Carmelo Anthony. The Heritage is the story of the rise, fall, and fervent return of the athlete-activist. Through deep research and interviews with some of sports’ best-known stars—including Kaepernick, David Ortiz, Charles Barkley, and Chris Webber—as well as members of law enforcement and the military, Bryant details the collision of post-9/11 sports in America and the politically engaged post-Ferguson black athlete.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-soul-of-america-the-battle-for-our-better-angels-by-jon-meacham--65209786https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of America: The Battle for Our Better Angels Author: Jon Meacham Narrator: Jon Meacham, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 131 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 14 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Pulitzer Prize–winning author Jon Meacham helps us understand the present moment in American politics and life by looking back at critical times in our history when hope overcame division and fear. “Gripping and inspiring, The Soul of America is Jon Meacham’s declaration of his faith in America.”—Newsday ONE OF OPRAH’S “BOOKS THAT HELP ME THROUGH” • A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: NPR, The Christian Science Monitor, Southern Living Our current climate of partisan fury is not new, and in The Soul of America Meacham shows us how what Abraham Lincoln called the “better angels of our nature” have repeatedly won the day. Painting surprising portraits of Lincoln and other presidents, including Ulysses S. Grant, Theodore Roosevelt, Woodrow Wilson, Franklin D. Roosevelt, Harry S. Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, and Lyndon B. Johnson, and illuminating the courage of such influential citizen activists as Martin Luther King, Jr., early suffragettes Alice Paul and Carrie Chapman Catt, civil rights pioneers Rosa Parks and John Lewis, First Lady Eleanor Roosevelt, and Army-McCarthy hearings lawyer Joseph N. Welch, Meacham brings vividly to life turning points in American history.   He writes about the Civil War, Reconstruction, and the birth of the Lost Cause; the backlash against immigrants in the First World War and the resurgence of the Ku Klux Klan in the 1920s; the fight for women’s rights; the demagoguery of Huey Long and Father Coughlin and the isolationist work of America First in the years before World War II; the anti-Communist witch-hunts led by Senator Joseph McCarthy; and Lyndon Johnson’s crusade against Jim Crow. Each of these dramatic hours in our national life have been shaped by the contest to lead the country to look forward rather than back, to assert hope over fear—a struggle that continues even now. While the American story has not always—or even often—been heroic, we have been sustained by a belief in progress even in the gloomiest of times. In this inspiring book, Meacham reassures us, “The good news is that we have come through such darkness before”—as, time and again, Lincoln’s better angels have found a way to prevail.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332638Tue, 08 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of America: The Battle for Our Better Angels Author: Jon Meacham Narrator: Jon Meacham, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of America: The Battle for Our Better Angels Author: Jon Meacham Narrator: Jon Meacham, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 131 Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 14 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Pulitzer Prize–winning author Jon Meacham helps us understand the present moment in American politics and life by looking back at critical times in our history when hope overcame division and fear. “Gripping and inspiring, The Soul of America is Jon Meacham’s declaration of his faith in America.”—Newsday ONE OF OPRAH’S “BOOKS THAT HELP ME THROUGH” • A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: NPR, The Christian Science Monitor, Southern Living Our current climate of partisan fury is not new, and in The Soul of America Meacham shows us how what Abraham Lincoln called the “better angels of our nature” have repeatedly won the day. Painting surprising portraits of Lincoln and other presidents, including Ulysses S. Grant, Theodore Roosevelt, Woodrow Wilson, Franklin D. Roosevelt, Harry S. Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, and Lyndon B. Johnson, and illuminating the courage of such influential citizen activists as Martin Luther King, Jr., early suffragettes Alice Paul and Carrie Chapman Catt, civil rights pioneers Rosa Parks and John Lewis, First Lady Eleanor Roosevelt, and Army-McCarthy hearings lawyer Joseph N. Welch, Meacham brings vividly to life turning points in American history.   He writes about the Civil War, Reconstruction, and the birth of the Lost Cause; the backlash against immigrants in the First World War and the resurgence of the Ku Klux Klan in the 1920s; the fight for women’s rights; the demagoguery of Huey Long and Father Coughlin and the isolationist work of America First in the years before World War II; the anti-Communist witch-hunts led by Senator Joseph McCarthy; and Lyndon Johnson’s crusade against Jim Crow. Each of these dramatic hours in our national life have been shaped by the contest to lead the country to look forward rather than back, to assert hope over fear—a struggle that continues even now. While the American story has not always—or even often—been heroic, we have been sustained by a belief in progress even in the gloomiest of times. In this inspiring book, Meacham reassures us, “The good news is that we have come through such darkness before”—as, time and again, Lincoln’s better angels have found a way to prevail.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-brotherhood-of-spies-the-u-2-and-the-cia-s-secret-war-by-monte-reel--65209785https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331780 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Brotherhood of Spies: The U-2 and the CIA's Secret War Author: Monte Reel Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A thrilling dramatic narrative of the top-secret Cold War-era spy plane operation that transformed the CIA and brought the U.S. and the Soviet Union to the brink of disaster On May 1, 1960, an American U-2 spy plane was shot down over the Soviet Union just weeks before a peace summit between the two nations. The CIA concocted a cover story for President Eisenhower to deliver, assuring him that no one could have survived a fall from that altitude. And even if pilot Francis Gary Powers had survived, he had been supplied with a poison pin with which to commit suicide.      But against all odds, Powers emerged from the wreckage and was seized by the KGB. He confessed to espionage charges, revealing to the world that Eisenhower had just lied to the American people--and to the Soviet Premier. Infuriated, Nikita Khrushchev slammed the door on a rare opening in Cold War relations.      In A Brotherhood of Spies, award-winning journalist Monte Reel reveals how the U-2 spy program, principally devised by four men working in secret, upended the Cold War and carved a new mission for the CIA. This secret fraternity, made up of Edwin Land, best known as the inventor of instant photography and the head of Polaroid Corporation; Kelly Johnson, a hard-charging taskmaster from Lockheed; Richard Bissell, the secretive and ambitious spymaster; and ace Air Force flyer Powers, set out to replace yesterday's fallible human spies with tomorrow's undetectable eye in the sky. Their clandestine successes and all-too-public failures make this brilliantly reported account a true-life thriller with the highest stakes and tragic repercussions.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331780Tue, 08 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331780 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Brotherhood of Spies: The U-2 and the CIA's Secret War Author: Monte Reel Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 13...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331780 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Brotherhood of Spies: The U-2 and the CIA's Secret War Author: Monte Reel Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A thrilling dramatic narrative of the top-secret Cold War-era spy plane operation that transformed the CIA and brought the U.S. and the Soviet Union to the brink of disaster On May 1, 1960, an American U-2 spy plane was shot down over the Soviet Union just weeks before a peace summit between the two nations. The CIA concocted a cover story for President Eisenhower to deliver, assuring him that no one could have survived a fall from that altitude. And even if pilot Francis Gary Powers had survived, he had been supplied with a poison pin with which to commit suicide.      But against all odds, Powers emerged from the wreckage and was seized by the KGB. He confessed to espionage charges, revealing to the world that Eisenhower had just lied to the American people--and to the Soviet Premier. Infuriated, Nikita Khrushchev slammed the door on a rare opening in Cold War relations.      In A Brotherhood of Spies, award-winning journalist Monte Reel reveals how the U-2 spy program, principally devised by four men working in secret, upended the Cold War and carved a new mission for the CIA. This secret fraternity, made up of Edwin Land, best known as the inventor of instant photography and the head of Polaroid Corporation; Kelly Johnson, a hard-charging taskmaster from Lockheed; Richard Bissell, the secretive and ambitious spymaster; and ace Air Force flyer Powers, set out to replace yesterday's fallible human spies with tomorrow's undetectable eye in the sky. Their clandestine successes and all-too-public failures make this brilliantly reported account a true-life thriller with the highest stakes and tragic repercussions.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/failing-to-confront-islamic-totalitarianism-from-george-w-bush-to-barack-obama-and-beyond-by-onkar-ghate-elan-journo--65209777https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332833 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Failing to Confront Islamic Totalitarianism: From George W. Bush to Barack Obama and Beyond Author: Onkar Ghate, Elan Journo Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The military strength of the United States is unmatched in all of world history. Yet fifteen years after September 11, Islamic totalitarianism is undefeated, emboldened, and on the march: from Paris and San Bernardino to Brussels and Orlando. Why? The fundamental problem lies in the irrational philosophic ideas that permeate—and subvert—American foreign policy. The United States is a military superpower, but it lacks the self-confidence and moral certainty needed to defend itself and its ideals. And our political and intellectual leaders evade the nature of Islamic totalitarianism. After 9/11, the Ayn Rand Institute predicted that the prevailing ideas about morality would undercut our foreign policy and cripple us in action. In the op-eds, essays, blog posts, and interviews featured in this book, you will see that those predictions have proved correct. Can we end the Islamist menace and secure our right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness on earth? Yes—easily—if we adopt the right philosophic ideas to guide our foreign policy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332833Tue, 08 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332833 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Failing to Confront Islamic Totalitarianism: From George W. Bush to Barack Obama and Beyond Author: Onkar Ghate, Elan Journo Narrator: Chris Abell...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332833 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Failing to Confront Islamic Totalitarianism: From George W. Bush to Barack Obama and Beyond Author: Onkar Ghate, Elan Journo Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The military strength of the United States is unmatched in all of world history. Yet fifteen years after September 11, Islamic totalitarianism is undefeated, emboldened, and on the march: from Paris and San Bernardino to Brussels and Orlando. Why? The fundamental problem lies in the irrational philosophic ideas that permeate—and subvert—American foreign policy. The United States is a military superpower, but it lacks the self-confidence and moral certainty needed to defend itself and its ideals. And our political and intellectual leaders evade the nature of Islamic totalitarianism. After 9/11, the Ayn Rand Institute predicted that the prevailing ideas about morality would undercut our foreign policy and cripple us in action. In the op-eds, essays, blog posts, and interviews featured in this book, you will see that those predictions have proved correct. Can we end the Islamist menace and secure our right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness on earth? Yes—easily—if we adopt the right philosophic ideas to guide our foreign policy.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/after-the-fact-the-erosion-of-truth-and-the-inevitable-rise-of-donald-trump-by-nathan-bomey--65209768https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332605 to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Fact: The Erosion of Truth and the Inevitable Rise of Donald Trump Author: Nathan Bomey Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This trenchant analysis examines the many ways our society's increasingly tenuous commitment to facts laid the groundwork for Donald Trump's rise to power. Award-winning journalist Nathan Bomey argues that Trump did not usher the post-truth era into being. He was its inevitable outcome. Bomey points to recent trends that have created the perfect seedbed for spin, distortion, deception, and bald-faced lies: shifting news habits, the rise of social media, the spread of entrenched ideologies, and the failure of schools to teach basic critical-thinking skills The evidence supporting the author's argument is all around us: On Facebook, we present images of our lives that ignore the truth and intentionally deceive our friends and family. We consume fake news stories online and carelessly circulate false rumors. In politics, we vote for leaders who leverage political narratives that favor ideology over science. And in our schools, we fail to teach students how to authenticate information. After the Fact explores how the convergence of technology, politics, and media has ushered in the misinformation age, sidelining the truth and threatening our core principle of community.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332605Tue, 08 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332605 to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Fact: The Erosion of Truth and the Inevitable Rise of Donald Trump Author: Nathan Bomey Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332605 to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Fact: The Erosion of Truth and the Inevitable Rise of Donald Trump Author: Nathan Bomey Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This trenchant analysis examines the many ways our society's increasingly tenuous commitment to facts laid the groundwork for Donald Trump's rise to power. Award-winning journalist Nathan Bomey argues that Trump did not usher the post-truth era into being. He was its inevitable outcome. Bomey points to recent trends that have created the perfect seedbed for spin, distortion, deception, and bald-faced lies: shifting news habits, the rise of social media, the spread of entrenched ideologies, and the failure of schools to teach basic critical-thinking skills The evidence supporting the author's argument is all around us: On Facebook, we present images of our lives that ignore the truth and intentionally deceive our friends and family. We consume fake news stories online and carelessly circulate false rumors. In politics, we vote for leaders who leverage political narratives that favor ideology over science. And in our schools, we fail to teach students how to authenticate information. After the Fact explores how the convergence of technology, politics, and media has ushered in the misinformation age, sidelining the truth and threatening our core principle of community.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-great-revolt-inside-the-populist-coalition-reshaping-american-politics-by-brad-todd-salena-zito--65209765https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332173 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Revolt: Inside the Populist Coalition Reshaping American Politics Author: Brad Todd, Salena Zito Narrator: Bob Hess Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Standout syndicated columnist and CNN contributor Salena Zito, with veteran Republican strategist Brad Todd, reports across five swing states and over 27,000 miles to answer the pressing question: Was Donald Trump's election a fluke or did it represent a fundamental shift in the electorate that will have repercussions--for Republicans and Democrats--for years to come. The history of the American electorate is not a litany of flukes; instead it is a pattern of tectonic plate-grinding, punctuated by a landscape-altering earthquake every generation or so. Donald Trump's electoral coalition is smashing both American political parties and its previously impenetrable political news media. The political experts called the 2016 election wrong and in the wake of the 2016 election surprise, the experts have continued to blow it -- looking to predict the coming demise of the President without pausing to consider the durability of the trends and winds that swept him into office. The Great Revolt delves deep into the minds and hearts of the voters the make up this coalition. What emerges is a group of citizens who cannot be described by terms like 'angry,' 'male,' 'rural,' or the often-used 'racist.' They span job descriptions, income brackets, education levels, and party allegiances. What unites them is their desire to be part of a movement larger than themselves that puts pragmatism before ideology, localism before globalism, and demands the respect it deserve from Washington. Zito and Todd have traveled on over 27,000 miles of country roads to interview more than 300 Trump voters in 10 swing counties. What they have discovered is that these voters were hiding in plain sight -- ignored by both parties, the media, and the political experts all at once, ready to unite into the movement that spawned the greatest upset in recent electoral history. Deeply rooted in the culture of these Midwestern swing states, Zito and Brad Todd reframe the discussion of the 'Trump voter' to answer the question: What next? Includes a bonus PDF of the Appendix]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332173Tue, 08 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332173 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Revolt: Inside the Populist Coalition Reshaping American Politics Author: Brad Todd, Salena Zito Narrator: Bob Hess Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332173 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Revolt: Inside the Populist Coalition Reshaping American Politics Author: Brad Todd, Salena Zito Narrator: Bob Hess Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Standout syndicated columnist and CNN contributor Salena Zito, with veteran Republican strategist Brad Todd, reports across five swing states and over 27,000 miles to answer the pressing question: Was Donald Trump's election a fluke or did it represent a fundamental shift in the electorate that will have repercussions--for Republicans and Democrats--for years to come. The history of the American electorate is not a litany of flukes; instead it is a pattern of tectonic plate-grinding, punctuated by a landscape-altering earthquake every generation or so. Donald Trump's electoral coalition is smashing both American political parties and its previously impenetrable political news media. The political experts called the 2016 election wrong and in the wake of the 2016 election surprise, the experts have continued to blow it -- looking to predict the coming demise of the President without pausing to consider the durability of the trends and winds that swept him into office. The Great Revolt delves deep into the minds and hearts of the voters the make up this coalition. What emerges is a group of citizens who cannot be described by terms like 'angry,' 'male,' 'rural,' or the often-used 'racist.' They span job descriptions, income brackets, education levels, and party allegiances. What unites them is their desire to be part of a movement larger than themselves that puts pragmatism before ideology, localism before globalism, and demands the respect it deserve from Washington. Zito and Todd have traveled on over 27,000 miles of country roads to interview more than 300 Trump voters in 10 swing counties. What they have discovered is that these voters were hiding in plain sight -- ignored by both parties, the media, and the political experts all at once, ready to unite into the movement that spawned the greatest upset in recent electoral history. Deeply rooted in the culture of these Midwestern swing states, Zito and Brad Todd reframe the discussion of the 'Trump voter' to answer the question: What next? Includes a bonus PDF of the Appendix]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/our-search-for-belonging-how-our-need-to-connect-is-tearing-us-apart-by-howard-j-ross-jonrobert-tartaglione--65209741https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332994 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Search for Belonging: How Our Need to Connect Is Tearing Us Apart Author: Howard J. Ross, Jonrobert Tartaglione Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why are we so divided today? Paradoxically, Howard Ross, author of Everyday Bias, says it's our compulsion to belong to a group--something hardwired into us-- that ends up making us deeply connected with some, yet deeply divided from others. Ross shows how we can overcome this growing tribalism. We are living in a world of almost unparalleled separation. People are no longer disagreeing, but are instead disavowing each other's rights to an opinion. What is driving this polarization, and how can we overcome it? Howard Ross says that ironically it's our profound need to belong. He delves deeply into the powerful psychological, neurological, and biological forces that drive us to want to identify so strongly with a group we're sometimes even willing to sacrifice our individual identity. Drawing on his decades of leadership in the diversity and inclusion field, Ross probes the depth and impact of this growing tribalism, the role social media plays in exacerbating it, the ways it impacts every aspect of the daily lives, and how to combat it. Readers will gain tools for exploring contentious dialogue in healthier ways and guidelines for breaking down barriers and building bridges across difference, and organizations and institutions will be able to develop approaches that can open dialogue and encourage mutual understanding.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332994Tue, 08 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332994 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Search for Belonging: How Our Need to Connect Is Tearing Us Apart Author: Howard J. Ross, Jonrobert Tartaglione Narrator: Wes Bleed Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332994 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Search for Belonging: How Our Need to Connect Is Tearing Us Apart Author: Howard J. Ross, Jonrobert Tartaglione Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why are we so divided today? Paradoxically, Howard Ross, author of Everyday Bias, says it's our compulsion to belong to a group--something hardwired into us-- that ends up making us deeply connected with some, yet deeply divided from others. Ross shows how we can overcome this growing tribalism. We are living in a world of almost unparalleled separation. People are no longer disagreeing, but are instead disavowing each other's rights to an opinion. What is driving this polarization, and how can we overcome it? Howard Ross says that ironically it's our profound need to belong. He delves deeply into the powerful psychological, neurological, and biological forces that drive us to want to identify so strongly with a group we're sometimes even willing to sacrifice our individual identity. Drawing on his decades of leadership in the diversity and inclusion field, Ross probes the depth and impact of this growing tribalism, the role social media plays in exacerbating it, the ways it impacts every aspect of the daily lives, and how to combat it. Readers will gain tools for exploring contentious dialogue in healthier ways and guidelines for breaking down barriers and building bridges across difference, and organizations and institutions will be able to develop approaches that can open dialogue and encourage mutual understanding.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-global-road-map-enduring-strategies-for-turbulent-times-by-pankaj-ghemawat--65209781https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332289 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Global Road Map: Enduring Strategies for Turbulent Times Author: Pankaj Ghemawat Narrator: Firdous Bamji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What Globalization Now Means for Your Business. Executives can no longer base their strategies on the assumption that globalization will continue to advance steadily. But how should they respond to the growing pressures against globalization? And what can businesses do to control their destinies in these times of uncertainty? In The New Global Road Map, Pankaj Ghemawat separates fact from fiction by giving readers a better understanding of the key trends affecting global business. He also explains how globalization levels around the world are changing, and where they are likely to go in the future. Using the most up-to-date data and analysis, Ghemawat dispels today's most dangerous myths and provides a clear view of the most critical issues facing policy makers in the years ahead. Building on this analysis, with examples from a diverse set of companies across industries and geographies, Ghemawat provides actionable frameworks and tools to help executives revise their strategies, restructure their global footprints, realign their organizations, and rethink how they work with local governments and institutions. In our era of rising nationalism and increased skepticism about globalization's benefits, The New Global Road Map delivers the definitive guide on how to compete profitably across borders.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332289Tue, 01 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332289 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Global Road Map: Enduring Strategies for Turbulent Times Author: Pankaj Ghemawat Narrator: Firdous Bamji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332289 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Global Road Map: Enduring Strategies for Turbulent Times Author: Pankaj Ghemawat Narrator: Firdous Bamji Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What Globalization Now Means for Your Business. Executives can no longer base their strategies on the assumption that globalization will continue to advance steadily. But how should they respond to the growing pressures against globalization? And what can businesses do to control their destinies in these times of uncertainty? In The New Global Road Map, Pankaj Ghemawat separates fact from fiction by giving readers a better understanding of the key trends affecting global business. He also explains how globalization levels around the world are changing, and where they are likely to go in the future. Using the most up-to-date data and analysis, Ghemawat dispels today's most dangerous myths and provides a clear view of the most critical issues facing policy makers in the years ahead. Building on this analysis, with examples from a diverse set of companies across industries and geographies, Ghemawat provides actionable frameworks and tools to help executives revise their strategies, restructure their global footprints, realign their organizations, and rethink how they work with local governments and institutions. In our era of rising nationalism and increased skepticism about globalization's benefits, The New Global Road Map delivers the definitive guide on how to compete profitably across borders.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-assault-on-intelligence-american-national-security-in-an-age-of-lies-by-michael-v-hayden--65209779https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333022 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assault on Intelligence: American National Security in an Age of Lies Author: Michael V. Hayden Narrator: Michael V. Hayden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A blistering critique of the forces threatening the American intelligence community, beginning with the President of the United States himself, in a time when that community's work has never been harder or more important In the face of a President who lobs accusations without facts, evidence, or logic, truth tellers are under attack. Meanwhile, the world order is teetering on the brink. North Korea is on the verge of having a nuclear weapon that could reach all of the United States, Russians have mastered a new form of information warfare that undercuts democracy, and the role of China in the global community remains unclear. There will always be value to experience and expertise, devotion to facts, humility in the face of complexity, and a respect for ideas, but in this moment they seem more important, and more endangered, than they've ever been. American Intelligence--the ultimate truth teller--has a responsibility in a post-truth world beyond merely warning of external dangers, and in The Assault on Intelligence, General Michael Hayden takes up that urgent work with profound passion, insight and authority. It is a sobering vision. The American intelligence community is more at risk than is commonly understood, for every good reason. Civil war or societal collapse is not necessarily imminent or inevitable, but our democracy's core structures, processes, and attitudes are under great stress. Many of the premises on which we have based our understanding of governance are now challenged, eroded, or simply gone. And we have a President in office who responds to overwhelming evidence from the intelligence community that the Russians are, by all acceptable standards of cyber conflict, in a state of outright war against us, not by leading a strong response, but by shooting the messenger. There are fundamental changes afoot in the world and in this country. The Assault on Intelligence shows us what they are, reveals how crippled we've become in our capacity to address them, and points toward a series of effective responses. Because when we lose our intelligence, literally and figuratively, democracy dies.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333022Tue, 01 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333022 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assault on Intelligence: American National Security in an Age of Lies Author: Michael V. Hayden Narrator: Michael V. Hayden Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333022 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assault on Intelligence: American National Security in an Age of Lies Author: Michael V. Hayden Narrator: Michael V. Hayden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A blistering critique of the forces threatening the American intelligence community, beginning with the President of the United States himself, in a time when that community's work has never been harder or more important In the face of a President who lobs accusations without facts, evidence, or logic, truth tellers are under attack. Meanwhile, the world order is teetering on the brink. North Korea is on the verge of having a nuclear weapon that could reach all of the United States, Russians have mastered a new form of information warfare that undercuts democracy, and the role of China in the global community remains unclear. There will always be value to experience and expertise, devotion to facts, humility in the face of complexity, and a respect for ideas, but in this moment they seem more important, and more endangered, than they've ever been. American Intelligence--the ultimate truth teller--has a responsibility in a post-truth world beyond merely warning of external dangers, and in The Assault on Intelligence, General Michael Hayden takes up that urgent work with profound passion, insight and authority. It is a sobering vision. The American intelligence community is more at risk than is commonly understood, for every good reason. Civil war or societal collapse is not necessarily imminent or inevitable, but our democracy's core structures, processes, and attitudes are under great stress. Many of the premises on which we have based our understanding of governance are now challenged, eroded, or simply gone. And we have a President in office who responds to overwhelming evidence from the intelligence community that the Russians are, by all acceptable standards of cyber conflict, in a state of outright war against us, not by leading a strong response, but by shooting the messenger. There are fundamental changes afoot in the world and in this country. The Assault on Intelligence shows us what they are, reveals how crippled we've become in our capacity to address them, and points toward a series of effective responses. Because when we lose our intelligence, literally and figuratively, democracy dies.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-evolution-of-socialism-in-the-united-states-by-the-speech-resource-company--65209776https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332563 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution of Socialism in the United States Series: Part of The Historic Moments in Speech Series Author: The Speech Resource Company Narrator: The Speech Resource Company Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Influenced by the political philosophy of Karl Marx, German immigrants to the US formed small political parties or trade unions based on socialist principles advocating for social justice and labor reforms. The movement continued to rebel against economic inequality. Included are speeches from both sides of the argument for a more socialized society in the United States. Produced by the Speech Resource Company and fully narrated by Robert Wikstrom]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332563Tue, 01 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332563 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution of Socialism in the United States Series: Part of The Historic Moments in Speech Series Author: The Speech Resource Company Narrator: The...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332563 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Evolution of Socialism in the United States Series: Part of The Historic Moments in Speech Series Author: The Speech Resource Company Narrator: The Speech Resource Company Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Influenced by the political philosophy of Karl Marx, German immigrants to the US formed small political parties or trade unions based on socialist principles advocating for social justice and labor reforms. The movement continued to rebel against economic inequality. Included are speeches from both sides of the argument for a more socialized society in the United States. Produced by the Speech Resource Company and fully narrated by Robert Wikstrom]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/political-risk-how-businesses-and-organizations-can-anticipate-global-insecurity-by-condoleezza-rice-amy-b-zegart--65209771https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Risk: How Businesses and Organizations Can Anticipate Global Insecurity Author: Condoleezza Rice, Amy B. Zegart Narrator: Grace Angela Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From New York Times bestselling author and former U.S. secretary of state Condoleezza Rice and Stanford University professor Amy B. Zegart comes an examination of the rapidly evolving state of political risk, and how to navigate it.The world is changing fast. Political risk-the probability that a political action could significantly impact a company's business-is affecting more businesses in more ways than ever before. A generation ago, political risk mostly involved a handful of industries dealing with governments in a few frontier markets. Today, political risk stems from a widening array of actors, including Twitter users, local officials, activists, terrorists, hackers, and more. The very institutions and laws that were supposed to reduce business uncertainty and risk are often having the opposite effect. In today's globalized world, there are no 'safe' bets. POLITICAL RISK investigates and analyzes this evolving landscape, what businesses can do to navigate it, and what all of us can learn about how to better understand and grapple with these rapidly changing global political dynamics. Drawing on lessons from the successes and failures of companies across multiple industries as well as examples from aircraft carrier operations, NASA missions, and other unusual places, POLITICAL RISK offers a first-of-its-kind framework that can be deployed in any organization, from startups to Fortune 500 companies. Organizations that take a serious, systematic approach to political risk management are likely to be surprised less often and recover better. Companies that don't get these basics right are more likely to get blindsided.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329566Tue, 01 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Risk: How Businesses and Organizations Can Anticipate Global Insecurity Author: Condoleezza Rice, Amy B. Zegart Narrator: Grace Angela Henry...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Risk: How Businesses and Organizations Can Anticipate Global Insecurity Author: Condoleezza Rice, Amy B. Zegart Narrator: Grace Angela Henry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From New York Times bestselling author and former U.S. secretary of state Condoleezza Rice and Stanford University professor Amy B. Zegart comes an examination of the rapidly evolving state of political risk, and how to navigate it.The world is changing fast. Political risk-the probability that a political action could significantly impact a company's business-is affecting more businesses in more ways than ever before. A generation ago, political risk mostly involved a handful of industries dealing with governments in a few frontier markets. Today, political risk stems from a widening array of actors, including Twitter users, local officials, activists, terrorists, hackers, and more. The very institutions and laws that were supposed to reduce business uncertainty and risk are often having the opposite effect. In today's globalized world, there are no 'safe' bets. POLITICAL RISK investigates and analyzes this evolving landscape, what businesses can do to navigate it, and what all of us can learn about how to better understand and grapple with these rapidly changing global political dynamics. Drawing on lessons from the successes and failures of companies across multiple industries as well as examples from aircraft carrier operations, NASA missions, and other unusual places, POLITICAL RISK offers a first-of-its-kind framework that can be deployed in any organization, from startups to Fortune 500 companies. Organizations that take a serious, systematic approach to political risk management are likely to be surprised less often and recover better. Companies that don't get these basics right are more likely to get blindsided.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/inconvenient-facts-the-science-that-al-gore-doesn-t-want-you-to-know-by-gregory-wrightstone--65209748https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inconvenient Facts: The Science That Al Gore Doesn’t Want You to Know Author: Gregory Wrightstone Narrator: Brian Holsopple Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: You have been inundated with reports from media, governments, think tanks, and “experts” saying that our climate is changing for the worse and it is our fault. Increases in droughts, heat waves, tornadoes, and poison ivy—to name a few—are all blamed on our “sins of emissions” from burning fossil fuels and increasing carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. Yet, you don’t quite buy into this human-caused climate apocalypse. You aren’t sure about the details because you don’t have all the facts and likely aren’t a scientist. Inconvenient Facts was specifically created for you. Writing in plain English and providing easily understood charts and figures, Gregory Wrightstone presents the science to assess the basis of the threatened Thermageddon. The book’s sixty “inconvenient facts” come from government sources, peer-reviewed literature, or scholarly works, set forth in a way that is lucid and entertaining. The information likely will challenge your current understanding of many apocalyptic predictions about our ever dynamic climate. You will learn that the planet is improving, not in spite of increasing CO2 and rising temperature, but because of it. The very framework of the climate-catastrophe argument will be confronted with scientific fact. Arm yourself with the truth.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332579Tue, 01 May 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inconvenient Facts: The Science That Al Gore Doesn’t Want You to Know Author: Gregory Wrightstone Narrator: Brian Holsopple Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inconvenient Facts: The Science That Al Gore Doesn’t Want You to Know Author: Gregory Wrightstone Narrator: Brian Holsopple Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: You have been inundated with reports from media, governments, think tanks, and “experts” saying that our climate is changing for the worse and it is our fault. Increases in droughts, heat waves, tornadoes, and poison ivy—to name a few—are all blamed on our “sins of emissions” from burning fossil fuels and increasing carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. Yet, you don’t quite buy into this human-caused climate apocalypse. You aren’t sure about the details because you don’t have all the facts and likely aren’t a scientist. Inconvenient Facts was specifically created for you. Writing in plain English and providing easily understood charts and figures, Gregory Wrightstone presents the science to assess the basis of the threatened Thermageddon. The book’s sixty “inconvenient facts” come from government sources, peer-reviewed literature, or scholarly works, set forth in a way that is lucid and entertaining. The information likely will challenge your current understanding of many apocalyptic predictions about our ever dynamic climate. You will learn that the planet is improving, not in spite of increasing CO2 and rising temperature, but because of it. The very framework of the climate-catastrophe argument will be confronted with scientific fact. Arm yourself with the truth.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/us-vs-them-the-failure-of-globalism-by-ian-bremmer--65209778https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331950 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Us vs. Them: The Failure of Globalism Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 26, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: IAN BREMMER WAS NAMED LINKEDIN'S #1 TOP INFLUENCER in 2017 'Required reading to help repair a world in pieces and build a world at peace' - António Guterres, United Nations Secretary General 'Ian Bremmer is provocative, controversial, and always intelligent about the state of the world, which he knows so well' - Christine Lagarde, Managing Director of the International Monetary Fund From Brexit, to Donald Trump, to extremist parties in Europe and the developing world, populism has dominated recent headlines. But what explains the rise of leaders who stoke nationalist anger in their countries, from Le Pen to Erdogan? How long will the populist wave last? Who will be the winners and losers in this climate, and how can we defend the values of democracy, free trade and international cooperation? No one is better suited to explore these questions than Ian Bremmer, the CEO of the Eurasia Group and acclaimed Time magazine columnist. Analysing the social, economic and technological forces fuelling this new wave of populism, Bremmer explains why we're witnessing a rejection of the democratic, global, cosmopolitan trends of the late 20th century. Us vs. Them is a definitive guide to navigating the shifting political landscape, for businesses looking to weather and survive the populist storm.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331950Thu, 26 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331950 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Us vs. Them: The Failure of Globalism Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331950 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Us vs. Them: The Failure of Globalism Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 26, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: IAN BREMMER WAS NAMED LINKEDIN'S #1 TOP INFLUENCER in 2017 'Required reading to help repair a world in pieces and build a world at peace' - António Guterres, United Nations Secretary General 'Ian Bremmer is provocative, controversial, and always intelligent about the state of the world, which he knows so well' - Christine Lagarde, Managing Director of the International Monetary Fund From Brexit, to Donald Trump, to extremist parties in Europe and the developing world, populism has dominated recent headlines. But what explains the rise of leaders who stoke nationalist anger in their countries, from Le Pen to Erdogan? How long will the populist wave last? Who will be the winners and losers in this climate, and how can we defend the values of democracy, free trade and international cooperation? No one is better suited to explore these questions than Ian Bremmer, the CEO of the Eurasia Group and acclaimed Time magazine columnist. Analysing the social, economic and technological forces fuelling this new wave of populism, Bremmer explains why we're witnessing a rejection of the democratic, global, cosmopolitan trends of the late 20th century. Us vs. Them is a definitive guide to navigating the shifting political landscape, for businesses looking to weather and survive the populist storm.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/all-that-remains-a-life-in-death-by-sue-black--65209758https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332087 to listen full audiobooks. Title: All That Remains: A Life in Death Author: Sue Black Narrator: Sue Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of All That Remains by Professor Sue Black, read by the author. Sue Black confronts death every day. As Professor of Anatomy and Forensic Anthropology, she focuses on mortal remains in her lab, at burial sites, at scenes of violence, murder and criminal dismemberment, and when investigating mass fatalities due to war, accident or natural disaster. In All that Remains she reveals the many faces of death she has come to know, using key cases to explore how forensic science has developed, and what her work has taught her. Do we expect a book about death to be sad? Macabre? Sue’s book is neither. There is tragedy, but there is also humour in stories as gripping as the best crime novel. Our own death will remain a great unknown. But as an expert witness from the final frontier, Sue Black is the wisest, most reassuring, most compelling of guides. ‘Dame Sue Black writes about life and death with great tenderness but no nonsense, with impeccable science lucidly explained, and with moral depths humanely navigated, so that we can all feel better about the path we must all inevitably follow. I am genuinely glad I read this book.’ – Lee Child ‘Compelling, brave and extremely accessible... A must for anyone who thinks about the basics of living and dying. And there are jokes as well.’ – Rachel Joyce]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332087Thu, 26 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332087 to listen full audiobooks. Title: All That Remains: A Life in Death Author: Sue Black Narrator: Sue Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 20 minutes Release date: April...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332087 to listen full audiobooks. Title: All That Remains: A Life in Death Author: Sue Black Narrator: Sue Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of All That Remains by Professor Sue Black, read by the author. Sue Black confronts death every day. As Professor of Anatomy and Forensic Anthropology, she focuses on mortal remains in her lab, at burial sites, at scenes of violence, murder and criminal dismemberment, and when investigating mass fatalities due to war, accident or natural disaster. In All that Remains she reveals the many faces of death she has come to know, using key cases to explore how forensic science has developed, and what her work has taught her. Do we expect a book about death to be sad? Macabre? Sue’s book is neither. There is tragedy, but there is also humour in stories as gripping as the best crime novel. Our own death will remain a great unknown. But as an expert witness from the final frontier, Sue Black is the wisest, most reassuring, most compelling of guides. ‘Dame Sue Black writes about life and death with great tenderness but no nonsense, with impeccable science lucidly explained, and with moral depths humanely navigated, so that we can all feel better about the path we must all inevitably follow. I am genuinely glad I read this book.’ – Lee Child ‘Compelling, brave and extremely accessible... A must for anyone who thinks about the basics of living and dying. And there are jokes as well.’ – Rachel Joyce]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/troll-nation-how-the-right-became-trump-worshipping-monsters-set-on-rat-f-cking-liberals-america-and-truth-itself-by-amanda-marcotte--65209836https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330732 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Troll Nation: How The Right Became Trump-Worshipping Monsters Set On Rat-F*cking Liberals, America, and Truth Itself Author: Amanda Marcotte Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Senior Political Reporter examines how Trump, a man with no detectable personal qualities outside of resentment and the will to dominate, could appeal to millions of Americans and win the highest office in the land. The election of Donald Trump in 2016, like most of his campaign, came as a shock to many Americans. How could a man so lacking in capacity, so void of any intellectual heft, become the president of the United States? How could a man with no detectable personal qualities outside of resentment and the will to dominate appeal to millions of Americans, enough so that he was able to win the highest office in the land? With this book, journalist Amanda Marcotte will outline how Trump was the inevitable result of American conservatism’s degradation into an ideology of blind resentment. For years now, the purpose of right wing media, particularly Fox News, has not been to argue for traditional conservative ideals, such as small government or even family values, so much as to stoke bitterness and paranoia in its audience. Traditionalist white people have lost control over the culture, and they know it, and the only option they feel they have left is to rage at a broad swath of supposed enemies—journalists, activists, feminists, city dwellers, college professors—that they blame for stealing “their” country from them. Conservative pundits, politicians, and activists have abandoned any hope of winning the argument through reasoned discourse, and instead have adopted a series of bad faith claims, conspiracy theories, and culture war hysterics. Decades of these antics created a conservative voting base that was ready to elect a mindless bully like Donald Trump.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330732Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330732 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Troll Nation: How The Right Became Trump-Worshipping Monsters Set On Rat-F*cking Liberals, America, and Truth Itself Author: Amanda Marcotte Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330732 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Troll Nation: How The Right Became Trump-Worshipping Monsters Set On Rat-F*cking Liberals, America, and Truth Itself Author: Amanda Marcotte Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A Senior Political Reporter examines how Trump, a man with no detectable personal qualities outside of resentment and the will to dominate, could appeal to millions of Americans and win the highest office in the land. The election of Donald Trump in 2016, like most of his campaign, came as a shock to many Americans. How could a man so lacking in capacity, so void of any intellectual heft, become the president of the United States? How could a man with no detectable personal qualities outside of resentment and the will to dominate appeal to millions of Americans, enough so that he was able to win the highest office in the land? With this book, journalist Amanda Marcotte will outline how Trump was the inevitable result of American conservatism’s degradation into an ideology of blind resentment. For years now, the purpose of right wing media, particularly Fox News, has not been to argue for traditional conservative ideals, such as small government or even family values, so much as to stoke bitterness and paranoia in its audience. Traditionalist white people have lost control over the culture, and they know it, and the only option they feel they have left is to rage at a broad swath of supposed enemies—journalists, activists, feminists, city dwellers, college professors—that they blame for stealing “their” country from them. Conservative pundits, politicians, and activists have abandoned any hope of winning the argument through reasoned discourse, and instead have adopted a series of bad faith claims, conspiracy theories, and culture war hysterics. Decades of these antics created a conservative voting base that was ready to elect a mindless bully like Donald Trump.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/1983-reagan-andropov-and-a-world-on-the-brink-by-taylor-downing--65209810https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1983: Reagan, Andropov, and a World on the Brink Author: Taylor Downing Narrator: Ben Onwukwe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting, real-life thriller about 1983--the year tensions between the United States and the Soviet Union nearly brought the world to the point of nuclear Armageddon The year 1983 was an extremely dangerous one--more dangerous than 1962, the year of the Cuban Missile Crisis. In the United States, President Reagan vastly increased defense spending, described the Soviet Union as an 'evil empire,' and launched the 'Star Wars' Strategic Defense Initiative to shield the country from incoming missiles. Seeing all this, Yuri Andropov, the paranoid Soviet leader, became convinced that the US really meant to attack the Soviet Union and he put the KGB on high alert, looking for signs of an imminent nuclear attack. When a Soviet plane shot down a Korean civilian jet, Reagan described it as 'a crime against humanity.' And Moscow grew increasingly concerned about America's language and behavior. Would they attack? The temperature rose fast. In November the West launched a wargame exercise, codenamed 'Abel Archer,' that looked to the Soviets like the real thing. With Andropov's finger inching ever closer to the nuclear button, the world was truly on the brink. This is an extraordinary and largely unknown Cold War story of spies and double agents, of missiles being readied, intelligence failures, misunderstandings, and the panic of world leaders. With access to hundreds of astonishing new documents, Taylor Downing tells for the first time the gripping but true story of how near the world came to nuclear war in 1983.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333002Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1983: Reagan, Andropov, and a World on the Brink Author: Taylor Downing Narrator: Ben Onwukwe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1983: Reagan, Andropov, and a World on the Brink Author: Taylor Downing Narrator: Ben Onwukwe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting, real-life thriller about 1983--the year tensions between the United States and the Soviet Union nearly brought the world to the point of nuclear Armageddon The year 1983 was an extremely dangerous one--more dangerous than 1962, the year of the Cuban Missile Crisis. In the United States, President Reagan vastly increased defense spending, described the Soviet Union as an 'evil empire,' and launched the 'Star Wars' Strategic Defense Initiative to shield the country from incoming missiles. Seeing all this, Yuri Andropov, the paranoid Soviet leader, became convinced that the US really meant to attack the Soviet Union and he put the KGB on high alert, looking for signs of an imminent nuclear attack. When a Soviet plane shot down a Korean civilian jet, Reagan described it as 'a crime against humanity.' And Moscow grew increasingly concerned about America's language and behavior. Would they attack? The temperature rose fast. In November the West launched a wargame exercise, codenamed 'Abel Archer,' that looked to the Soviets like the real thing. With Andropov's finger inching ever closer to the nuclear button, the world was truly on the brink. This is an extraordinary and largely unknown Cold War story of spies and double agents, of missiles being readied, intelligence failures, misunderstandings, and the panic of world leaders. With access to hundreds of astonishing new documents, Taylor Downing tells for the first time the gripping but true story of how near the world came to nuclear war in 1983.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-people-vs-democracy-why-our-freedom-is-in-danger-and-how-to-save-it-by-yascha-mounk--65209805https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331685 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People vs. Democracy: Why Our Freedom Is in Danger and How to Save It Author: Yascha Mounk Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “We can no longer assume that liberal democracy is the wave of the future… This splendid book is an invaluable contribution to the debate about what ails democracy, and what can be done about it.” ―Michael J. Sandel, author of Justice “Everyone worried about the state of contemporary politics should read this book.” ―Anne-Marie Slaughter, President of the New America Foundation The world is in turmoil. From Russia, Turkey, and Egypt to the United States, authoritarian populists have seized power. As a result, democracy itself may now be at risk. Two core components of liberal democracy―individual rights and the popular will―are increasingly at war with each other. As the role of money in politics soared and important issues were taken out of public contestation, a system of “rights without democracy” took hold. Populists who rail against this say they want to return power to the people. But in practice they create something just as bad: a system of “democracy without rights.” The consequence, as Yascha Mounk shows in this brilliant and timely book, is that trust in politics is dwindling. Citizens are falling out of love with their political system. Democracy is wilting away. Drawing on vivid stories and original research, Mounk identifies three key drivers of voters’ discontent: stagnating living standards, fear of multiethnic democracy, and the rise of social media. To reverse the trend, politicians need to enact radical reforms that benefit the many, not the few. The People vs. Democracy is the first book to describe both how we got here and what we need to do now. For those unwilling to give up either individual rights or the concept of the popular will, Mounk argues that urgent action is needed, as this may be our last chance to save democracy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331685Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331685 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People vs. Democracy: Why Our Freedom Is in Danger and How to Save It Author: Yascha Mounk Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331685 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People vs. Democracy: Why Our Freedom Is in Danger and How to Save It Author: Yascha Mounk Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “We can no longer assume that liberal democracy is the wave of the future… This splendid book is an invaluable contribution to the debate about what ails democracy, and what can be done about it.” ―Michael J. Sandel, author of Justice “Everyone worried about the state of contemporary politics should read this book.” ―Anne-Marie Slaughter, President of the New America Foundation The world is in turmoil. From Russia, Turkey, and Egypt to the United States, authoritarian populists have seized power. As a result, democracy itself may now be at risk. Two core components of liberal democracy―individual rights and the popular will―are increasingly at war with each other. As the role of money in politics soared and important issues were taken out of public contestation, a system of “rights without democracy” took hold. Populists who rail against this say they want to return power to the people. But in practice they create something just as bad: a system of “democracy without rights.” The consequence, as Yascha Mounk shows in this brilliant and timely book, is that trust in politics is dwindling. Citizens are falling out of love with their political system. Democracy is wilting away. Drawing on vivid stories and original research, Mounk identifies three key drivers of voters’ discontent: stagnating living standards, fear of multiethnic democracy, and the rise of social media. To reverse the trend, politicians need to enact radical reforms that benefit the many, not the few. The People vs. Democracy is the first book to describe both how we got here and what we need to do now. For those unwilling to give up either individual rights or the concept of the popular will, Mounk argues that urgent action is needed, as this may be our last chance to save democracy.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/us-vs-them-the-failure-of-globalism-by-ian-bremmer--65209800https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331749 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Us vs. Them: The Failure of Globalism Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestseller 'A cogent analysis of the concurrent Trump/Brexit phenomena and a dire warning about what lies ahead...a lucid, provocative book.' --Kirkus Reviews Those who championed globalization once promised a world of winners, one in which free trade would lift all the world's boats, and extremes of left and right would give way to universally embraced liberal values. The past few years have shattered this fantasy, as those who've paid the price for globalism's gains have turned to populist and nationalist politicians to express fury at the political, media, and corporate elites they blame for their losses. The United States elected an anti-immigration, protectionist president who promised to 'put America first' and turned a cold eye on alliances and treaties. Across Europe, anti-establishment political parties made gains not seen in decades. The United Kingdom voted to leave the European Union. And as Ian Bremmer shows in this eye-opening book, populism is still spreading. Globalism creates plenty of both winners and losers, and those who've missed out want to set things right. They've seen their futures made obsolete. They hear new voices and see new faces all about them. They feel their cultures shift. They don't trust what they read. They've begun to understand the world as a battle for the future that pits 'us' vs. 'them.' Bremmer points to the next wave of global populism, one that hits emerging nations before they have fully emerged. As in Europe and America, citizens want security and prosperity, and they're becoming increasingly frustrated with governments that aren't capable of providing them. To protect themselves, many government will build walls, both digital and physical. For instance...   *  In Brazil and other fast-developing countries, civilians riot when higher expectations for better government aren't being met--the downside of their own success in lifting millions from poverty.   *  In Mexico, South Africa, Turkey, Indonesia, Egypt and other emerging states, frustration with government is on the rise and political battle lines are being drawn.   *  In China, where awareness of inequality is on the rise, the state is building a system to use the data that citizens generate to contain future demand for change   *  In India, the tools now used to provide essential services for people who've never had them can one day be used to tighten the ruling party's grip on power. When human beings feel threatened, we identify the danger and look for allies. We use the enemy, real or imagined, to rally friends to our side. This book is about the ways in which people will define these threats as fights for survival. It's about the walls governments will build to protect insiders from outsiders and the state from its people. And it's about what we can do about it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331749Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331749 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Us vs. Them: The Failure of Globalism Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331749 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Us vs. Them: The Failure of Globalism Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestseller 'A cogent analysis of the concurrent Trump/Brexit phenomena and a dire warning about what lies ahead...a lucid, provocative book.' --Kirkus Reviews Those who championed globalization once promised a world of winners, one in which free trade would lift all the world's boats, and extremes of left and right would give way to universally embraced liberal values. The past few years have shattered this fantasy, as those who've paid the price for globalism's gains have turned to populist and nationalist politicians to express fury at the political, media, and corporate elites they blame for their losses. The United States elected an anti-immigration, protectionist president who promised to 'put America first' and turned a cold eye on alliances and treaties. Across Europe, anti-establishment political parties made gains not seen in decades. The United Kingdom voted to leave the European Union. And as Ian Bremmer shows in this eye-opening book, populism is still spreading. Globalism creates plenty of both winners and losers, and those who've missed out want to set things right. They've seen their futures made obsolete. They hear new voices and see new faces all about them. They feel their cultures shift. They don't trust what they read. They've begun to understand the world as a battle for the future that pits 'us' vs. 'them.' Bremmer points to the next wave of global populism, one that hits emerging nations before they have fully emerged. As in Europe and America, citizens want security and prosperity, and they're becoming increasingly frustrated with governments that aren't capable of providing them. To protect themselves, many government will build walls, both digital and physical. For instance...   *  In Brazil and other fast-developing countries, civilians riot when higher expectations for better government aren't being met--the downside of their own success in lifting millions from poverty.   *  In Mexico, South Africa, Turkey, Indonesia, Egypt and other emerging states, frustration with government is on the rise and political battle lines are being drawn.   *  In China, where awareness of inequality is on the rise, the state is building a system to use the data that citizens generate to contain future demand for change   *  In India, the tools now used to provide essential services for people who've never had them can one day be used to tighten the ruling party's grip on power. When human beings feel threatened, we identify the danger and look for allies. We use the enemy, real or imagined, to rally friends to our side. This book is about the ways in which people will define these threats as fights for survival. It's about the walls governments will build to protect insiders from outsiders and the state from its people. And it's about what we can do about it.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-american-political-tradition-and-the-men-who-made-it-by-richard-hofstadter--65209795https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331762 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Political Tradition: And the Men Who Made it Author: Richard Hofstadter Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The American Political Tradition is one of the most influential and widely read historical volumes of our time. First published in 1948, its elegance, passion, and iconoclastic erudition laid the groundwork for a totally new understanding of the American past. By writing a 'kind of intellectual history of the assumptions behind American politics,' Richard Hofstadter changed the way Americans understand the relationship between power and ideas in their national experience. Like only a handful of American historians before him—Frederick Jackson Turner and Charles A. Beard are examples—Hofstadter was able to articulate, in a single work, a historical vision that inspired and shaped an entire generation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331762Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331762 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Political Tradition: And the Men Who Made it Author: Richard Hofstadter Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331762 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Political Tradition: And the Men Who Made it Author: Richard Hofstadter Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The American Political Tradition is one of the most influential and widely read historical volumes of our time. First published in 1948, its elegance, passion, and iconoclastic erudition laid the groundwork for a totally new understanding of the American past. By writing a 'kind of intellectual history of the assumptions behind American politics,' Richard Hofstadter changed the way Americans understand the relationship between power and ideas in their national experience. Like only a handful of American historians before him—Frederick Jackson Turner and Charles A. Beard are examples—Hofstadter was able to articulate, in a single work, a historical vision that inspired and shaped an entire generation.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/chasing-hillary-ten-years-two-presidential-campaigns-and-one-intact-glass-ceiling-by-amy-chozick--65209787https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330771 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing Hillary: Ten Years, Two Presidential Campaigns, and One Intact Glass Ceiling Author: Amy Chozick Narrator: Amy Chozick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For nearly a decade, Amy Chozick chronicled Hillary Clinton’s pursuit of the presidency. Chozick’s front-row seat, initially at the Wall Street Journal covering Mrs. Clinton’s imploding 2008 campaign, and then at the New York Times where she was assigned “The Hillary Beat”, set off a years-long journey in which the formative years of her twenties and thirties became, both personally and professionally, intrinsically intertwined to Clinton’s presidential ambitions. As Mrs. Clinton tried, and twice failed, to shatter “that highest hardest glass ceiling,” Chozick was trying, with various fits and starts, to scale the highest echelons of American journalism.  In a rollicking, hilarious, dishy narrative, Chozick takes us through the high- (and low-) lights of a wildly dramatic presidential race. But Chozick’s unique vantage point and candor lift the veil from the story we thought we all knew. Here is the real story of what happened, with the kind of inside detail that constantly surprises and enlightens.  But Chasing Hillary is also the unusually personal and moving story of how Chozick came to understand Clinton not as an unknowable enigma and political animal, but as a complete, complex, person, full of contradictions and forged in the crucible of political battles that had long predated Chozick’s years covering her. And as Chozick gets engaged, married, buys an apartment, climbs the professional ladder, and inquires about freezing her eggs so she can have children after the 2016 campaign, she dives deeper into decisions Mrs. Clinton had made at similar points in her early career. In the process, Chozick develops an intimate understanding of what drives Clinton, how she accomplished what no woman had before, and why she ultimately failed. And the social fissures in the electorate that would drive angry voters to Donald Trump and blindside Hillary Clinton, unexpectedly bring out the tensions in Chozick’s own life—between the red state she came from and the blue state she ended up in, between her desire to climb in journalism as a woman, but be treated no differently than a man.   Mrs. Clinton's shocking defeat would mark the end of the almost imperial hold she'd had on Chozick for most of her professional life. But the results also make Chozick question everything she’d worked so hard for in the first place. Political journalism had failed. The elite world Chozick had tried for years to fit in with had been rebuffed. The less qualified, bombastic man had triumphed, as they always seemed to do, and Mrs. Clinton had retreated to the woods in Chappaqua, N.Y. finally comfortable enough to just walk, no makeup, no pants suit, showing the real person Chozick had spent years hoping to see. Illuminating, poignant, laugh-out-loud funny, Chasing Hillary is a campaign book like never before.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330771Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330771 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing Hillary: Ten Years, Two Presidential Campaigns, and One Intact Glass Ceiling Author: Amy Chozick Narrator: Amy Chozick Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330771 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing Hillary: Ten Years, Two Presidential Campaigns, and One Intact Glass Ceiling Author: Amy Chozick Narrator: Amy Chozick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For nearly a decade, Amy Chozick chronicled Hillary Clinton’s pursuit of the presidency. Chozick’s front-row seat, initially at the Wall Street Journal covering Mrs. Clinton’s imploding 2008 campaign, and then at the New York Times where she was assigned “The Hillary Beat”, set off a years-long journey in which the formative years of her twenties and thirties became, both personally and professionally, intrinsically intertwined to Clinton’s presidential ambitions. As Mrs. Clinton tried, and twice failed, to shatter “that highest hardest glass ceiling,” Chozick was trying, with various fits and starts, to scale the highest echelons of American journalism.  In a rollicking, hilarious, dishy narrative, Chozick takes us through the high- (and low-) lights of a wildly dramatic presidential race. But Chozick’s unique vantage point and candor lift the veil from the story we thought we all knew. Here is the real story of what happened, with the kind of inside detail that constantly surprises and enlightens.  But Chasing Hillary is also the unusually personal and moving story of how Chozick came to understand Clinton not as an unknowable enigma and political animal, but as a complete, complex, person, full of contradictions and forged in the crucible of political battles that had long predated Chozick’s years covering her. And as Chozick gets engaged, married, buys an apartment, climbs the professional ladder, and inquires about freezing her eggs so she can have children after the 2016 campaign, she dives deeper into decisions Mrs. Clinton had made at similar points in her early career. In the process, Chozick develops an intimate understanding of what drives Clinton, how she accomplished what no woman had before, and why she ultimately failed. And the social fissures in the electorate that would drive angry voters to Donald Trump and blindside Hillary Clinton, unexpectedly bring out the tensions in Chozick’s own life—between the red state she came from and the blue state she ended up in, between her desire to climb in journalism as a woman, but be treated no differently than a man.   Mrs. Clinton's shocking defeat would mark the end of the almost imperial hold she'd had on Chozick for most of her professional life. But the results also make Chozick question everything she’d worked so hard for in the first place. Political journalism had failed. The elite world Chozick had tried for years to fit in with had been rebuffed. The less qualified, bombastic man had triumphed, as they always seemed to do, and Mrs. Clinton had retreated to the woods in Chappaqua, N.Y. finally comfortable enough to just walk, no makeup, no pants suit, showing the real person Chozick had spent years hoping to see. Illuminating, poignant, laugh-out-loud funny, Chasing Hillary is a campaign book like never before.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/suicide-of-the-west-how-the-rebirth-of-tribalism-populism-nationalism-and-identity-politics-is-destroying-american-democracy-by-jonah-go--65209784https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330215 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Suicide of the West: How the Rebirth of Tribalism, Populism, Nationalism, and Identity Politics is Destroying American Democracy Author: Jonah Goldberg Narrator: Jonah Goldberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An urgent argument that America and other democracies are in peril because they have lost the will to defend the values and institutions that sustain freedom and prosperity.   “Epic and debate-shifting.”—David Brooks, New York Times   Only once in the last 250,000 years have humans stumbled upon a way to lift ourselves out of the endless cycle of poverty, hunger, and war that defines most of history. If democracy, individualism, and the free market were humankind’s destiny, they should have appeared and taken hold a bit earlier in the evolutionary record. The emergence of freedom and prosperity was nothing short of a miracle.   As Americans we are doubly blessed, because the radical ideas that made the miracle possible were written not just into the Constitution but in our hearts, laying the groundwork for our uniquely prosperous society. Those ideas are:   • Our rights come from God, not from the government. 
 • The government belongs to us; we do not belong to it. 
 • The individual is sovereign. We are all captains of our own souls, not bound by the circumstances of our birth. 
 • The fruits of our labors belong to us.
   In the last few decades, these political virtues have been turned into vices. As we are increasingly taught to view our traditions as a system of oppression, exploitation, and privilege, the principles of liberty and the rule of law are under attack from left and right. For the West to survive, we must renew our sense of gratitude for what our civilization has given us and rediscover the ideals and habits of the heart that led us out of the bloody muck of the past—or back to the muck we will go.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330215Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330215 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Suicide of the West: How the Rebirth of Tribalism, Populism, Nationalism, and Identity Politics is Destroying American Democracy Author: Jonah Goldberg...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330215 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Suicide of the West: How the Rebirth of Tribalism, Populism, Nationalism, and Identity Politics is Destroying American Democracy Author: Jonah Goldberg Narrator: Jonah Goldberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An urgent argument that America and other democracies are in peril because they have lost the will to defend the values and institutions that sustain freedom and prosperity.   “Epic and debate-shifting.”—David Brooks, New York Times   Only once in the last 250,000 years have humans stumbled upon a way to lift ourselves out of the endless cycle of poverty, hunger, and war that defines most of history. If democracy, individualism, and the free market were humankind’s destiny, they should have appeared and taken hold a bit earlier in the evolutionary record. The emergence of freedom and prosperity was nothing short of a miracle.   As Americans we are doubly blessed, because the radical ideas that made the miracle possible were written not just into the Constitution but in our hearts, laying the groundwork for our uniquely prosperous society. Those ideas are:   • Our rights come from God, not from the government. 
 • The government belongs to us; we do not belong to it. 
 • The individual is sovereign. We are all captains of our own souls, not bound by the circumstances of our birth. 
 • The fruits of our labors belong to us.
   In the last few decades, these political virtues have been turned into vices. As we are increasingly taught to view our traditions as a system of oppression, exploitation, and privilege, the principles of liberty and the rule of law are under attack from left and right. For the West to survive, we must renew our sense of gratitude for what our civilization has given us and rediscover the ideals and habits of the heart that led us out of the bloody muck of the past—or back to the muck we will go.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/they-take-our-jobs-and-20-other-myths-about-immigration-by-aviva-chomsky--65209783https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333585 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 'They Take Our Jobs!': And 20 Other Myths about Immigration Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revised and expanded edition of the groundbreaking book which demystifies twenty-one of the most widespread myths and beliefs about immigrants and immigrations. Aviva Chomsky dismantles twenty-one of the most widespread and pernicious myths and beliefs about immigrants and immigration in this incisive book. 'They Take Our Jobs!' challenges the underlying assumptions that fuel misinformed claims about immigrants, radically altering our notions of citizenship, discrimination, and US history. With fresh material including a new introduction, revised timeline, and updated terminology section, this expanded edition is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand how these myths are used to promote aggressive anti-immigrant policies.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333585Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333585 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 'They Take Our Jobs!': And 20 Other Myths about Immigration Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333585 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 'They Take Our Jobs!': And 20 Other Myths about Immigration Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Frankie Corzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revised and expanded edition of the groundbreaking book which demystifies twenty-one of the most widespread myths and beliefs about immigrants and immigrations. Aviva Chomsky dismantles twenty-one of the most widespread and pernicious myths and beliefs about immigrants and immigration in this incisive book. 'They Take Our Jobs!' challenges the underlying assumptions that fuel misinformed claims about immigrants, radically altering our notions of citizenship, discrimination, and US history. With fresh material including a new introduction, revised timeline, and updated terminology section, this expanded edition is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand how these myths are used to promote aggressive anti-immigrant policies.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-capitalist-comeback-the-trump-boom-and-the-left-s-plot-to-stop-it-by-andrew-puzder--65209767https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330907 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Capitalist Comeback: The Trump Boom and the Left's Plot to Stop It Author: Andrew Puzder Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Andy Puzder, the former CEO of Carl's Jr. and Hardee's, says that 'capitalism' is not a dirty word, and thankfully President Trump understands this; his pro-business policies will bring back economic growth and secure our future. As a successful CEO in the restaurant industry, Andy Puzder uniquely understands how important the profit motive is to our country's ultimate prosperity. Furthermore, as the grandson of immigrants, the son of a car salesman, and someone who worked his way up from earning minimum wage to running an international business, he has a first-hand view of how America's exceptional capitalist spirit can lift everyone to success. In 2016, the American people faced a stark choice between two very different presidential candidates. Hillary Clinton spent most of her adult life involved in politics and promised to uphold and advance the progressive legacy of President Barack Obama who had first won the White House on promises to 'spread the wealth around.' Donald Trump, on the other hand, came from the business world, was an unapologetic capitalist, used his own personal wealth as inspiration, and promised simply to 'Make America Great Again.' By choosing Trump over Clinton, the American people put a stop to decades of government expansion under progressive leadership, and they might just have saved our economy by doing so. America was once a land where everyone was encouraged to seek their fortune - the more prosperous our citizens, the more our whole society could in turn prosper. But leftist forces in the United States have been seeking to tarnish the pursuit of prosperity and to paint profit as an evil motivation fit only for greedy plutocrats. Andrew Puzder understands this first-hand after a progressive smear campaign stopped him from joining President Trump's cabinet. As Puzder explains in his new book, The Capitalist Comeback, this was an act of desperation from a left wing facing irrelevance with a pro-business president in the White House. From its roots in the Progressive Era to labor unions to education to entertainment to its political resurgence with avowed socialist candidates such as Bernie Sanders, Puzder traces the development of the anti-profit forces in the United States and shows how, under President Trump, they can be vanquished for good.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330907Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330907 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Capitalist Comeback: The Trump Boom and the Left's Plot to Stop It Author: Andrew Puzder Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330907 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Capitalist Comeback: The Trump Boom and the Left's Plot to Stop It Author: Andrew Puzder Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Andy Puzder, the former CEO of Carl's Jr. and Hardee's, says that 'capitalism' is not a dirty word, and thankfully President Trump understands this; his pro-business policies will bring back economic growth and secure our future. As a successful CEO in the restaurant industry, Andy Puzder uniquely understands how important the profit motive is to our country's ultimate prosperity. Furthermore, as the grandson of immigrants, the son of a car salesman, and someone who worked his way up from earning minimum wage to running an international business, he has a first-hand view of how America's exceptional capitalist spirit can lift everyone to success. In 2016, the American people faced a stark choice between two very different presidential candidates. Hillary Clinton spent most of her adult life involved in politics and promised to uphold and advance the progressive legacy of President Barack Obama who had first won the White House on promises to 'spread the wealth around.' Donald Trump, on the other hand, came from the business world, was an unapologetic capitalist, used his own personal wealth as inspiration, and promised simply to 'Make America Great Again.' By choosing Trump over Clinton, the American people put a stop to decades of government expansion under progressive leadership, and they might just have saved our economy by doing so. America was once a land where everyone was encouraged to seek their fortune - the more prosperous our citizens, the more our whole society could in turn prosper. But leftist forces in the United States have been seeking to tarnish the pursuit of prosperity and to paint profit as an evil motivation fit only for greedy plutocrats. Andrew Puzder understands this first-hand after a progressive smear campaign stopped him from joining President Trump's cabinet. As Puzder explains in his new book, The Capitalist Comeback, this was an act of desperation from a left wing facing irrelevance with a pro-business president in the White House. From its roots in the Progressive Era to labor unions to education to entertainment to its political resurgence with avowed socialist candidates such as Bernie Sanders, Puzder traces the development of the anti-profit forces in the United States and shows how, under President Trump, they can be vanquished for good.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/edge-of-chaos-why-democracy-is-failing-to-deliver-economic-growth-and-how-to-fix-it-by-dambisa-moyo--65209743https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332505 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Edge of Chaos: Why Democracy Is Failing to Deliver Economic Growth-and How to Fix It Author: Dambisa Moyo Narrator: Pamala Tyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From an internationally acclaimed economist, a provocative call to jump-start economic growth by aggressively overhauling liberal democracy Around the world, people who are angry at stagnant wages and growing inequality have rebelled against established governments and turned to political extremes. Liberal democracy, history's greatest engine of growth, now struggles to overcome unprecedented economic headwinds -- from aging populations to scarce resources to unsustainable debt burdens. Hobbled by short-term thinking and ideological dogma, democracies risk falling prey to nationalism and protectionism that will deliver declining living standards. In Edge of Chaos, Dambisa Moyo shows why economic growth is essential to global stability, and why liberal democracies are failing to produce it today. Rather than turning away from democracy, she argues, we must fundamentally reform it. Edge of Chaos presents a radical blueprint for change in order to galvanize growth and ensure the survival of democracy in the twenty-first century.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332505Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332505 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Edge of Chaos: Why Democracy Is Failing to Deliver Economic Growth-and How to Fix It Author: Dambisa Moyo Narrator: Pamala Tyson Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332505 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Edge of Chaos: Why Democracy Is Failing to Deliver Economic Growth-and How to Fix It Author: Dambisa Moyo Narrator: Pamala Tyson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From an internationally acclaimed economist, a provocative call to jump-start economic growth by aggressively overhauling liberal democracy Around the world, people who are angry at stagnant wages and growing inequality have rebelled against established governments and turned to political extremes. Liberal democracy, history's greatest engine of growth, now struggles to overcome unprecedented economic headwinds -- from aging populations to scarce resources to unsustainable debt burdens. Hobbled by short-term thinking and ideological dogma, democracies risk falling prey to nationalism and protectionism that will deliver declining living standards. In Edge of Chaos, Dambisa Moyo shows why economic growth is essential to global stability, and why liberal democracies are failing to produce it today. Rather than turning away from democracy, she argues, we must fundamentally reform it. Edge of Chaos presents a radical blueprint for change in order to galvanize growth and ensure the survival of democracy in the twenty-first century.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-view-from-flyover-country-dispatches-from-the-forgotten-america-by-sarah-kendzior--65209738https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332791 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The View from Flyover Country: Dispatches from the Forgotten America Author: Sarah Kendzior Narrator: Sarah Kendzior Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES and MIBA BESTSELLER From the St. Louis–based journalist often credited with first predicting Donald Trump’s presidential victory. 'A collection of sharp-edged, humanistic pieces about the American heartland...Passionate pieces that repeatedly assail the inability of many to empathize and to humanize.' — Kirkus In 2015, Sarah Kendzior collected the essays she reported for Al Jazeera and published them as The View from Flyover Country, which became an ebook bestseller and garnered praise from readers around the world. Now, The View from Flyover Country is being released in print with an updated introduction and epilogue that reflect on the ways that the Trump presidency was the certain result of the realities first captured in Kendzior’s essays. A clear-eyed account of the realities of life in America’s overlooked heartland, The View from Flyover Country is a piercing critique of the labor exploitation, race relations, gentrification, media bias, and other aspects of the post-employment economy that gave rise to a president who rules like an autocrat. The View from Flyover Country is necessary reading for anyone who believes that the only way for America to fix its problems is to first discuss them with honesty and compassion. “Please put everything aside and try to get ahold of Sarah Kendzior’s collected essays, The View from Flyover Country. I have rarely come across writing that is as urgent and beautifully expressed. What makes Kendzior’s writing so truly important is [that] it . . . documents where the problem lies, by somebody who lives there.”—The Wire “Sarah Kendzior is as harsh and tenacious a critic of the Trump administration as you’ll find. She isn’t some new kid on the political block or a controversy machine. . . .Rather she is a widely published journalist and anthropologist who has spent much of her life studying authoritarianism.” —Columbia Tribune]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332791Tue, 24 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332791 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The View from Flyover Country: Dispatches from the Forgotten America Author: Sarah Kendzior Narrator: Sarah Kendzior Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332791 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The View from Flyover Country: Dispatches from the Forgotten America Author: Sarah Kendzior Narrator: Sarah Kendzior Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES and MIBA BESTSELLER From the St. Louis–based journalist often credited with first predicting Donald Trump’s presidential victory. 'A collection of sharp-edged, humanistic pieces about the American heartland...Passionate pieces that repeatedly assail the inability of many to empathize and to humanize.' — Kirkus In 2015, Sarah Kendzior collected the essays she reported for Al Jazeera and published them as The View from Flyover Country, which became an ebook bestseller and garnered praise from readers around the world. Now, The View from Flyover Country is being released in print with an updated introduction and epilogue that reflect on the ways that the Trump presidency was the certain result of the realities first captured in Kendzior’s essays. A clear-eyed account of the realities of life in America’s overlooked heartland, The View from Flyover Country is a piercing critique of the labor exploitation, race relations, gentrification, media bias, and other aspects of the post-employment economy that gave rise to a president who rules like an autocrat. The View from Flyover Country is necessary reading for anyone who believes that the only way for America to fix its problems is to first discuss them with honesty and compassion. “Please put everything aside and try to get ahold of Sarah Kendzior’s collected essays, The View from Flyover Country. I have rarely come across writing that is as urgent and beautifully expressed. What makes Kendzior’s writing so truly important is [that] it . . . documents where the problem lies, by somebody who lives there.”—The Wire “Sarah Kendzior is as harsh and tenacious a critic of the Trump administration as you’ll find. She isn’t some new kid on the political block or a controversy machine. . . .Rather she is a widely published journalist and anthropologist who has spent much of her life studying authoritarianism.” —Columbia Tribune]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-dictator-pope-the-inside-story-of-the-francis-papacy-by-marcantonio-colonna--65209746https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331782 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dictator Pope: The Inside Story of the Francis Papacy Author: Marcantonio Colonna Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Marcantonio Colonna’s The Dictator Pope has rocked Rome and the entire Catholic Church with its portrait of an authoritarian, manipulative, and politically partisan pontiff. Occupying a privileged perch in Rome during the tumultuous first years of Francis’ pontificate, Colonna was privy to the shock, dismay, and even panic that the reckless new pope engendered in the Church’s most loyal and judicious leaders. The Dictator Pope discloses that Father Mario Bergoglio (the future Pope Francis) was so unsuited for ecclesiastical leadership that the head of his own Jesuit order tried to prevent his appointment as a bishop in Argentina. Behind the benign smile of the “people’s pope” Colonna reveals a ruthless autocrat aggressively asserting the powers of the papacy in pursuit of a radical agenda.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331782Mon, 23 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331782 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dictator Pope: The Inside Story of the Francis Papacy Author: Marcantonio Colonna Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331782 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dictator Pope: The Inside Story of the Francis Papacy Author: Marcantonio Colonna Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Marcantonio Colonna’s The Dictator Pope has rocked Rome and the entire Catholic Church with its portrait of an authoritarian, manipulative, and politically partisan pontiff. Occupying a privileged perch in Rome during the tumultuous first years of Francis’ pontificate, Colonna was privy to the shock, dismay, and even panic that the reckless new pope engendered in the Church’s most loyal and judicious leaders. The Dictator Pope discloses that Father Mario Bergoglio (the future Pope Francis) was so unsuited for ecclesiastical leadership that the head of his own Jesuit order tried to prevent his appointment as a bishop in Argentina. Behind the benign smile of the “people’s pope” Colonna reveals a ruthless autocrat aggressively asserting the powers of the papacy in pursuit of a radical agenda.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-the-arab-world-nasser-qutb-and-the-clash-that-shaped-the-middle-east-by-fawaz-a-gerges--65209838https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331419 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making the Arab World: Nasser, Qutb, and the Clash That Shaped the Middle East Author: Fawaz A. Gerges Narrator: James Cameron Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 2013, just two years after the popular overthrow of Hosni Mubarak, the Egyptian military ousted the country's first democratically elected president—Mohamed Morsi of the Muslim Brotherhood—and subsequently led a brutal repression of the Islamist group. These bloody events echoed an older political rift in Egypt and the Middle East: the splitting of nationalists and Islamists during the rule of Egyptian president and Arab nationalist leader Gamal Abdel Nasser. In Making the Arab World, Fawaz Gerges, one of the world's leading authorities on the Middle East, tells how the clash between pan-Arab nationalism and pan-Islamism has shaped the history of the region from the 1920s to the present. Gerges tells this story through an unprecedented dual biography of Nasser and another of the twentieth-century Arab world's most influential figures—Sayyid Qutb, a leading member of the Muslim Brotherhood and the father of many branches of radical political Islam. Their deeply intertwined lives embody and dramatize the divide between Arabism and Islamism. Yet, as Gerges shows, beyond the ideological and existential rhetoric, this is a struggle over the state, its role, and its power.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331419Tue, 17 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331419 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making the Arab World: Nasser, Qutb, and the Clash That Shaped the Middle East Author: Fawaz A. Gerges Narrator: James Cameron Stewart Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331419 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making the Arab World: Nasser, Qutb, and the Clash That Shaped the Middle East Author: Fawaz A. Gerges Narrator: James Cameron Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 39 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 2013, just two years after the popular overthrow of Hosni Mubarak, the Egyptian military ousted the country's first democratically elected president—Mohamed Morsi of the Muslim Brotherhood—and subsequently led a brutal repression of the Islamist group. These bloody events echoed an older political rift in Egypt and the Middle East: the splitting of nationalists and Islamists during the rule of Egyptian president and Arab nationalist leader Gamal Abdel Nasser. In Making the Arab World, Fawaz Gerges, one of the world's leading authorities on the Middle East, tells how the clash between pan-Arab nationalism and pan-Islamism has shaped the history of the region from the 1920s to the present. Gerges tells this story through an unprecedented dual biography of Nasser and another of the twentieth-century Arab world's most influential figures—Sayyid Qutb, a leading member of the Muslim Brotherhood and the father of many branches of radical political Islam. Their deeply intertwined lives embody and dramatize the divide between Arabism and Islamism. Yet, as Gerges shows, beyond the ideological and existential rhetoric, this is a struggle over the state, its role, and its power.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/god-save-texas-a-journey-into-the-soul-of-the-lone-star-state-by-lawrence-wright--65209813https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330218 to listen full audiobooks. Title: God Save Texas: A Journey into the Soul of the Lone Star State Author: Lawrence Wright Narrator: Lawrence Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BOOK CRITICS CIRCLE AWARD FINALIST • The Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Looming Tower—and a Texas native—takes us on a journey through the most controversial state in America. • “Beautifully written…. Essential reading [for] anyone who wants to understand how one state changed the trajectory of the country.” —NPR The inspiration for the HBO Original documentary trilogy God Save Texas streaming on Max Texas is a red state, but the cities are blue and among the most diverse in the nation. Oil is still king, but Texas now leads California in technology exports. Low taxes and minimal regulation have produced extraordinary growth, but also striking income disparities. Texas looks a lot like the America that Donald Trump wants to create.  Bringing together the historical and the contemporary, the political and the personal, Texas native Lawrence Wright gives us a colorful, wide-ranging portrait of a state that not only reflects our country as it is, but as it may become—and shows how the battle for Texas’s soul encompasses us all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330218Tue, 17 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330218 to listen full audiobooks. Title: God Save Texas: A Journey into the Soul of the Lone Star State Author: Lawrence Wright Narrator: Lawrence Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330218 to listen full audiobooks. Title: God Save Texas: A Journey into the Soul of the Lone Star State Author: Lawrence Wright Narrator: Lawrence Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BOOK CRITICS CIRCLE AWARD FINALIST • The Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Looming Tower—and a Texas native—takes us on a journey through the most controversial state in America. • “Beautifully written…. Essential reading [for] anyone who wants to understand how one state changed the trajectory of the country.” —NPR The inspiration for the HBO Original documentary trilogy God Save Texas streaming on Max Texas is a red state, but the cities are blue and among the most diverse in the nation. Oil is still king, but Texas now leads California in technology exports. Low taxes and minimal regulation have produced extraordinary growth, but also striking income disparities. Texas looks a lot like the America that Donald Trump wants to create.  Bringing together the historical and the contemporary, the political and the personal, Texas native Lawrence Wright gives us a colorful, wide-ranging portrait of a state that not only reflects our country as it is, but as it may become—and shows how the battle for Texas’s soul encompasses us all.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/above-and-beyond-john-f-kennedy-and-america-s-most-dangerous-cold-war-spy-mission-by-michael-j-tougias-casey-sherman--65209782https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331721 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Above and Beyond: John F. Kennedy and America's Most Dangerous Cold War Spy Mission Author: Michael J. Tougias, Casey Sherman Narrator: Maxwell Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the authors of the bestselling The Finest Hours comes the riveting, deeply human story of President John F. Kennedy and two U-2 pilots, Rudy Anderson and Chuck Maultsby, who risked their lives to save America during the Cuban Missile Crisis During the ominous two weeks of the Cold War's terrifying peak, two things saved humanity: the strategic wisdom of John F. Kennedy and the U-2 aerial spy program. On October 27, 1962, Kennedy, strained from back pain, sleeplessness, and days of impossible tension, was briefed about a missing spy plane. Its pilot, Chuck Maultsby, was on a surveillance mission over the North Pole, but had become disoriented and steered his plane into Soviet airspace. If detected, its presence there could be considered an act of war. As the president and his advisers wrestled with this information, more bad news came: another U-2 had gone missing, this one belonging to Rudy Anderson. His mission: to photograph missile sites over Cuba. For the president, any wrong move could turn the Cold War nuclear. Above and Beyond is the intimate, gripping account of the lives of these three war heroes, brought together on a day that changed history. Selected as a 'Top 10 Nonfiction Books to Read' (2018) by the MA Book Awards]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331721Tue, 17 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331721 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Above and Beyond: John F. Kennedy and America's Most Dangerous Cold War Spy Mission Author: Michael J. Tougias, Casey Sherman Narrator: Maxwell...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331721 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Above and Beyond: John F. Kennedy and America's Most Dangerous Cold War Spy Mission Author: Michael J. Tougias, Casey Sherman Narrator: Maxwell Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the authors of the bestselling The Finest Hours comes the riveting, deeply human story of President John F. Kennedy and two U-2 pilots, Rudy Anderson and Chuck Maultsby, who risked their lives to save America during the Cuban Missile Crisis During the ominous two weeks of the Cold War's terrifying peak, two things saved humanity: the strategic wisdom of John F. Kennedy and the U-2 aerial spy program. On October 27, 1962, Kennedy, strained from back pain, sleeplessness, and days of impossible tension, was briefed about a missing spy plane. Its pilot, Chuck Maultsby, was on a surveillance mission over the North Pole, but had become disoriented and steered his plane into Soviet airspace. If detected, its presence there could be considered an act of war. As the president and his advisers wrestled with this information, more bad news came: another U-2 had gone missing, this one belonging to Rudy Anderson. His mission: to photograph missile sites over Cuba. For the president, any wrong move could turn the Cold War nuclear. Above and Beyond is the intimate, gripping account of the lives of these three war heroes, brought together on a day that changed history. Selected as a 'Top 10 Nonfiction Books to Read' (2018) by the MA Book Awards]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bloodsworth-the-true-story-of-the-first-death-row-inmate-exonerated-by-dna-evidence-by-tim-junkin--65209774https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331191 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bloodsworth: The True Story of the First Death Row Inmate Exonerated by DNA Evidence Author: Tim Junkin Narrator: Jack Garrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 15, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Charged with the rape and murder of a nine-year-old girl in 1984, Kirk Bloodsworth was tried, convicted, and sentenced to die in Maryland's gas chamber. Maintaining his innocence, he read everything on criminal law available in the prison library and persuaded a new lawyer to petition for the then-innovative DNA testing. After nine years in one of the harshest prisons in America, Kirk Bloodsworth became the first death row inmate exonerated by DNA evidence. He was pardoned by the governor of Maryland and has gone on to become a tireless spokesman against capital punishment. Bloodsworth's story speaks for 159 others who were wrongly convicted and have since been released, and for the thousands still in prison waiting for DNA testing.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331191Sun, 15 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331191 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bloodsworth: The True Story of the First Death Row Inmate Exonerated by DNA Evidence Author: Tim Junkin Narrator: Jack Garrett Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331191 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bloodsworth: The True Story of the First Death Row Inmate Exonerated by DNA Evidence Author: Tim Junkin Narrator: Jack Garrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 15, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Charged with the rape and murder of a nine-year-old girl in 1984, Kirk Bloodsworth was tried, convicted, and sentenced to die in Maryland's gas chamber. Maintaining his innocence, he read everything on criminal law available in the prison library and persuaded a new lawyer to petition for the then-innovative DNA testing. After nine years in one of the harshest prisons in America, Kirk Bloodsworth became the first death row inmate exonerated by DNA evidence. He was pardoned by the governor of Maryland and has gone on to become a tireless spokesman against capital punishment. Bloodsworth's story speaks for 159 others who were wrongly convicted and have since been released, and for the thousands still in prison waiting for DNA testing.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-land-is-our-land-how-we-lost-the-right-to-roam-and-how-to-take-it-back-by-ken-ilgunas--65209901https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330214 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land Is Our Land: How We Lost the Right to Roam and How to Take It Back Author: Ken Ilgunas Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Private property is everywhere. Almost anywhere you walk in the United States, you will spot “No Trespassing” and “Private Property” signs on trees and fence posts. In America, there are more than a billion acres of grassland pasture, cropland, and forest, and miles and miles of coastlines that are mostly closed off to the public. Meanwhile, America’s public lands are threatened by extremist groups and right-wing think tanks who call for our public lands to be sold to the highest bidder and closed off to everyone else. If these groups get their way, public property may become private, precious green spaces may be developed, and the common good may be sacrificed for the benefit of the wealthy few. Ken Ilgunas, lifelong traveler, hitchhiker, and roamer, takes readers back to the nineteenth century, when Americans were allowed to journey undisturbed across the country. Today, though, America finds itself as an outlier in the Western world as a number of European countries have created sophisticated legal systems that protect landowners and give citizens generous roaming rights to their countries' green spaces.   Inspired by the United States' history of roaming, and taking guidance from present-day Europe, Ilgunas calls into question our entrenched understanding of private property and provocatively proposes something unheard of: opening up American private property for public recreation. He imagines a future in which folks everywhere will have the right to walk safely, explore freely, and roam boldly—from California to the New York island, from the Redwood Forest to the Gulf Stream waters.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330214Tue, 10 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330214 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land Is Our Land: How We Lost the Right to Roam and How to Take It Back Author: Ken Ilgunas Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330214 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Land Is Our Land: How We Lost the Right to Roam and How to Take It Back Author: Ken Ilgunas Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Private property is everywhere. Almost anywhere you walk in the United States, you will spot “No Trespassing” and “Private Property” signs on trees and fence posts. In America, there are more than a billion acres of grassland pasture, cropland, and forest, and miles and miles of coastlines that are mostly closed off to the public. Meanwhile, America’s public lands are threatened by extremist groups and right-wing think tanks who call for our public lands to be sold to the highest bidder and closed off to everyone else. If these groups get their way, public property may become private, precious green spaces may be developed, and the common good may be sacrificed for the benefit of the wealthy few. Ken Ilgunas, lifelong traveler, hitchhiker, and roamer, takes readers back to the nineteenth century, when Americans were allowed to journey undisturbed across the country. Today, though, America finds itself as an outlier in the Western world as a number of European countries have created sophisticated legal systems that protect landowners and give citizens generous roaming rights to their countries' green spaces.   Inspired by the United States' history of roaming, and taking guidance from present-day Europe, Ilgunas calls into question our entrenched understanding of private property and provocatively proposes something unheard of: opening up American private property for public recreation. He imagines a future in which folks everywhere will have the right to walk safely, explore freely, and roam boldly—from California to the New York island, from the Redwood Forest to the Gulf Stream waters.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-marx-was-right-2nd-edition-by-terry-eagleton--65209857https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331482 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Marx Was Right: 2nd Edition Author: Terry Eagleton Narrator: Roger Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this combative, controversial book, Terry Eagleton takes issue with the prejudice that Marxism is dead and done with. Taking ten of the most common objections to Marxism—that it leads to political tyranny, that it reduces everything to the economic, that it is a form of historical determinism, and so on—he demonstrates in each case what a woeful travesty of Marx's own thought these assumptions are. In a world in which capitalism has been shaken to its roots by some major crises, Why Marx Was Right is as urgent and timely as it is brave and candid. Written with Eagleton's familiar wit, humor, and clarity, it will attract an audience far beyond the confines of academia.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331482Tue, 10 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331482 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Marx Was Right: 2nd Edition Author: Terry Eagleton Narrator: Roger Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331482 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Marx Was Right: 2nd Edition Author: Terry Eagleton Narrator: Roger Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this combative, controversial book, Terry Eagleton takes issue with the prejudice that Marxism is dead and done with. Taking ten of the most common objections to Marxism—that it leads to political tyranny, that it reduces everything to the economic, that it is a form of historical determinism, and so on—he demonstrates in each case what a woeful travesty of Marx's own thought these assumptions are. In a world in which capitalism has been shaken to its roots by some major crises, Why Marx Was Right is as urgent and timely as it is brave and candid. Written with Eagleton's familiar wit, humor, and clarity, it will attract an audience far beyond the confines of academia.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-bill-of-rights-a-user-s-guide-by-linda-r-monk--65209803https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330911 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bill of Rights: A User's Guide Author: Linda R. Monk Narrator: Susan Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With a foreword by Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg of the U.S. Supreme Court. An Engaging, Accessible Guide to the Bill of Rights for Everyday Citizens. In The Bill of Rights: A User's Guide, award-winning author and constitutional scholar Linda R. Monk explores the remarkable history of the Bill of Rights amendment by amendment, the Supreme Court's interpretation of each right, and the power of citizens to enforce those rights. Stories of the ordinary people who made the Bill of Rights come alive are featured throughout. These include Fannie Lou Hamer, a Mississippi sharecropper who became a national civil rights leader; Clarence Earl Gideon, a prisoner whose handwritten petition to the Supreme Court expanded the right to counsel; Mary Beth Tinker, a 13-year-old whose protest of the Vietnam War established free speech rights for students; Michael Hardwick, a bartender who fought for privacy after police entered his bedroom unlawfully; Suzette Kelo, a nurse who opposed the city's takeover of her working-class neighborhood; and Simon Tam, a millennial whose 10-year trademark battle for his band 'The Slants' ended in a unanimous Supreme Court victory. Such people prove that, in the words of Judge Learned Hand, 'Liberty lies in the hearts of men and women; when it dies there, no constitution, no law, no court, can save it.' Exploring the history, scope, and meaning of the first ten amendments-as well as the Fourteenth Amendment, which nationalized them and extended new rights of equality to all-The Bill of Rights: A User's Guide is a powerful examination of the values that define American life and the tools that every citizen needs.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330911Tue, 10 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330911 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bill of Rights: A User's Guide Author: Linda R. Monk Narrator: Susan Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330911 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bill of Rights: A User's Guide Author: Linda R. Monk Narrator: Susan Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With a foreword by Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg of the U.S. Supreme Court. An Engaging, Accessible Guide to the Bill of Rights for Everyday Citizens. In The Bill of Rights: A User's Guide, award-winning author and constitutional scholar Linda R. Monk explores the remarkable history of the Bill of Rights amendment by amendment, the Supreme Court's interpretation of each right, and the power of citizens to enforce those rights. Stories of the ordinary people who made the Bill of Rights come alive are featured throughout. These include Fannie Lou Hamer, a Mississippi sharecropper who became a national civil rights leader; Clarence Earl Gideon, a prisoner whose handwritten petition to the Supreme Court expanded the right to counsel; Mary Beth Tinker, a 13-year-old whose protest of the Vietnam War established free speech rights for students; Michael Hardwick, a bartender who fought for privacy after police entered his bedroom unlawfully; Suzette Kelo, a nurse who opposed the city's takeover of her working-class neighborhood; and Simon Tam, a millennial whose 10-year trademark battle for his band 'The Slants' ended in a unanimous Supreme Court victory. Such people prove that, in the words of Judge Learned Hand, 'Liberty lies in the hearts of men and women; when it dies there, no constitution, no law, no court, can save it.' Exploring the history, scope, and meaning of the first ten amendments-as well as the Fourteenth Amendment, which nationalized them and extended new rights of equality to all-The Bill of Rights: A User's Guide is a powerful examination of the values that define American life and the tools that every citizen needs.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-china-mission-george-marshall-s-unfinished-war-1945-1947-by-daniel-kurtz-phelan--65209791https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The China Mission: George Marshall’s Unfinished War, 1945–1947 Author: Daniel Kurtz-Phelan Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A spellbinding narrative of the high-stakes mission that changed the course of America, China, and global politics―and a rich portrait of the towering, complex figure who carried it out. As World War II came to an end, General George Marshall was renowned as the architect of Allied victory. Set to retire, he instead accepted what he thought was a final mission―this time not to win a war, but to stop one. Across the Pacific, conflict between Chinese Nationalists and Communists threatened to suck in the United States and escalate into revolution. His assignment was to broker a peace, build a Chinese democracy, and prevent a Communist takeover, all while staving off World War III. In his thirteen months in China, Marshall journeyed across battle-scarred landscapes, grappled with Mao Zedong and Zhou Enlai, and plotted and argued with Generalissimo Chiang Kai-shek and his brilliant wife, often over card games or cocktails. The results at first seemed miraculous. But as they started to come apart, Marshall was faced with a wrenching choice. Its consequences would define the rest of his career, as the secretary of state who launched the Marshall Plan and set the standard for American leadership, and the shape of the Cold War and the US-China relationship for decades to come. It would also help spark one of the darkest turns in American civic life, as Marshall and the mission became a first prominent target of McCarthyism, and the question of “who lost China” roiled American politics. The China Mission traces this neglected turning point and forgotten interlude in a heroic career―a story of not just diplomatic wrangling and guerrilla warfare, but also intricate spycraft and charismatic personalities. Drawing on eyewitness accounts both personal and official, it offers a richly detailed, gripping, close-up, and often surprising view of the central figures of the time―from Marshall, Mao, and Chiang to Eisenhower, Truman, and MacArthur―as they stood face-to-face and struggled to make history, with consequences and lessons that echo today.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331341Tue, 10 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The China Mission: George Marshall’s Unfinished War, 1945–1947 Author: Daniel Kurtz-Phelan Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The China Mission: George Marshall’s Unfinished War, 1945–1947 Author: Daniel Kurtz-Phelan Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A spellbinding narrative of the high-stakes mission that changed the course of America, China, and global politics―and a rich portrait of the towering, complex figure who carried it out. As World War II came to an end, General George Marshall was renowned as the architect of Allied victory. Set to retire, he instead accepted what he thought was a final mission―this time not to win a war, but to stop one. Across the Pacific, conflict between Chinese Nationalists and Communists threatened to suck in the United States and escalate into revolution. His assignment was to broker a peace, build a Chinese democracy, and prevent a Communist takeover, all while staving off World War III. In his thirteen months in China, Marshall journeyed across battle-scarred landscapes, grappled with Mao Zedong and Zhou Enlai, and plotted and argued with Generalissimo Chiang Kai-shek and his brilliant wife, often over card games or cocktails. The results at first seemed miraculous. But as they started to come apart, Marshall was faced with a wrenching choice. Its consequences would define the rest of his career, as the secretary of state who launched the Marshall Plan and set the standard for American leadership, and the shape of the Cold War and the US-China relationship for decades to come. It would also help spark one of the darkest turns in American civic life, as Marshall and the mission became a first prominent target of McCarthyism, and the question of “who lost China” roiled American politics. The China Mission traces this neglected turning point and forgotten interlude in a heroic career―a story of not just diplomatic wrangling and guerrilla warfare, but also intricate spycraft and charismatic personalities. Drawing on eyewitness accounts both personal and official, it offers a richly detailed, gripping, close-up, and often surprising view of the central figures of the time―from Marshall, Mao, and Chiang to Eisenhower, Truman, and MacArthur―as they stood face-to-face and struggled to make history, with consequences and lessons that echo today.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fascism-a-warning-by-madeleine-albright--65209790https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331652 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fascism: A Warning Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 NYT BESTSELLER A personal and urgent examination of Fascism in the twentieth century and how its legacy shapes today’s world, written by one of America’s most admired public servants, the first woman to serve as U.S. secretary of state. “There is priceless wisdom on every page.” Kirkus Starred review A Fascist, observes Madeleine Albright, ‘is someone who claims to speak for a whole nation or group, is utterly unconcerned with the rights of others, and is willing to use violence and whatever other means are necessary to achieve the goals he or she might have.’ The twentieth century was defined by the clash between democracy and Fascism, a struggle that created uncertainty about the survival of human freedom and left millions of innocent people dead. Given the horrors of that experience, one might expect the world to reject the spiritual successors to Hitler and Mussolini should they arise in our era. In Fascism: A Warning, Madeleine Albright, draws on her own experiences as a child in war-torn Europe and her distinguished career as a diplomat to question that very assumption. Fascism, as Albright shows, not only endured through the course of the twentieth century, but now presents a more virulent threat to international peace and justice than at any time since the end of World War II. The momentum toward democracy that swept the world when the Berlin Wall fell has gone into reverse. The United States, which has historically championed the free world, is led by a president who exacerbates popular divisions and heaps scorn on democratic institutions. In many countries, economic, technological and cultural factors are weakening the political centre and empowering the extremes of right and left. Contemporary leaders such as Vladimir Putin and Kim Jong-un are employing many of the same tactics used by Fascists in the 1920s and 30s. Fascism: A Warning is a book for our times that is relevant to all times. Written with wisdom by someone who has not only studied history but helped to shape it, this call to arms teaches us the lessons we must understand and the questions we must answer if we are to save ourselves from repeating the tragic errors of the past.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331652Tue, 10 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331652 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fascism: A Warning Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: April...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331652 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fascism: A Warning Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The #1 NYT BESTSELLER A personal and urgent examination of Fascism in the twentieth century and how its legacy shapes today’s world, written by one of America’s most admired public servants, the first woman to serve as U.S. secretary of state. “There is priceless wisdom on every page.” Kirkus Starred review A Fascist, observes Madeleine Albright, ‘is someone who claims to speak for a whole nation or group, is utterly unconcerned with the rights of others, and is willing to use violence and whatever other means are necessary to achieve the goals he or she might have.’ The twentieth century was defined by the clash between democracy and Fascism, a struggle that created uncertainty about the survival of human freedom and left millions of innocent people dead. Given the horrors of that experience, one might expect the world to reject the spiritual successors to Hitler and Mussolini should they arise in our era. In Fascism: A Warning, Madeleine Albright, draws on her own experiences as a child in war-torn Europe and her distinguished career as a diplomat to question that very assumption. Fascism, as Albright shows, not only endured through the course of the twentieth century, but now presents a more virulent threat to international peace and justice than at any time since the end of World War II. The momentum toward democracy that swept the world when the Berlin Wall fell has gone into reverse. The United States, which has historically championed the free world, is led by a president who exacerbates popular divisions and heaps scorn on democratic institutions. In many countries, economic, technological and cultural factors are weakening the political centre and empowering the extremes of right and left. Contemporary leaders such as Vladimir Putin and Kim Jong-un are employing many of the same tactics used by Fascists in the 1920s and 30s. Fascism: A Warning is a book for our times that is relevant to all times. Written with wisdom by someone who has not only studied history but helped to shape it, this call to arms teaches us the lessons we must understand and the questions we must answer if we are to save ourselves from repeating the tragic errors of the past.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fascism-a-warning-by-madeleine-albright--65209761https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330770 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fascism: A Warning Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of the most admired international leaders, comes a timely, considered, and personal look at the history and current resurgence of fascism today and the virulent threat it poses to international freedom, prosperity, and peace. At the end of the 1980s, when the Cold War ended, many, including former Secretary of State Madeleine Albright, believed that democracy had triumphed politically once and for all. Yet nearly thirty years later, the direction of history no longer seems certain. A repressive and destructive force has begun to re-emerge on the global stage—sweeping across Europe, parts of Asia, and the United States—that to Albright, looks very much like fascism. Based on her personal experience growing up in Hungary under Hitler and the Communist regime that followed World War II, as well as knowledge gleaned from her distinguished diplomatic career and insights from colleagues around the globe, Albright paints a clear picture of how fascism flourishes and explains why it is once again taking hold worldwide, identifying the factors contributing to its rise. Most importantly, she makes clear what could happen if we fail to act against rising fascist forces today and in the near future, including the potential for economic catastrophe, a lasting spike in terrorist activity, increased sectarian violence, a rash of large-scale humanitarian emergencies, massive human rights violations, a breakdown in multilateral cooperation, and nearly irreparable self-inflicted damage to America’s reputation and capacity to lead. Albright also offers clear solutions, including adjusting to the ubiquity of social media and the changing nature of the workplace, and understanding ordinary citizens’ universal desire for sources of constancy and morality in their lives. She contends that we must stimulate economic growth and narrow the gap between the rich and poor, urban and rural, women and men, and skilled and unskilled; work across borders to respond to transnational challenges; and ultimately recognize that democracy’s unique virtue is its ability—through reason and open debate—to find remedies for its own shortcomings.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330770Tue, 10 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330770 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fascism: A Warning Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: April...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330770 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fascism: A Warning Author: Madeleine Albright Narrator: Madeleine Albright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 56 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of the most admired international leaders, comes a timely, considered, and personal look at the history and current resurgence of fascism today and the virulent threat it poses to international freedom, prosperity, and peace. At the end of the 1980s, when the Cold War ended, many, including former Secretary of State Madeleine Albright, believed that democracy had triumphed politically once and for all. Yet nearly thirty years later, the direction of history no longer seems certain. A repressive and destructive force has begun to re-emerge on the global stage—sweeping across Europe, parts of Asia, and the United States—that to Albright, looks very much like fascism. Based on her personal experience growing up in Hungary under Hitler and the Communist regime that followed World War II, as well as knowledge gleaned from her distinguished diplomatic career and insights from colleagues around the globe, Albright paints a clear picture of how fascism flourishes and explains why it is once again taking hold worldwide, identifying the factors contributing to its rise. Most importantly, she makes clear what could happen if we fail to act against rising fascist forces today and in the near future, including the potential for economic catastrophe, a lasting spike in terrorist activity, increased sectarian violence, a rash of large-scale humanitarian emergencies, massive human rights violations, a breakdown in multilateral cooperation, and nearly irreparable self-inflicted damage to America’s reputation and capacity to lead. Albright also offers clear solutions, including adjusting to the ubiquity of social media and the changing nature of the workplace, and understanding ordinary citizens’ universal desire for sources of constancy and morality in their lives. She contends that we must stimulate economic growth and narrow the gap between the rich and poor, urban and rural, women and men, and skilled and unskilled; work across borders to respond to transnational challenges; and ultimately recognize that democracy’s unique virtue is its ability—through reason and open debate—to find remedies for its own shortcomings.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/virtual-country-strategy-for-21st-century-democracy-by-richard-lang--65209759https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331136 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virtual Country: Strategy for 21st Century Democracy Author: Richard Lang Narrator: Todd Haberkorn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Virtual Country examines the current nexus of technology and western democracy, pointing to a historical opportunity for We the People to evolve our democracy to include a new public institution that enables a coherent, collective voice on the issues that affect us all. The book’s centerpiece is a proposal for a new online institution for citizen reengagement—the National Town Square. The Square would be a transparent, citizen-led, noncorporate, nongovernmental, nonpartisan online venue for individual advisory voting, moderated discussion, and fact-verified education on issues selected by citizens themselves. Virtual Country also examines the surround issues and risks associated with allowing the influence of big money in politics to be extended to online democracy. A must-listen for anyone interested in both the risks and opportunities presented at this historic moment in democracy’s evolution.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331136Tue, 10 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331136 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virtual Country: Strategy for 21st Century Democracy Author: Richard Lang Narrator: Todd Haberkorn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331136 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virtual Country: Strategy for 21st Century Democracy Author: Richard Lang Narrator: Todd Haberkorn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Virtual Country examines the current nexus of technology and western democracy, pointing to a historical opportunity for We the People to evolve our democracy to include a new public institution that enables a coherent, collective voice on the issues that affect us all. The book’s centerpiece is a proposal for a new online institution for citizen reengagement—the National Town Square. The Square would be a transparent, citizen-led, noncorporate, nongovernmental, nonpartisan online venue for individual advisory voting, moderated discussion, and fact-verified education on issues selected by citizens themselves. Virtual Country also examines the surround issues and risks associated with allowing the influence of big money in politics to be extended to online democracy. A must-listen for anyone interested in both the risks and opportunities presented at this historic moment in democracy’s evolution.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-people-vs-tech-how-the-internet-is-killing-democracy-and-how-we-save-it-by-jamie-bartlett--65209772https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331231 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People vs Tech: How the Internet Is Killing Democracy (and How We Save It) Author: Jamie Bartlett Narrator: Sandro Monetti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of The Dark Net comes a book that explains all the dangers of the digital revolution and offers concrete solutions on how we can protect our personal privacy, and democracy itself. The internet was meant to set us free. But have we unwittingly handed too much away to shadowy powers behind a wall of code, all manipulated by a handful of Silicon Valley utopians, ad men, and venture capitalists? And, in light of recent data breach scandals around companies like Facebook and Cambridge Analytica, what does that mean for democracy, our delicately balanced system of government that was created long before big data, total information, and artificial intelligence? In this urgent polemic, Jamie Bartlett argues that through our unquestioning embrace of big tech, the building blocks of democracy are slowly being removed. The middle class is being eroded, sovereign authority and civil society is weakened, and we citizens are losing our critical faculties, maybe even our free will. The People Vs Tech is an enthralling account of how our fragile political system is being threatened by the digital revolution. Bartlett explains that by upholding six key pillars of democracy, we can save it before it is too late. We need to become active citizens, uphold a shared democratic culture, protect free elections, promote equality, safeguard competitive and civic freedoms, and trust in a sovereign authority. This essential book shows that the stakes couldn't be higher and that, unless we radically alter our course, democracy will join feudalism, supreme monarchies and communism as just another political experiment that quietly disappeared.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331231Thu, 05 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331231 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People vs Tech: How the Internet Is Killing Democracy (and How We Save It) Author: Jamie Bartlett Narrator: Sandro Monetti Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331231 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People vs Tech: How the Internet Is Killing Democracy (and How We Save It) Author: Jamie Bartlett Narrator: Sandro Monetti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of The Dark Net comes a book that explains all the dangers of the digital revolution and offers concrete solutions on how we can protect our personal privacy, and democracy itself. The internet was meant to set us free. But have we unwittingly handed too much away to shadowy powers behind a wall of code, all manipulated by a handful of Silicon Valley utopians, ad men, and venture capitalists? And, in light of recent data breach scandals around companies like Facebook and Cambridge Analytica, what does that mean for democracy, our delicately balanced system of government that was created long before big data, total information, and artificial intelligence? In this urgent polemic, Jamie Bartlett argues that through our unquestioning embrace of big tech, the building blocks of democracy are slowly being removed. The middle class is being eroded, sovereign authority and civil society is weakened, and we citizens are losing our critical faculties, maybe even our free will. The People Vs Tech is an enthralling account of how our fragile political system is being threatened by the digital revolution. Bartlett explains that by upholding six key pillars of democracy, we can save it before it is too late. We need to become active citizens, uphold a shared democratic culture, protect free elections, promote equality, safeguard competitive and civic freedoms, and trust in a sovereign authority. This essential book shows that the stakes couldn't be higher and that, unless we radically alter our course, democracy will join feudalism, supreme monarchies and communism as just another political experiment that quietly disappeared.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-road-to-unfreedom-russia-europe-america-by-timothy-snyder--65209764https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332640 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Unfreedom: Russia, Europe, America Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 5, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Road to Unfreedom, written and read by Timothy Snyder. The past is another country, the old saying goes. The same might be said of the future. But which country? For Europeans and Americans today, the answer is Russia. Today's Russia is an oligarchy propped up by illusions and repression. But it also represents the fulfilment of tendencies already present in the West. And if Moscow's drive to dissolve Western states and values succeeds, this could become our reality too. In this visionary work of contemporary history, Timothy Snyder shows how Russia works within the West to destroy the West; by supporting the far right in Europe, invading Ukraine in 2014, and waging a cyberwar during the 2016 presidential campaign and the EU referendum. Nowhere is this more obvious than in the creation of Donald Trump, an American failure deployed as a Russian weapon. But this threat presents an opportunity to better understand the pillars of our freedoms, confront our own complacency and seek renewal. History never ends, and this new challenge forces us to face the choices that will determine the future: equality or oligarchy, individualism or totalitarianism, truth or lies. The Road to Unfreedom helps us to see our world as if for the first time. It is necessary reading for any citizen of a democracy. ‘A brilliant and disturbing analysis, which should be read by anyone wishing to understand the political crisis currently engulfing the world.’ YUVAL NOAH HARARI, author of SAPIENS and HOMO DEUS]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332640Thu, 05 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332640 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Unfreedom: Russia, Europe, America Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332640 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Unfreedom: Russia, Europe, America Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 5, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Road to Unfreedom, written and read by Timothy Snyder. The past is another country, the old saying goes. The same might be said of the future. But which country? For Europeans and Americans today, the answer is Russia. Today's Russia is an oligarchy propped up by illusions and repression. But it also represents the fulfilment of tendencies already present in the West. And if Moscow's drive to dissolve Western states and values succeeds, this could become our reality too. In this visionary work of contemporary history, Timothy Snyder shows how Russia works within the West to destroy the West; by supporting the far right in Europe, invading Ukraine in 2014, and waging a cyberwar during the 2016 presidential campaign and the EU referendum. Nowhere is this more obvious than in the creation of Donald Trump, an American failure deployed as a Russian weapon. But this threat presents an opportunity to better understand the pillars of our freedoms, confront our own complacency and seek renewal. History never ends, and this new challenge forces us to face the choices that will determine the future: equality or oligarchy, individualism or totalitarianism, truth or lies. The Road to Unfreedom helps us to see our world as if for the first time. It is necessary reading for any citizen of a democracy. ‘A brilliant and disturbing analysis, which should be read by anyone wishing to understand the political crisis currently engulfing the world.’ YUVAL NOAH HARARI, author of SAPIENS and HOMO DEUS]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/new-power-how-power-works-in-our-hyperconnected-world-and-how-to-make-it-work-for-you-by-jeremy-heimans-henry-timms--65234630https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329337 to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Power: How Power Works in Our Hyperconnected World--and How to Make It Work for You Author: Jeremy Heimans, Henry Timms Narrator: Andrew Fallaize Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NOW A NATIONAL BESTSELLER The definitive guide to spreading ideas, building movements, and leaping ahead in our chaotic, connected age. Get the book New York Times columnist David Brooks calls 'the best window I’ve seen into this new world.' Why do some leap ahead while others fall behind in our chaotic, connected age? In New Power, Jeremy Heimans and Henry Timms confront the biggest stories of our time--the rise of mega-platforms like Facebook and Uber; the out-of-nowhere victories of Obama and Trump; the unexpected emergence of movements like #MeToo--and reveal what's really behind them: the rise of 'new power.'      For most of human history, the rules of power were clear: power was something to be seized and then jealously guarded. This 'old power' was out of reach for the vast majority of people. But our ubiquitous connectivity makes possible a different kind of power. 'New power' is made by many. It is open, participatory, and peer-driven. It works like a current, not a currency--and it is most forceful when it surges. The battle between old and new power is determining who governs us, how we work, and even how we think and feel.      New Power shines fresh light on the cultural phenomena of our day, from #BlackLivesMatter to the Ice Bucket Challenge to Airbnb, uncovering the new power forces that made them huge. Drawing on examples from business, activism, and pop culture, as well as the study of organizations like Lego, NASA, Reddit, and TED, Heimans and Timms explain how to build new power and channel it successfully. They also explore the dark side of these forces: the way ISIS has co-opted new power to monstrous ends, and the rise of the alt-right's 'intensity machine.'      In an era increasingly shaped by new power, this groundbreaking book offers us a new way to understand the world--and our role in it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329337Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329337 to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Power: How Power Works in Our Hyperconnected World--and How to Make It Work for You Author: Jeremy Heimans, Henry Timms Narrator: Andrew Fallaize...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329337 to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Power: How Power Works in Our Hyperconnected World--and How to Make It Work for You Author: Jeremy Heimans, Henry Timms Narrator: Andrew Fallaize Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NOW A NATIONAL BESTSELLER The definitive guide to spreading ideas, building movements, and leaping ahead in our chaotic, connected age. Get the book New York Times columnist David Brooks calls 'the best window I’ve seen into this new world.' Why do some leap ahead while others fall behind in our chaotic, connected age? In New Power, Jeremy Heimans and Henry Timms confront the biggest stories of our time--the rise of mega-platforms like Facebook and Uber; the out-of-nowhere victories of Obama and Trump; the unexpected emergence of movements like #MeToo--and reveal what's really behind them: the rise of 'new power.'      For most of human history, the rules of power were clear: power was something to be seized and then jealously guarded. This 'old power' was out of reach for the vast majority of people. But our ubiquitous connectivity makes possible a different kind of power. 'New power' is made by many. It is open, participatory, and peer-driven. It works like a current, not a currency--and it is most forceful when it surges. The battle between old and new power is determining who governs us, how we work, and even how we think and feel.      New Power shines fresh light on the cultural phenomena of our day, from #BlackLivesMatter to the Ice Bucket Challenge to Airbnb, uncovering the new power forces that made them huge. Drawing on examples from business, activism, and pop culture, as well as the study of organizations like Lego, NASA, Reddit, and TED, Heimans and Timms explain how to build new power and channel it successfully. They also explore the dark side of these forces: the way ISIS has co-opted new power to monstrous ends, and the rise of the alt-right's 'intensity machine.'      In an era increasingly shaped by new power, this groundbreaking book offers us a new way to understand the world--and our role in it.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/to-dare-more-boldly-the-audacious-story-of-political-risk-by-john-c-hulsman--65209867https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331535 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Dare More Boldly: The Audacious Story of Political Risk Author: John C. Hulsman Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Our baffling new multipolar world grows ever more complex, desperately calling for new ways of thinking, particularly when it comes to political risk. To Dare More Boldly provides those ways, telling the story of the rise of political risk analysis, both as a discipline and a lucrative high-stakes industry that guides the strategic decisions of corporations and governments around the world. It assesses why recent predictions have gone so wrong and boldly puts forward ten analytical commandments that can stand the test of time. Written by one of the field's leading practitioners, this incisive book derives these indelible rules of the game from a wide-ranging and entertaining survey of world history. John Hulsman looks at examples as seemingly unconnected as the ancient Greeks and Romans, the Third Crusade, the Italian Renaissance, America's founders, Napoleon, the Battle of Gettysburg, the British Empire, the Kaiser's Germany, the breakup of the Beatles, Charles Manson, and Deng Xiaoping's China. Hulsman makes sense of yesterday's world, and in doing so provides an invaluable conceptual tool kit for navigating today's.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331535Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331535 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Dare More Boldly: The Audacious Story of Political Risk Author: John C. Hulsman Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331535 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Dare More Boldly: The Audacious Story of Political Risk Author: John C. Hulsman Narrator: Matthew Waterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Our baffling new multipolar world grows ever more complex, desperately calling for new ways of thinking, particularly when it comes to political risk. To Dare More Boldly provides those ways, telling the story of the rise of political risk analysis, both as a discipline and a lucrative high-stakes industry that guides the strategic decisions of corporations and governments around the world. It assesses why recent predictions have gone so wrong and boldly puts forward ten analytical commandments that can stand the test of time. Written by one of the field's leading practitioners, this incisive book derives these indelible rules of the game from a wide-ranging and entertaining survey of world history. John Hulsman looks at examples as seemingly unconnected as the ancient Greeks and Romans, the Third Crusade, the Italian Renaissance, America's founders, Napoleon, the Battle of Gettysburg, the British Empire, the Kaiser's Germany, the breakup of the Beatles, Charles Manson, and Deng Xiaoping's China. Hulsman makes sense of yesterday's world, and in doing so provides an invaluable conceptual tool kit for navigating today's.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-cazando-a-el-chapo-la-historia-contada-desde-adentro-por-el-agente-de-la-ley-estadounidense-que-capturo-al-narcotraficante-mas--65209832https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cazando a El Chapo: La historia contada desde adentro por el agente de la ley estadounidense que capturó al narcotraficante mAs buscado del mundo Author: Andrew Hogan, Douglas Century Narrator: Trujo Trujo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Una combinación de las películas Manhunt, Killing Pablo y Zero Dark Thirty, esta sensacional obra de misterio, y de alta tecnología de investigación, de Andrew Hogan y Douglas Century —que pronto será una gran película producida por Sony— es una crónica impresionante de un capítulo en la guerra contra las drogas en el siglo veinte: la experiencia exclusiva de un agente federal estadounidense y sus ocho años de cacería tras El Chapo — el capo de la droga más buscado del mundo, que evadió a la ley por más de una década. Toda generación tiene un criminal: Jesse James, Billy the Kid, John Dillinger, Al Capone, John Gotti, Pablo Escobar. Pero cada uno de estos notorios delincuentes tenía a un investigador rastreando sus pasos: Wyatt Earp, Pat Garrett, Eliot Ness, Steve Murphy. Para el señor de la droga, Joaquín Archivaldo Guzmán, Loera, mejor conocido como “El Chapo”, ese policía es Andrew Hogan, exagente especial de la Drug Enforcement Administration (Oficina de Control de Drogas; DEA, por sus siglas en inglés). En el 2006, recien graduado de la Academia de la DEA, Hogan se dirige a Arizona, en donde rápidamente se encuentra dentro de una serie de espeluznantes casos encubiertos, que lo coloca, sin darse cuenta, tras la pista de Guzmán, el jefe del cártel de Sinaloa, un multimillonario según Forbes, y enemigo público # 1 de Estados Unidos. Seis años después, como jefe de la Oficina de la DEA en la ciudad de México a cargo del cártel de Sinaloa, Hogan se da cuenta que su vida y la del Chapo están irónicamente, en sendas paralelas: ambos se obsesionan por los detalles. En una nueva versión de los clásicos del oeste, pero a escala mundial, Cazando a El Chapo relata la búsqueda de Hogan por lograr lo que parecía imposible, desde infiltrarse en el círculo íntimo de El Chapo, a dirigir una cacería humana con una brigada elite de oficiales de la marina mexicana; derribando una a una las fortalezas del cartel, y en última instancia llevando al Chapo a la justicia. Este relato cinematográfico que narra la implacable investigación de Hogan y su equipo se desarrolla a gran velocidad, llevando al lector trás bastidores en una de las operaciones antinarcóticos más sofisticadas y peligrosas en la historia de Estados Unidos y México.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329381Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cazando a El Chapo: La historia contada desde adentro por el agente de la ley estadounidense que capturó al narcotraficante mAs buscado del...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cazando a El Chapo: La historia contada desde adentro por el agente de la ley estadounidense que capturó al narcotraficante mAs buscado del mundo Author: Andrew Hogan, Douglas Century Narrator: Trujo Trujo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Una combinación de las películas Manhunt, Killing Pablo y Zero Dark Thirty, esta sensacional obra de misterio, y de alta tecnología de investigación, de Andrew Hogan y Douglas Century —que pronto será una gran película producida por Sony— es una crónica impresionante de un capítulo en la guerra contra las drogas en el siglo veinte: la experiencia exclusiva de un agente federal estadounidense y sus ocho años de cacería tras El Chapo — el capo de la droga más buscado del mundo, que evadió a la ley por más de una década. Toda generación tiene un criminal: Jesse James, Billy the Kid, John Dillinger, Al Capone, John Gotti, Pablo Escobar. Pero cada uno de estos notorios delincuentes tenía a un investigador rastreando sus pasos: Wyatt Earp, Pat Garrett, Eliot Ness, Steve Murphy. Para el señor de la droga, Joaquín Archivaldo Guzmán, Loera, mejor conocido como “El Chapo”, ese policía es Andrew Hogan, exagente especial de la Drug Enforcement Administration (Oficina de Control de Drogas; DEA, por sus siglas en inglés). En el 2006, recien graduado de la Academia de la DEA, Hogan se dirige a Arizona, en donde rápidamente se encuentra dentro de una serie de espeluznantes casos encubiertos, que lo coloca, sin darse cuenta, tras la pista de Guzmán, el jefe del cártel de Sinaloa, un multimillonario según Forbes, y enemigo público # 1 de Estados Unidos. Seis años después, como jefe de la Oficina de la DEA en la ciudad de México a cargo del cártel de Sinaloa, Hogan se da cuenta que su vida y la del Chapo están irónicamente, en sendas paralelas: ambos se obsesionan por los detalles. En una nueva versión de los clásicos del oeste, pero a escala mundial, Cazando a El Chapo relata la búsqueda de Hogan por lograr lo que parecía imposible, desde infiltrarse en el círculo íntimo de El Chapo, a dirigir una cacería humana con una brigada elite de oficiales de la marina mexicana; derribando una a una las fortalezas del cartel, y en última instancia llevando al Chapo a la justicia. Este relato cinematográfico que narra la implacable investigación de Hogan y su equipo se desarrolla a gran velocidad, llevando al lector trás bastidores en una de las operaciones antinarcóticos más sofisticadas y peligrosas en la historia de Estados Unidos y México.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/chappaquiddick-power-privilege-and-the-ted-kennedy-cover-up-by-leo-damore--65209828https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330198 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chappaquiddick: Power, Privilege, and the Ted Kennedy Cover-Up Author: Leo Damore Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A young woman leaves a party with a wealthy US senator. The next morning her body is discovered in his car at the bottom of a pond. This is the damning true story of the death of campaign strategist Mary Jo Kopechne at Chappaquiddick and of the senator—a thirty-seven-year-old Senator Ted Kennedy—who left her trapped underwater while he returned to his hotel, slept, and made phone calls to associates. It is the story of a powerful, privileged American man who was able to treat a woman’s life as disposable without facing real consequences. And it is the story of a shameful political cover-up involving one of the nation’s most well-connected families and its network of lawyers, public relations people, and friends who ensured Ted Kennedy remained a respected member of the Senate for forty more years. Leo Damore’s 1988 national bestseller, originally entitled Senatorial Privilege, almost didn’t make it into print after its original publisher, Random House, judged it too explosive and backed out of its contract with Damore. Mysteriously, none of the other big New York publishers picked it up. Only when small independent publisher Regnery obtained the manuscript was the book’s publication made possible and the true story of the so-called “Chappaquiddick incident” finally told. This thirtiethth anniversary edition of Senatorial Privilege is being released to coincide with the nationwide theatrical release of the movie Chappaquiddick starring Jason Clarke, Kate Mara, Ed Helms, Bruce Dern, and Jim Gaffigan.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330198Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330198 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chappaquiddick: Power, Privilege, and the Ted Kennedy Cover-Up Author: Leo Damore Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330198 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chappaquiddick: Power, Privilege, and the Ted Kennedy Cover-Up Author: Leo Damore Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A young woman leaves a party with a wealthy US senator. The next morning her body is discovered in his car at the bottom of a pond. This is the damning true story of the death of campaign strategist Mary Jo Kopechne at Chappaquiddick and of the senator—a thirty-seven-year-old Senator Ted Kennedy—who left her trapped underwater while he returned to his hotel, slept, and made phone calls to associates. It is the story of a powerful, privileged American man who was able to treat a woman’s life as disposable without facing real consequences. And it is the story of a shameful political cover-up involving one of the nation’s most well-connected families and its network of lawyers, public relations people, and friends who ensured Ted Kennedy remained a respected member of the Senate for forty more years. Leo Damore’s 1988 national bestseller, originally entitled Senatorial Privilege, almost didn’t make it into print after its original publisher, Random House, judged it too explosive and backed out of its contract with Damore. Mysteriously, none of the other big New York publishers picked it up. Only when small independent publisher Regnery obtained the manuscript was the book’s publication made possible and the true story of the so-called “Chappaquiddick incident” finally told. This thirtiethth anniversary edition of Senatorial Privilege is being released to coincide with the nationwide theatrical release of the movie Chappaquiddick starring Jason Clarke, Kate Mara, Ed Helms, Bruce Dern, and Jim Gaffigan.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/north-korea-confidential-private-markets-fashion-trends-prison-camps-dissenters-and-defectors-by-daniel-tudor-james-pearson--65209823https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329302 to listen full audiobooks. Title: North Korea Confidential: Private Markets, Fashion Trends, Prison Camps, Dissenters and Defectors Author: Daniel Tudor, James Pearson Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: **Named one of the best books of 2015 by The Economist** Private Markets, Fashion Trends, Prison Camps, Dissenters and Defectors. North Korea is one of the most troubled societies on earth. The country's 24 million people live under a violent dictatorship led by a single family, which relentlessly pursues the development of nuclear arms, which periodically incites risky military clashes with the larger, richer, liberal South, and which forces each and every person to play a role in the 'theater state' even as it pays little more than lip service to the wellbeing of the overwhelming majority. With this profoundly anachronistic system eventually failed in the 1990s, it triggered a famine that decimated the countryside and obliterated the lives of many hundreds of thousands of people. However, it also changed the lives of those who survived forever. A lawless form of marketization came to replace the iron rice bowl of work in state companies, and the Orwellian mind control of the Korean Workers' Party was replaced for many by dreams of trade and profit. A new North Korea Society was born from the horrors of the era—one that is more susceptible to outside information than ever before with the advent of k-pop and video-carrying USB sticks. This is the North Korean society that is described in this book. In seven fascinating chapters, the authors explore what life is actually like in modern North Korea today for the ordinary 'man and woman on the street.' They interview experts and tap a broad variety of sources to bring a startling new insider's view of North Korean society—from members of Pyongyang's ruling families to defectors from different periods and regions, to diplomats and NGOs with years of experience in the country, to cross-border traders from neighboring China, and textual accounts appearing in English, Korean and Chinese sources. The resulting stories reveal the horror as well as the innovation and humor which abound in this fascinating country.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329302Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329302 to listen full audiobooks. Title: North Korea Confidential: Private Markets, Fashion Trends, Prison Camps, Dissenters and Defectors Author: Daniel Tudor, James Pearson Narrator: Derek...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329302 to listen full audiobooks. Title: North Korea Confidential: Private Markets, Fashion Trends, Prison Camps, Dissenters and Defectors Author: Daniel Tudor, James Pearson Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: **Named one of the best books of 2015 by The Economist** Private Markets, Fashion Trends, Prison Camps, Dissenters and Defectors. North Korea is one of the most troubled societies on earth. The country's 24 million people live under a violent dictatorship led by a single family, which relentlessly pursues the development of nuclear arms, which periodically incites risky military clashes with the larger, richer, liberal South, and which forces each and every person to play a role in the 'theater state' even as it pays little more than lip service to the wellbeing of the overwhelming majority. With this profoundly anachronistic system eventually failed in the 1990s, it triggered a famine that decimated the countryside and obliterated the lives of many hundreds of thousands of people. However, it also changed the lives of those who survived forever. A lawless form of marketization came to replace the iron rice bowl of work in state companies, and the Orwellian mind control of the Korean Workers' Party was replaced for many by dreams of trade and profit. A new North Korea Society was born from the horrors of the era—one that is more susceptible to outside information than ever before with the advent of k-pop and video-carrying USB sticks. This is the North Korean society that is described in this book. In seven fascinating chapters, the authors explore what life is actually like in modern North Korea today for the ordinary 'man and woman on the street.' They interview experts and tap a broad variety of sources to bring a startling new insider's view of North Korean society—from members of Pyongyang's ruling families to defectors from different periods and regions, to diplomats and NGOs with years of experience in the country, to cross-border traders from neighboring China, and textual accounts appearing in English, Korean and Chinese sources. The resulting stories reveal the horror as well as the innovation and humor which abound in this fascinating country.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-war-on-normal-people-the-truth-about-america-s-disappearing-jobs-and-why-universal-basic-income-is-our-future-by-andrew-yang--65209822https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330908 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Normal People: The Truth About America's Disappearing Jobs and Why Universal Basic Income Is Our Future Author: Andrew Yang Narrator: Andrew Yang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 4.87 of Total 15 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ***New York Times Bestseller*** From 2020 Democratic presidential candidate Andrew Yang, a captivating account of how 'a skinny Asian kid from upstate' became a successful entrepreneur, only to find a new mission: calling attention to the urgent steps America must take, including Universal Basic Income, to stabilize our economy amid rapid technological change and automation. The shift toward automation is about to create a tsunami of unemployment. Not in the distant future--now. One recent estimate predicts 45 million American workers will lose their jobs within the next twelve years--jobs that won't be replaced. In a future marked by restlessness and chronic unemployment, what will happen to American society? In The War on Normal People, Andrew Yang paints a dire portrait of the American economy. Rapidly advancing technologies like artificial intelligence, robotics and automation software are making millions of Americans' livelihoods irrelevant. The consequences of these trends are already being felt across our communities in the form of political unrest, drug use, and other social ills. The future looks dire-but is it unavoidable? In The War on Normal People, Yang imagines a different future--one in which having a job is distinct from the capacity to prosper and seek fulfillment. At this vision's core is Universal Basic Income, the concept of providing all citizens with a guaranteed income-and one that is rapidly gaining popularity among forward-thinking politicians and economists. Yang proposes that UBI is an essential step toward a new, more durable kind of economy, one he calls 'human capitalism.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330908Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330908 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Normal People: The Truth About America's Disappearing Jobs and Why Universal Basic Income Is Our Future Author: Andrew Yang Narrator: Andrew...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330908 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Normal People: The Truth About America's Disappearing Jobs and Why Universal Basic Income Is Our Future Author: Andrew Yang Narrator: Andrew Yang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 4.87 of Total 15 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ***New York Times Bestseller*** From 2020 Democratic presidential candidate Andrew Yang, a captivating account of how 'a skinny Asian kid from upstate' became a successful entrepreneur, only to find a new mission: calling attention to the urgent steps America must take, including Universal Basic Income, to stabilize our economy amid rapid technological change and automation. The shift toward automation is about to create a tsunami of unemployment. Not in the distant future--now. One recent estimate predicts 45 million American workers will lose their jobs within the next twelve years--jobs that won't be replaced. In a future marked by restlessness and chronic unemployment, what will happen to American society? In The War on Normal People, Andrew Yang paints a dire portrait of the American economy. Rapidly advancing technologies like artificial intelligence, robotics and automation software are making millions of Americans' livelihoods irrelevant. The consequences of these trends are already being felt across our communities in the form of political unrest, drug use, and other social ills. The future looks dire-but is it unavoidable? In The War on Normal People, Yang imagines a different future--one in which having a job is distinct from the capacity to prosper and seek fulfillment. At this vision's core is Universal Basic Income, the concept of providing all citizens with a guaranteed income-and one that is rapidly gaining popularity among forward-thinking politicians and economists. Yang proposes that UBI is an essential step toward a new, more durable kind of economy, one he calls 'human capitalism.']]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-road-to-unfreedom-russia-europe-america-by-timothy-snyder--65209811https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330843 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Unfreedom: Russia, Europe, America Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With the end of the Cold War, the victory of liberal democracy was thought to be absolute. Observers declared the end of history, confident in a peaceful, globalized future. But we now know this to be premature. Authoritarianism first returned in Russia, as Putin developed a political system dedicated solely to the consolidation and exercise of power. In the last six years, it has creeped from east to west as nationalism inflames Europe, abetted by Russian propaganda and cyberwarfare. While countries like Poland and Hungary have made hard turns towards authoritarianism, the electoral upsets of 2016 revealed the citizens of the US and UK in revolt against their countries’ longstanding policies and values. But this threat to the West also presents the opportunity to better understand the pillars of our own political order. In this forceful and unsparing work of contemporary history, Snyder goes beyond the headlines to expose the true nature of the threat to democracy. By showcasing the stark choices before us—between equality or oligarchy, individuality or totality, truth and falsehood—Snyder restores our understanding of the basis of our way of life, offering a way forward in a time of terrible uncertainty.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330843Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330843 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Unfreedom: Russia, Europe, America Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330843 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Unfreedom: Russia, Europe, America Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With the end of the Cold War, the victory of liberal democracy was thought to be absolute. Observers declared the end of history, confident in a peaceful, globalized future. But we now know this to be premature. Authoritarianism first returned in Russia, as Putin developed a political system dedicated solely to the consolidation and exercise of power. In the last six years, it has creeped from east to west as nationalism inflames Europe, abetted by Russian propaganda and cyberwarfare. While countries like Poland and Hungary have made hard turns towards authoritarianism, the electoral upsets of 2016 revealed the citizens of the US and UK in revolt against their countries’ longstanding policies and values. But this threat to the West also presents the opportunity to better understand the pillars of our own political order. In this forceful and unsparing work of contemporary history, Snyder goes beyond the headlines to expose the true nature of the threat to democracy. By showcasing the stark choices before us—between equality or oligarchy, individuality or totality, truth and falsehood—Snyder restores our understanding of the basis of our way of life, offering a way forward in a time of terrible uncertainty.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/our-50-state-border-crisis-how-the-mexican-border-fuels-the-drug-epidemic-across-america-by-howard-g-buffett--65209808https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our 50-State Border Crisis: How the Mexican Border Fuels the Drug Epidemic Across America Author: Howard G. Buffett Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of America's most prominent philanthropists, an eye-opening, myth-busting new perspective on the crisis at the U.S.-Mexico border. Howard G. Buffett has seen first-hand the devastating impact of cheap Mexican heroin and other opiate cocktails across America. Fueled by failing border policies and lawlessness in Mexico and Central America, drugs are pouring over the nation's southern border in record quantities, turning Americans into addicts and migrants into drug mules -- and killing us in record numbers. Politicians talk about a border crisis and an opioid crisis as separate issues. To Buffett, a landowner on the U.S. border with Mexico and now a sheriff in Illinois, these are intimately connected. Ineffective border policies not only put residents in border states like Texas and Arizona in harm's way, they put American lives in states like Oregon, Pennsylvania, and Vermont at risk. Mexican cartels have grown astonishingly powerful by exploiting both the gaps in our border security strategy and the desperation of migrants -- all while profiting enormously off America's growing addiction to drugs. The solution isn't a wall. In this groundbreaking book, Buffett outlines a realistic, effective, and bi-partisan approach to fighting cartels, strengthening our national security, and tackling the roots of the chaos below the border.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330900Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our 50-State Border Crisis: How the Mexican Border Fuels the Drug Epidemic Across America Author: Howard G. Buffett Narrator: Matt Kugler Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our 50-State Border Crisis: How the Mexican Border Fuels the Drug Epidemic Across America Author: Howard G. Buffett Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of America's most prominent philanthropists, an eye-opening, myth-busting new perspective on the crisis at the U.S.-Mexico border. Howard G. Buffett has seen first-hand the devastating impact of cheap Mexican heroin and other opiate cocktails across America. Fueled by failing border policies and lawlessness in Mexico and Central America, drugs are pouring over the nation's southern border in record quantities, turning Americans into addicts and migrants into drug mules -- and killing us in record numbers. Politicians talk about a border crisis and an opioid crisis as separate issues. To Buffett, a landowner on the U.S. border with Mexico and now a sheriff in Illinois, these are intimately connected. Ineffective border policies not only put residents in border states like Texas and Arizona in harm's way, they put American lives in states like Oregon, Pennsylvania, and Vermont at risk. Mexican cartels have grown astonishingly powerful by exploiting both the gaps in our border security strategy and the desperation of migrants -- all while profiting enormously off America's growing addiction to drugs. The solution isn't a wall. In this groundbreaking book, Buffett outlines a realistic, effective, and bi-partisan approach to fighting cartels, strengthening our national security, and tackling the roots of the chaos below the border.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-trump-white-house-changing-the-rules-of-the-game-by-ronald-kessler--65209804https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331119 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trump White House: Changing the Rules of the Game Author: Ronald Kessler Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The unvarnished and unbiased inside story of President Donald Trump and his White House by New York Times bestselling author Ronald Kessler   Based on exclusive interviews with the president and his staff, The Trump White House: Changing the Rules of the Game tells the real story of what Donald Trump is like, who influences him, how he makes decisions, what he says about the people around him, and how he operates when the television lights go off, while portraying the inside story of the successes that have already brought solid results as well as the stumbles that have turned off even longtime supporters and undercut his agenda. The Trump White House reveals:   •  Trump aides Ivanka Trump and her husband Jared Kushner have been responsible for Trump’s most disastrous decisions. Trump is aware that his daughter and son-in-law are problems and has hinted to them that they should go back to New York. Seeing Jared on TV, Trump said, “Look at Jared, he looks like a little boy, like a child.”   •  First Lady Melania Trump has a tremendous impact on policy and strategy. She sits in on meetings and is widely admired by aides for her judgment.   •  Kellyanne Conway is the No. 1 White House leaker.   •  Trump’s Secret Service Director Randolph “Tex” Alles proposed withdrawing protection from some Trump family members and aides to save money. Horrified White House staffers shot down the idea.   •  Trump has told friends that billionaires are constantly asking him to fix them up with longtime Communications Director Hope Hicks, a former model, but he says he refuses.   •  Trump calls certain reporters directly, feeding them stories attributed to “a senior White House official,” creating the impression that the White House leaks even more than it already does. Never before has an American president had so much impact on the country and the world in so short a time as Donald Trump. Yet no president has stirred so much controversy, dominating media coverage and conversation both pro and con.   Months after Trump took office, consumer confidence hit a seventeen-year high, unemployment plummeted to the lowest level in seventeen years, and the stock market zoomed to repeated record highs.   At the same time, ISIS was nearly defeated, Arab countries banded together to stop financing terrorists and promoting radical Islamic ideology, and Trump’s decision to send missiles into Syria because of its use of chemical weapons and his strident warnings to North Korean leader Kim Jong-un made it clear to adversaries that they take on the United States at their peril.   Yet for all the media coverage, Trump remains a cipher. Ronald Kessler has known Trump and First Lady Melania Trump for two decades and understands him better than any other journalist. The book includes an exclusive interview with Trump, the only interview he says he has given or will give for a book as president. Crammed with media-grabbing revelations. The Trump White House is the unvarnished and unbiased inside story that answers the question: Who is Donald Trump?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331119Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331119 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trump White House: Changing the Rules of the Game Author: Ronald Kessler Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331119 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trump White House: Changing the Rules of the Game Author: Ronald Kessler Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The unvarnished and unbiased inside story of President Donald Trump and his White House by New York Times bestselling author Ronald Kessler   Based on exclusive interviews with the president and his staff, The Trump White House: Changing the Rules of the Game tells the real story of what Donald Trump is like, who influences him, how he makes decisions, what he says about the people around him, and how he operates when the television lights go off, while portraying the inside story of the successes that have already brought solid results as well as the stumbles that have turned off even longtime supporters and undercut his agenda. The Trump White House reveals:   •  Trump aides Ivanka Trump and her husband Jared Kushner have been responsible for Trump’s most disastrous decisions. Trump is aware that his daughter and son-in-law are problems and has hinted to them that they should go back to New York. Seeing Jared on TV, Trump said, “Look at Jared, he looks like a little boy, like a child.”   •  First Lady Melania Trump has a tremendous impact on policy and strategy. She sits in on meetings and is widely admired by aides for her judgment.   •  Kellyanne Conway is the No. 1 White House leaker.   •  Trump’s Secret Service Director Randolph “Tex” Alles proposed withdrawing protection from some Trump family members and aides to save money. Horrified White House staffers shot down the idea.   •  Trump has told friends that billionaires are constantly asking him to fix them up with longtime Communications Director Hope Hicks, a former model, but he says he refuses.   •  Trump calls certain reporters directly, feeding them stories attributed to “a senior White House official,” creating the impression that the White House leaks even more than it already does. Never before has an American president had so much impact on the country and the world in so short a time as Donald Trump. Yet no president has stirred so much controversy, dominating media coverage and conversation both pro and con.   Months after Trump took office, consumer confidence hit a seventeen-year high, unemployment plummeted to the lowest level in seventeen years, and the stock market zoomed to repeated record highs.   At the same time, ISIS was nearly defeated, Arab countries banded together to stop financing terrorists and promoting radical Islamic ideology, and Trump’s decision to send missiles into Syria because of its use of chemical weapons and his strident warnings to North Korean leader Kim Jong-un made it clear to adversaries that they take on the United States at their peril.   Yet for all the media coverage, Trump remains a cipher. Ronald Kessler has known Trump and First Lady Melania Trump for two decades and understands him better than any other journalist. The book includes an exclusive interview with Trump, the only interview he says he has given or will give for a book as president. Crammed with media-grabbing revelations. The Trump White House is the unvarnished and unbiased inside story that answers the question: Who is Donald Trump?]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-final-race-the-incredible-world-war-ii-story-of-the-olympian-who-inspired-chariots-of-fire-by-eric-t-eichinger--65209799https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330194 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Final Race: The Incredible World War II Story of the Olympian Who Inspired Chariots of Fire Author: Eric T. Eichinger Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On July 19, 1924, Eric Liddell was on top of the world. He was the most famous Briton at the time, having just won the gold in the Olympic 400-meter race. The story of that race―and the one he didn’t run―was told in the popular movie classic Chariots of Fire. But what most of us don’t know is what became of Eric Liddell in the years after the credits rolled. As the storm clouds of World War II rolled in, Eric Liddell had already made decisions in his life that gave him the resilience to stand tall while others fell into despair. His strength of character led him to choose an uncertain future in China during World War II to continue helping the Chinese. He lived purposefully, even as his world crumbled and he experienced the horror and deprivations of a Japanese internment camp. Eric’s story is a story of hope in the face of uncertainty, resilience in the face of unspeakable odds, and an inspiring vision of what life means, even when the final hour comes.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330194Tue, 03 Apr 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330194 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Final Race: The Incredible World War II Story of the Olympian Who Inspired Chariots of Fire Author: Eric T. Eichinger Narrator: Lloyd James Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330194 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Final Race: The Incredible World War II Story of the Olympian Who Inspired Chariots of Fire Author: Eric T. Eichinger Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On July 19, 1924, Eric Liddell was on top of the world. He was the most famous Briton at the time, having just won the gold in the Olympic 400-meter race. The story of that race―and the one he didn’t run―was told in the popular movie classic Chariots of Fire. But what most of us don’t know is what became of Eric Liddell in the years after the credits rolled. As the storm clouds of World War II rolled in, Eric Liddell had already made decisions in his life that gave him the resilience to stand tall while others fell into despair. His strength of character led him to choose an uncertain future in China during World War II to continue helping the Chinese. He lived purposefully, even as his world crumbled and he experienced the horror and deprivations of a Japanese internment camp. Eric’s story is a story of hope in the face of uncertainty, resilience in the face of unspeakable odds, and an inspiring vision of what life means, even when the final hour comes.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dear-madam-president-an-open-letter-to-the-women-who-will-run-the-world-by-jennifer-palmieri--65209798https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325065 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear Madam President: An Open Letter to the Women Who Will Run the World Author: Jennifer Palmieri Narrator: Jennifer Palmieri Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Redefine the expectations for women in leadership roles with this #1 New York Times bestselling volume of inspiring advice by the former communications director for Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton. Framed as an empowering letter from former Hillary Clinton Communications Director Jennifer Palmieri to the first woman president, and by extension, to all women working to succeed in any field, Dear Madam President is filled with forward-thinking, practical advice for all women who are determined to seize control of their lives-from boardroom to living room. As a country, we haven't wrapped our heads around what it should look like for a woman to be in the job of President. Our only models are men. While wildly disappointed by the outcome of the 2016 election, Palmieri argues that our feelings-confusion, love, hate, acceptance-can now open the country up to reimagining women in leadership roles. And that is what Palmieri takes on in this book-redefining expectations for women looking to lead and creating a blueprint for women candidates and leaders to follow. Dear Madam President will turn the results of the 2016 election into something incredibly empowering for graduates, future female leaders, and independent thinkers everywhere.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325065Tue, 27 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325065 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear Madam President: An Open Letter to the Women Who Will Run the World Author: Jennifer Palmieri Narrator: Jennifer Palmieri Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325065 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear Madam President: An Open Letter to the Women Who Will Run the World Author: Jennifer Palmieri Narrator: Jennifer Palmieri Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Redefine the expectations for women in leadership roles with this #1 New York Times bestselling volume of inspiring advice by the former communications director for Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton. Framed as an empowering letter from former Hillary Clinton Communications Director Jennifer Palmieri to the first woman president, and by extension, to all women working to succeed in any field, Dear Madam President is filled with forward-thinking, practical advice for all women who are determined to seize control of their lives-from boardroom to living room. As a country, we haven't wrapped our heads around what it should look like for a woman to be in the job of President. Our only models are men. While wildly disappointed by the outcome of the 2016 election, Palmieri argues that our feelings-confusion, love, hate, acceptance-can now open the country up to reimagining women in leadership roles. And that is what Palmieri takes on in this book-redefining expectations for women looking to lead and creating a blueprint for women candidates and leaders to follow. Dear Madam President will turn the results of the 2016 election into something incredibly empowering for graduates, future female leaders, and independent thinkers everywhere.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-history-of-fascism-1914-1945-by-stanley-g-payne--65209794https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330235 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A History of Fascism, 1914–1945 Author: Stanley G. Payne Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Focusing mostly on Italy and Germany but also considering Spain, Romania, Japan, and movements in other countries, Payne (history, U. of Wisconsin) describes fascism as revolutionary ultranationalism based on national rebirth, extreme elitism, mass mobilization, and the promotion of violence and military virtues. He also suggests that the early Russian communists borrowed many techniques from fascism, and that though we are fairly well inoculated against fascism itself, the values it represents could still emerge in new forms.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330235Tue, 27 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330235 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A History of Fascism, 1914–1945 Author: Stanley G. Payne Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 26 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330235 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A History of Fascism, 1914–1945 Author: Stanley G. Payne Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Focusing mostly on Italy and Germany but also considering Spain, Romania, Japan, and movements in other countries, Payne (history, U. of Wisconsin) describes fascism as revolutionary ultranationalism based on national rebirth, extreme elitism, mass mobilization, and the promotion of violence and military virtues. He also suggests that the early Russian communists borrowed many techniques from fascism, and that though we are fairly well inoculated against fascism itself, the values it represents could still emerge in new forms.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-we-get-free-black-feminism-and-the-combahee-river-collective-by-herbguister-finklebottom--65209911https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Get Free: Black Feminism and the Combahee River Collective Author: Herbguister Finklebottom Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Combahee River Collective, a path-breaking group of radical black feminists, was one of the most important organizations to develop out of the antiracist and women's liberation movements of the 1960s and 70s. In this collection of essays and interviews edited by activist-scholar Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor, founding members of the organization and contemporary activists reflect on the legacy of its contributions to black feminism and its impact on today's struggles.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330089Tue, 20 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Get Free: Black Feminism and the Combahee River Collective Author: Herbguister Finklebottom Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Get Free: Black Feminism and the Combahee River Collective Author: Herbguister Finklebottom Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Combahee River Collective, a path-breaking group of radical black feminists, was one of the most important organizations to develop out of the antiracist and women's liberation movements of the 1960s and 70s. In this collection of essays and interviews edited by activist-scholar Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor, founding members of the organization and contemporary activists reflect on the legacy of its contributions to black feminism and its impact on today's struggles.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hunting-the-truth-memoirs-of-beate-and-serge-klarsfeld-by-serge-klarsfeld-beate-klarsfeld--65209896https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330026 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunting the Truth: Memoirs of Beate and Serge Klarsfeld Author: Serge Klarsfeld, Beate Klarsfeld Narrator: Raphael Corkhill, Marisa Calin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *Winner of the 2018 National Book Award* In this dual audiobook memoir, Beate and Serge Klarsfeld tell the dramatic story of fifty years devoted to bringing Nazis to justice They were born on opposite sides of the Second World War: Beate grew up in the ruins of a defeated Weimar Germany, while Serge, a Jewish boy in France, was hiding in a cupboard when his father was arrested and sent to Auschwitz. They met on the Paris Métro and fell in love, and became famous when Beate slapped the face of the West German chancellor—a former Nazi—Kurt Georg Kiesinger. For the past half century, Beate and Serge Klarsfeld have hunted, confronted, prosecuted, and exposed Nazi war criminals all over the world, tracking down the notorious torturer Klaus Barbie in Bolivia and attempting to kidnap the former Gestapo chief Kurt Lischka on the streets of Cologne. They have been sent to prison for their beliefs and have risked their lives protesting anti-Semitism behind the Iron Curtain in South America and in the Middle East. They have been insulted and exalted, assaulted and heralded; they’ve received honors from presidents and letter bombs from neo-Nazis. They have fought relentlessly not only for the memory of all those who died in the Holocaust but also for modern-day victims of genocide and discrimination across the world. And they have done it all while raising their children and sustaining their marriage. Now, for the first time, in Hunting the Truth, a major memoir spoken in their alternating voices, Beate and Serge Klarsfeld tell the thrilling story of a lifetime dedicated to combating evil.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330026Tue, 20 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330026 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunting the Truth: Memoirs of Beate and Serge Klarsfeld Author: Serge Klarsfeld, Beate Klarsfeld Narrator: Raphael Corkhill, Marisa Calin Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330026 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hunting the Truth: Memoirs of Beate and Serge Klarsfeld Author: Serge Klarsfeld, Beate Klarsfeld Narrator: Raphael Corkhill, Marisa Calin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *Winner of the 2018 National Book Award* In this dual audiobook memoir, Beate and Serge Klarsfeld tell the dramatic story of fifty years devoted to bringing Nazis to justice They were born on opposite sides of the Second World War: Beate grew up in the ruins of a defeated Weimar Germany, while Serge, a Jewish boy in France, was hiding in a cupboard when his father was arrested and sent to Auschwitz. They met on the Paris Métro and fell in love, and became famous when Beate slapped the face of the West German chancellor—a former Nazi—Kurt Georg Kiesinger. For the past half century, Beate and Serge Klarsfeld have hunted, confronted, prosecuted, and exposed Nazi war criminals all over the world, tracking down the notorious torturer Klaus Barbie in Bolivia and attempting to kidnap the former Gestapo chief Kurt Lischka on the streets of Cologne. They have been sent to prison for their beliefs and have risked their lives protesting anti-Semitism behind the Iron Curtain in South America and in the Middle East. They have been insulted and exalted, assaulted and heralded; they’ve received honors from presidents and letter bombs from neo-Nazis. They have fought relentlessly not only for the memory of all those who died in the Holocaust but also for modern-day victims of genocide and discrimination across the world. And they have done it all while raising their children and sustaining their marriage. Now, for the first time, in Hunting the Truth, a major memoir spoken in their alternating voices, Beate and Serge Klarsfeld tell the thrilling story of a lifetime dedicated to combating evil.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/secret-empires-how-the-american-political-class-hides-corruption-and-enriches-family-and-friends-by-peter-schweizer--65209853https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325642 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Empires: How the American Political Class Hides Corruption and Enriches Family and Friends Author: Peter Schweizer Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller! America's top politicians have discovered the scam to end all scams.  Peter Schweizer has been fighting corruption—and winning—for years. In Throw Them All Out, he exposed insider trading by members of Congress, leading to the passage of the STOCK Act. In Extortion, he uncovered how politicians use mafia-like tactics to enrich themselves. And in Clinton Cash, he revealed the Clintons’ massive money machine and sparked an FBI investigation. Now he explains how a new corruption has taken hold, involving larger sums of money than ever before. Stuffing tens of thousands of dollars into a freezer has morphed into multibillion-dollar equity deals done in the dark corners of the world. An American bank opening in China would be prohibited by US law from hiring a slew of family members of top Chinese politicians. However, a Chinese bank opening in America can hire anyone it wants. It can even invite the friends and families of American politicians to invest in can’t-lose deals. President Donald Trump’s children have made front pages across the world for their dicey transactions. However, the media has barely looked into questionable deals made by those close to Barack Obama, Joe Biden, John Kerry, Mitch McConnell, and lesser-known politicians who have been in the game longer. In many parts of the world, the children of powerful political figures go into business and profit handsomely, not necessarily because they are good at it, but because people want to curry favor with their influential parents. This is a relatively new phenomenon in the United States. But for relatives of some prominent political families, we may already be talking about hundreds of millions of dollars. Deeply researched and packed with shocking revelations, Secret Empires identifies public servants who cannot be trusted and provides a path toward a more accountable government.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325642Tue, 20 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325642 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Empires: How the American Political Class Hides Corruption and Enriches Family and Friends Author: Peter Schweizer Narrator: Charles Constant...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325642 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Empires: How the American Political Class Hides Corruption and Enriches Family and Friends Author: Peter Schweizer Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller! America's top politicians have discovered the scam to end all scams.  Peter Schweizer has been fighting corruption—and winning—for years. In Throw Them All Out, he exposed insider trading by members of Congress, leading to the passage of the STOCK Act. In Extortion, he uncovered how politicians use mafia-like tactics to enrich themselves. And in Clinton Cash, he revealed the Clintons’ massive money machine and sparked an FBI investigation. Now he explains how a new corruption has taken hold, involving larger sums of money than ever before. Stuffing tens of thousands of dollars into a freezer has morphed into multibillion-dollar equity deals done in the dark corners of the world. An American bank opening in China would be prohibited by US law from hiring a slew of family members of top Chinese politicians. However, a Chinese bank opening in America can hire anyone it wants. It can even invite the friends and families of American politicians to invest in can’t-lose deals. President Donald Trump’s children have made front pages across the world for their dicey transactions. However, the media has barely looked into questionable deals made by those close to Barack Obama, Joe Biden, John Kerry, Mitch McConnell, and lesser-known politicians who have been in the game longer. In many parts of the world, the children of powerful political figures go into business and profit handsomely, not necessarily because they are good at it, but because people want to curry favor with their influential parents. This is a relatively new phenomenon in the United States. But for relatives of some prominent political families, we may already be talking about hundreds of millions of dollars. Deeply researched and packed with shocking revelations, Secret Empires identifies public servants who cannot be trusted and provides a path toward a more accountable government.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ask-a-north-korean-defectors-talk-about-their-lives-inside-the-world-s-most-secretive-nation-by-daniel-tudor--65209812https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329511 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask a North Korean: Defectors Talk About Their Lives Inside the World's Most Secretive Nation Author: Daniel Tudor Narrator: P. J. Ochlan, Greta Jung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Understanding North Korean Through the Eyes of Defectors. The weekly column Ask a North Korean, published by NK News, invites readers from around the world to pose questions to North Korean defectors. By way of these fascinating interviews, the North Koreans themselves provide authentic firsthand testimonies about what is happening inside the 'Hermit Kingdom.' North Korean contributors to this book include: - 'Seong' who came to South Korea after dropping out during his final year of his university. He is now training to be an elementary school teacher. - 'Kang' who left North Korea in 2005. He now lives in London, England. - 'Cheol' who was from South Hamgyeong in North Korea and is now a second-year university student in Seoul. - 'Park' worked and studied in Pyongyang before defecting to the U.S. in 2011. He is now studying at a U.S. college. This book sheds critical light on all aspects of North Korean politics and society and shows that even in the world's most authoritarian regime, life goes on in ways that are very different from what you may think.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329511Tue, 20 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329511 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask a North Korean: Defectors Talk About Their Lives Inside the World's Most Secretive Nation Author: Daniel Tudor Narrator: P. J. Ochlan, Greta Jung...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329511 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask a North Korean: Defectors Talk About Their Lives Inside the World's Most Secretive Nation Author: Daniel Tudor Narrator: P. J. Ochlan, Greta Jung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Understanding North Korean Through the Eyes of Defectors. The weekly column Ask a North Korean, published by NK News, invites readers from around the world to pose questions to North Korean defectors. By way of these fascinating interviews, the North Koreans themselves provide authentic firsthand testimonies about what is happening inside the 'Hermit Kingdom.' North Korean contributors to this book include: - 'Seong' who came to South Korea after dropping out during his final year of his university. He is now training to be an elementary school teacher. - 'Kang' who left North Korea in 2005. He now lives in London, England. - 'Cheol' who was from South Hamgyeong in North Korea and is now a second-year university student in Seoul. - 'Park' worked and studied in Pyongyang before defecting to the U.S. in 2011. He is now studying at a U.S. college. This book sheds critical light on all aspects of North Korean politics and society and shows that even in the world's most authoritarian regime, life goes on in ways that are very different from what you may think.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-do-i-tax-thee-a-field-guide-to-the-great-american-rip-off-by-kristin-tate--65209792https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330316 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Do I Tax Thee?: A Field Guide to the Great American Rip-Off Author: Kristin Tate Narrator: Katheryn Holloway Woods, Kristin Tate Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this new audiobook, Libertarian journalist Kristin Tate provides a look into the wild world of frivolous taxation, aimed at educating members of her own generation in the evils of big government. In How Do I Tax Thee?, libertarian commentator and rising media star Kristin Tate takes us on a tour of the ways the government bleeds us dry in innumerable daily transactions and at various stages of life. We all know the government taxes our pay: federal, state, and local taxes are withheld by employers, as are social security payments. But what about the many other ways the government drains money from our wallets? Have you studied your cell phone bill? Customers in New York State pay an average of 24.36% in federal, state and local taxes on their wireless bills. They’re also charged for obscure services they didn’t ask for and don’t understand, like a universal service fund fee, an FCC compliance fee, a line service fee, and an emergency services fee. These aren’t taxes, strictly speaking. The government imposes these administrative and regulatory costs, and your wireless provider passes them along to you. But the effect is exactly the same. What about your cable bill? Your power bill? Your water bill? The cost of a gallon of gas, a cab ride, a hotel stay and a movie ticket are all inflated by hidden fees. How much of what you pay at the pump, the box office, or the airport is really an indirect tax? In a series of short, pointed, fact-laden, humorous chapters, Tate exposes the vast government shakedown that consumes up to half of your income—and also explains where these hidden fees and taxes come from.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330316Tue, 20 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330316 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Do I Tax Thee?: A Field Guide to the Great American Rip-Off Author: Kristin Tate Narrator: Katheryn Holloway Woods, Kristin Tate Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330316 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Do I Tax Thee?: A Field Guide to the Great American Rip-Off Author: Kristin Tate Narrator: Katheryn Holloway Woods, Kristin Tate Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this new audiobook, Libertarian journalist Kristin Tate provides a look into the wild world of frivolous taxation, aimed at educating members of her own generation in the evils of big government. In How Do I Tax Thee?, libertarian commentator and rising media star Kristin Tate takes us on a tour of the ways the government bleeds us dry in innumerable daily transactions and at various stages of life. We all know the government taxes our pay: federal, state, and local taxes are withheld by employers, as are social security payments. But what about the many other ways the government drains money from our wallets? Have you studied your cell phone bill? Customers in New York State pay an average of 24.36% in federal, state and local taxes on their wireless bills. They’re also charged for obscure services they didn’t ask for and don’t understand, like a universal service fund fee, an FCC compliance fee, a line service fee, and an emergency services fee. These aren’t taxes, strictly speaking. The government imposes these administrative and regulatory costs, and your wireless provider passes them along to you. But the effect is exactly the same. What about your cable bill? Your power bill? Your water bill? The cost of a gallon of gas, a cab ride, a hotel stay and a movie ticket are all inflated by hidden fees. How much of what you pay at the pump, the box office, or the airport is really an indirect tax? In a series of short, pointed, fact-laden, humorous chapters, Tate exposes the vast government shakedown that consumes up to half of your income—and also explains where these hidden fees and taxes come from.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/history-teaches-us-to-resist-how-progressive-movements-have-succeeded-in-challenging-times-by-mary-frances-berry--65209879https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324809 to listen full audiobooks. Title: History Teaches Us to Resist: How Progressive Movements Have Succeeded in Challenging Times Author: Mary Frances Berry Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Historian and civil rights activist proves how progressive movements can flourish even in conservative times. Despair and mourning after the election of an antagonistic or polarizing president, such as Donald Trump, is part of the push-pull of American politics. But in this incisive book, historian Mary Frances Berry shows that resistance to presidential administrations has led to positive change and the defeat of outrageous proposals, even in challenging times. Noting that all presidents, including ones considered progressive, sometimes require massive organization to affect policy decisions, Berry cites Indigenous peoples’ protests against the Dakota pipeline during Barack Obama’s administration as a modern example of successful resistance built on earlier actions. Beginning with Franklin D. Roosevelt, Berry discusses that president’s refusal to prevent race discrimination in the defense industry during World War II and the subsequent March on Washington movement. She analyzes Lyndon Johnson, the war in Vietnam, and the antiwar movement and then examines Ronald Reagan’s two terms, which offer stories of opposition to reactionary policies, such as ignoring the AIDS crisis and retreating on racial progress, to show how resistance can succeed. The prochoice protests during the George H. W. Bush administration and the opposition to Bill Clinton’s “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” policy, as well as his budget cuts and welfare reform, are also discussed, as are protests against the war in Iraq and the Patriot Act during George W. Bush’s presidency. Throughout these varied examples, Berry underscores that even when resistance doesn’t achieve all the goals of a particular movement, it often plants a seed that comes to fruition later. Berry also shares experiences from her six decades as an activist in various movements, including protesting the Vietnam War and advocating for the Free South Africa and civil rights movements, which provides an additional layer of insight from someone who was there. And as a result of having served in five presidential administrations, Berry brings an insider’s knowledge of government. History Teaches Us to Resist is an essential book for our times which attests to the power of resistance. It proves to us through myriad historical examples that protest is an essential ingredient of politics, and that progressive movements can and will flourish, even in perilous times.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324809Tue, 13 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324809 to listen full audiobooks. Title: History Teaches Us to Resist: How Progressive Movements Have Succeeded in Challenging Times Author: Mary Frances Berry Narrator: Janina Edwards Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324809 to listen full audiobooks. Title: History Teaches Us to Resist: How Progressive Movements Have Succeeded in Challenging Times Author: Mary Frances Berry Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Historian and civil rights activist proves how progressive movements can flourish even in conservative times. Despair and mourning after the election of an antagonistic or polarizing president, such as Donald Trump, is part of the push-pull of American politics. But in this incisive book, historian Mary Frances Berry shows that resistance to presidential administrations has led to positive change and the defeat of outrageous proposals, even in challenging times. Noting that all presidents, including ones considered progressive, sometimes require massive organization to affect policy decisions, Berry cites Indigenous peoples’ protests against the Dakota pipeline during Barack Obama’s administration as a modern example of successful resistance built on earlier actions. Beginning with Franklin D. Roosevelt, Berry discusses that president’s refusal to prevent race discrimination in the defense industry during World War II and the subsequent March on Washington movement. She analyzes Lyndon Johnson, the war in Vietnam, and the antiwar movement and then examines Ronald Reagan’s two terms, which offer stories of opposition to reactionary policies, such as ignoring the AIDS crisis and retreating on racial progress, to show how resistance can succeed. The prochoice protests during the George H. W. Bush administration and the opposition to Bill Clinton’s “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” policy, as well as his budget cuts and welfare reform, are also discussed, as are protests against the war in Iraq and the Patriot Act during George W. Bush’s presidency. Throughout these varied examples, Berry underscores that even when resistance doesn’t achieve all the goals of a particular movement, it often plants a seed that comes to fruition later. Berry also shares experiences from her six decades as an activist in various movements, including protesting the Vietnam War and advocating for the Free South Africa and civil rights movements, which provides an additional layer of insight from someone who was there. And as a result of having served in five presidential administrations, Berry brings an insider’s knowledge of government. History Teaches Us to Resist is an essential book for our times which attests to the power of resistance. It proves to us through myriad historical examples that protest is an essential ingredient of politics, and that progressive movements can and will flourish, even in perilous times.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/killing-the-deep-state-the-fight-to-save-president-trump-by-jerome-r-corsi-ph-d--65209833https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing the Deep State: The Fight to Save President Trump Author: Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D. Narrator: Dan Crue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At 2:45 AM on Nov. 8, 2016, television networks announced to a stunned nation that Pennsylvania had gone for Donald Trump, making him the president-elect of the United States, defying all odds in a surreal victory that sent the Deep State-well-funded hard-left extremists, the mainstream media, Obama/Clinton holdovers in the government bureaucracy, and clandestine forces within the US intelligence apparatus-into an immediate panic. By dawn on Nov. 9, they were already planning Trump's demise: a political strategy calculated to block him from being inaugurated, and, if that failed, to ensure that he would not serve out his term as the 45th President of the United States. Investigative journalist and conspiracy expert Jerome Corsi goes into shocking detail about how this Deep State, or Shadow Government, secretly wields power in Washington and why it is dangerous. Corsi also defines a three-point strategy that Trump must employ to stay in office and have a successful first term.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328944Tue, 13 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing the Deep State: The Fight to Save President Trump Author: Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D. Narrator: Dan Crue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing the Deep State: The Fight to Save President Trump Author: Jerome R. Corsi, Ph.D. Narrator: Dan Crue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: At 2:45 AM on Nov. 8, 2016, television networks announced to a stunned nation that Pennsylvania had gone for Donald Trump, making him the president-elect of the United States, defying all odds in a surreal victory that sent the Deep State-well-funded hard-left extremists, the mainstream media, Obama/Clinton holdovers in the government bureaucracy, and clandestine forces within the US intelligence apparatus-into an immediate panic. By dawn on Nov. 9, they were already planning Trump's demise: a political strategy calculated to block him from being inaugurated, and, if that failed, to ensure that he would not serve out his term as the 45th President of the United States. Investigative journalist and conspiracy expert Jerome Corsi goes into shocking detail about how this Deep State, or Shadow Government, secretly wields power in Washington and why it is dangerous. Corsi also defines a three-point strategy that Trump must employ to stay in office and have a successful first term.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/russian-roulette-the-inside-story-of-putin-s-war-on-america-and-the-election-of-donald-trump-by-david-corn-michael-isikoff--65209826https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russian Roulette: The Inside Story of Putin's War on America and the Election of Donald Trump Author: David Corn, Michael Isikoff Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 20 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 73 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The incredible, harrowing account of how American democracy was hacked by Moscow as part of a covert operation to influence the U.S. election and help Donald Trump gain the presidency. 'Russian Roulette is...the most thorough and riveting account.' -- The New York Times Russian Roulette is a story of political skullduggery unprecedented in American history. It weaves together tales of international intrigue, cyber espionage, and superpower rivalry. After U.S.-Russia relations soured, as Vladimir Putin moved to reassert Russian strength on the global stage, Moscow trained its best hackers and trolls on U.S. political targets and exploited WikiLeaks to disseminate information that could affect the 2016 election. The Russians were wildly successful and the great break-in of 2016 was no 'third-rate burglary.' It was far more sophisticated and sinister -- a brazen act of political espionage designed to interfere with American democracy. At the end of the day, Trump, the candidate who pursued business deals in Russia, won. And millions of Americans were left wondering, what the hell happened? This story of high-tech spying and multiple political feuds is told against the backdrop of Trump's strange relationship with Putin and the curious ties between members of his inner circle -- including Paul Manafort and Michael Flynn -- and Russia. Russian Roulette chronicles and explores this bizarre scandal, explains the stakes, and answers one of the biggest questions in American politics: How and why did a foreign government infiltrate the country's political process and gain influence in Washington?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325066Tue, 13 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russian Roulette: The Inside Story of Putin's War on America and the Election of Donald Trump Author: David Corn, Michael Isikoff Narrator: Peter Ganim...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russian Roulette: The Inside Story of Putin's War on America and the Election of Donald Trump Author: David Corn, Michael Isikoff Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 20 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 73 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The incredible, harrowing account of how American democracy was hacked by Moscow as part of a covert operation to influence the U.S. election and help Donald Trump gain the presidency. 'Russian Roulette is...the most thorough and riveting account.' -- The New York Times Russian Roulette is a story of political skullduggery unprecedented in American history. It weaves together tales of international intrigue, cyber espionage, and superpower rivalry. After U.S.-Russia relations soured, as Vladimir Putin moved to reassert Russian strength on the global stage, Moscow trained its best hackers and trolls on U.S. political targets and exploited WikiLeaks to disseminate information that could affect the 2016 election. The Russians were wildly successful and the great break-in of 2016 was no 'third-rate burglary.' It was far more sophisticated and sinister -- a brazen act of political espionage designed to interfere with American democracy. At the end of the day, Trump, the candidate who pursued business deals in Russia, won. And millions of Americans were left wondering, what the hell happened? This story of high-tech spying and multiple political feuds is told against the backdrop of Trump's strange relationship with Putin and the curious ties between members of his inner circle -- including Paul Manafort and Michael Flynn -- and Russia. Russian Roulette chronicles and explores this bizarre scandal, explains the stakes, and answers one of the biggest questions in American politics: How and why did a foreign government infiltrate the country's political process and gain influence in Washington?]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/protecting-the-president-an-inside-account-of-the-troubled-secret-service-in-an-era-of-evolving-threats-by-dan-bongino--65209917https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328586 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Protecting the President: An Inside Account of the Troubled Secret Service in an Era of Evolving Threats Author: Dan Bongino Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Being a Secret Service agent is one of the most treacherous jobs in the world and never more so than in today's highly polarized America. Facing threats from fence jumpers and manifesto writers, and from murderous terrorists and sophisticated spies, protecting the president is harder than ever. In an age of hyper-partisan politics, emotions are high and threats are everywhere. On top of that, with international tensions reaching a boiling point, it's harder than ever to determine friend from foe. Yet the President of the United States is in very real danger if the Secret Service doesn't change course soon and evolve with the rapidly changing threat environment. Not only is the agency facing scandals from within, low morale, and an ever-present media looking to capitalize on the slightest misstep, the agency also has to contend with highly motivated bad guys who are already working on technologically advanced methodologies and are constantly striving to formulate the logistics of an attack on the White House. Eventually terrorist planners will find a way to acquire the technology, weapons, explosives, and know-how to make an attempt on the life of the President. The only question is What are we going to do about it?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328586Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328586 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Protecting the President: An Inside Account of the Troubled Secret Service in an Era of Evolving Threats Author: Dan Bongino Narrator: L.J. Ganser...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328586 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Protecting the President: An Inside Account of the Troubled Secret Service in an Era of Evolving Threats Author: Dan Bongino Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Being a Secret Service agent is one of the most treacherous jobs in the world and never more so than in today's highly polarized America. Facing threats from fence jumpers and manifesto writers, and from murderous terrorists and sophisticated spies, protecting the president is harder than ever. In an age of hyper-partisan politics, emotions are high and threats are everywhere. On top of that, with international tensions reaching a boiling point, it's harder than ever to determine friend from foe. Yet the President of the United States is in very real danger if the Secret Service doesn't change course soon and evolve with the rapidly changing threat environment. Not only is the agency facing scandals from within, low morale, and an ever-present media looking to capitalize on the slightest misstep, the agency also has to contend with highly motivated bad guys who are already working on technologically advanced methodologies and are constantly striving to formulate the logistics of an attack on the White House. Eventually terrorist planners will find a way to acquire the technology, weapons, explosives, and know-how to make an attempt on the life of the President. The only question is What are we going to do about it?]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-return-of-marco-polo-s-world-war-strategy-and-american-interests-in-the-twenty-first-century-by-robert-d-kaplan--65209874https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329125 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of Marco Polo's World: War, Strategy, and American Interests in the Twenty-first Century Author: Robert D. Kaplan Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A bracing assessment of U.S. foreign policy and world disorder over the past two decades from the bestselling author of The Revenge of Geography and The Coming Anarchy   “[Kaplan] has emerged not only as an eloquent defender of foreign-policy realism but as a grand strategist to whom the Pentagon turns for a tour d’horizon.”—The Wall Street Journal   In the late thirteenth century, Marco Polo began a decades-long trek from Venice to China along the trade route between Europe and Asia known as the Silk Road—a foundation of Kublai Khan’s sprawling empire. Now, in the early twenty-first century, the Chinese regime has proposed a land-and-maritime Silk Road that duplicates exactly the route Marco Polo traveled.   Drawing on decades of firsthand experience as a foreign correspondent and military embed for The Atlantic, Robert D. Kaplan outlines the timeless principles that should shape America’s role in a turbulent world that encompasses the Chinese challenge. From Kaplan’s immediate thoughts on President Trump to a frank examination of what will happen in the event of war with North Korea, these essays are a vigorous reckoning with the difficult choices the United States will face in the years ahead. Praise for The Return of Marco Polo’s World “Elegant and humane . . . [a] prophecy from an observer with a depressingly accurate record of predictions.”—Bret Stephens, The New York Times Book Review “These essays constitute a truly pathbreaking, brilliant synthesis and analysis of geographic, political, technological, and economic trends with far-reaching consequences. The Return of Marco Polo’s World is another work by Robert D. Kaplan that will be regarded as a classic.”—General David Petraeus (U.S. Army, Ret.) “Thoughtful, unsettling, but not apocalyptic analyses of world affairs flow steadily off the presses, and this is a superior example. . . . Presented with enough verve and insight to tempt readers to set it aside to reread in a few years.”—Kirkus Review (starred review) “An astute, powerfully stated, and bracing presentation.”—Booklist   “This volume compiles sixteen major essays on America’s foreign policy from national security commentator Kaplan. . . . An overview of thoughtful, multilayered positions and perspectives evolving through changing circumstances.”—Publishers Weekly]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329125Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329125 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of Marco Polo's World: War, Strategy, and American Interests in the Twenty-first Century Author: Robert D. Kaplan Narrator: Eric Jason...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329125 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Return of Marco Polo's World: War, Strategy, and American Interests in the Twenty-first Century Author: Robert D. Kaplan Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A bracing assessment of U.S. foreign policy and world disorder over the past two decades from the bestselling author of The Revenge of Geography and The Coming Anarchy   “[Kaplan] has emerged not only as an eloquent defender of foreign-policy realism but as a grand strategist to whom the Pentagon turns for a tour d’horizon.”—The Wall Street Journal   In the late thirteenth century, Marco Polo began a decades-long trek from Venice to China along the trade route between Europe and Asia known as the Silk Road—a foundation of Kublai Khan’s sprawling empire. Now, in the early twenty-first century, the Chinese regime has proposed a land-and-maritime Silk Road that duplicates exactly the route Marco Polo traveled.   Drawing on decades of firsthand experience as a foreign correspondent and military embed for The Atlantic, Robert D. Kaplan outlines the timeless principles that should shape America’s role in a turbulent world that encompasses the Chinese challenge. From Kaplan’s immediate thoughts on President Trump to a frank examination of what will happen in the event of war with North Korea, these essays are a vigorous reckoning with the difficult choices the United States will face in the years ahead. Praise for The Return of Marco Polo’s World “Elegant and humane . . . [a] prophecy from an observer with a depressingly accurate record of predictions.”—Bret Stephens, The New York Times Book Review “These essays constitute a truly pathbreaking, brilliant synthesis and analysis of geographic, political, technological, and economic trends with far-reaching consequences. The Return of Marco Polo’s World is another work by Robert D. Kaplan that will be regarded as a classic.”—General David Petraeus (U.S. Army, Ret.) “Thoughtful, unsettling, but not apocalyptic analyses of world affairs flow steadily off the presses, and this is a superior example. . . . Presented with enough verve and insight to tempt readers to set it aside to reread in a few years.”—Kirkus Review (starred review) “An astute, powerfully stated, and bracing presentation.”—Booklist   “This volume compiles sixteen major essays on America’s foreign policy from national security commentator Kaplan. . . . An overview of thoughtful, multilayered positions and perspectives evolving through changing circumstances.”—Publishers Weekly]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/can-it-happen-here-authoritarianism-in-america-by-cass-r-sunstein--65209839https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325200 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can It Happen Here?: Authoritarianism in America Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “What makes Trump immune is that he is not a president within the context of a healthy Republican government. He is a cult leader of a movement that has taken over a political party – and he specifically campaigned on a platform of one-man rule. This fact permeates “Can It Happen Here? . . . which concludes, if you read between the lines, that “it” already has.” – New York Times Book Review ''Several of the contributors...agree that American politics is susceptible to creeping authoritarianism and provide the intellectual underpinning.'' – Washington Post With the election of Donald J. Trump, many people on both the left and right feared that America’s 240-year-old grand experiment in democracy was coming to an end, and that Sinclair Lewis’ satirical novel, It Can’t Happen Here, written during the dark days of the 1930s, could finally be coming true. Is the democratic freedom that the United States symbolizes really secure? Can authoritarianism happen in America? Acclaimed legal scholar, Harvard Professor, and New York Times bestselling author Cass R. Sunstein queried a number of the nation’s leading thinkers. In this thought-provoking collection of essays, these distinguished thinkers and theorists explore the lessons of history, how democracies crumble, how propaganda works, and the role of the media, courts, elections, and ''fake news'' in the modern political landscape—and what the future of the United States may hold. Contributors include: - Martha Minow, dean of Harvard Law School - Eric Posner, law professor at the University of Chicago Law School - Tyler Cowen, economics professor at George Mason University - Timur Kuran, economics and political science professor at Duke University - Noah Feldman, professor of law at Harvard Law School - Jonathan Haidt, social psychologist and Professor of Ethical Leadership at New York University’s Stern School of Business - Jack Goldsmith, Professor at Harvard Law School, Senior Fellow at the Hoover Institution, and co-founder of Lawfare - Stephen Holmes, Professor of Law at New York University - Jon Elster, Professor of the Social Sciences at Columbia University - Thomas Ginsburg, Professor of International Law and Professor of Political Science at the University of Chicago and a member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences - Cass R. Sunstein, Robert Walmsley University Professor, Harvard University - Duncan Watts, sociologist and principal researcher at Microsoft Research]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325200Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325200 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can It Happen Here?: Authoritarianism in America Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325200 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can It Happen Here?: Authoritarianism in America Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “What makes Trump immune is that he is not a president within the context of a healthy Republican government. He is a cult leader of a movement that has taken over a political party – and he specifically campaigned on a platform of one-man rule. This fact permeates “Can It Happen Here? . . . which concludes, if you read between the lines, that “it” already has.” – New York Times Book Review ''Several of the contributors...agree that American politics is susceptible to creeping authoritarianism and provide the intellectual underpinning.'' – Washington Post With the election of Donald J. Trump, many people on both the left and right feared that America’s 240-year-old grand experiment in democracy was coming to an end, and that Sinclair Lewis’ satirical novel, It Can’t Happen Here, written during the dark days of the 1930s, could finally be coming true. Is the democratic freedom that the United States symbolizes really secure? Can authoritarianism happen in America? Acclaimed legal scholar, Harvard Professor, and New York Times bestselling author Cass R. Sunstein queried a number of the nation’s leading thinkers. In this thought-provoking collection of essays, these distinguished thinkers and theorists explore the lessons of history, how democracies crumble, how propaganda works, and the role of the media, courts, elections, and ''fake news'' in the modern political landscape—and what the future of the United States may hold. Contributors include: - Martha Minow, dean of Harvard Law School - Eric Posner, law professor at the University of Chicago Law School - Tyler Cowen, economics professor at George Mason University - Timur Kuran, economics and political science professor at Duke University - Noah Feldman, professor of law at Harvard Law School - Jonathan Haidt, social psychologist and Professor of Ethical Leadership at New York University’s Stern School of Business - Jack Goldsmith, Professor at Harvard Law School, Senior Fellow at the Hoover Institution, and co-founder of Lawfare - Stephen Holmes, Professor of Law at New York University - Jon Elster, Professor of the Social Sciences at Columbia University - Thomas Ginsburg, Professor of International Law and Professor of Political Science at the University of Chicago and a member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences - Cass R. Sunstein, Robert Walmsley University Professor, Harvard University - Duncan Watts, sociologist and principal researcher at Microsoft Research]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tell-me-how-it-ends-an-essay-in-40-questions-by-valeria-luiselli--65209831https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329137 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me How It Ends: An Essay in 40 Questions Author: Valeria Luiselli Narrator: Laurence Bouvard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A damning confrontation between the American dream and the reality of undocumented children seeking a new life in the US. Structured around the forty questions Luiselli translates and asks undocumented Latin American children facing deportation, Tell Me How It Ends (an expansion of her 2016 Freeman's essay of the same name) humanizes these young migrants and highlights the contradiction between the idea of America as a fiction for immigrants and the reality of racism and fear-both here and back home. 'Humane yet often horrifying, Tell Me How It Ends offers a compelling, intimate look at a continuing crisis-and its ongoing cost in an age of increasing urgency.' -Jeremy Garber, Powell's Books 'Valeria Luiselli's extended essay on her volunteer work translating for child immigrants confronts with compassion and honesty the problem of the North American refugee crisis. It's a rare thing: a book everyone should read.' -Stephen Sparks, Point Reyes Books 'Tell Me How It Ends evokes empathy as it educates. It is a vital contribution to the body of post-Trump work being published in early 2017.' -Katharine Solheim, Unabridged Bookstore 'While this essay is brilliant for exactly what it depicts, it helps open larger questions, which we're ever more on the precipice of now, of where all of this will go, how all of this might end. Is this a story, or is this beyond a story? Valeria Luiselli is one of those brave and eloquent enough to help us see.' -Rick Simonson, Elliott Bay Book Company 'Appealing to the language of the United States' fraught immigration policy, Luiselli exposes the cracks in this foundation. Herself an immigrant, she highlights the human cost of its brokenness, as well as the hope that it (rather than walls) might be rebuilt.' -Brad Johnson, Diesel Bookstore 'The bureaucratic labyrinth of immigration, the dangers of searching for a better life, all of this and more is contained in this brief and profound work. Tell Me How It Ends is not just relevant, it's essential.' -Mark Haber, Brazos Bookstore]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329137Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329137 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me How It Ends: An Essay in 40 Questions Author: Valeria Luiselli Narrator: Laurence Bouvard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329137 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me How It Ends: An Essay in 40 Questions Author: Valeria Luiselli Narrator: Laurence Bouvard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A damning confrontation between the American dream and the reality of undocumented children seeking a new life in the US. Structured around the forty questions Luiselli translates and asks undocumented Latin American children facing deportation, Tell Me How It Ends (an expansion of her 2016 Freeman's essay of the same name) humanizes these young migrants and highlights the contradiction between the idea of America as a fiction for immigrants and the reality of racism and fear-both here and back home. 'Humane yet often horrifying, Tell Me How It Ends offers a compelling, intimate look at a continuing crisis-and its ongoing cost in an age of increasing urgency.' -Jeremy Garber, Powell's Books 'Valeria Luiselli's extended essay on her volunteer work translating for child immigrants confronts with compassion and honesty the problem of the North American refugee crisis. It's a rare thing: a book everyone should read.' -Stephen Sparks, Point Reyes Books 'Tell Me How It Ends evokes empathy as it educates. It is a vital contribution to the body of post-Trump work being published in early 2017.' -Katharine Solheim, Unabridged Bookstore 'While this essay is brilliant for exactly what it depicts, it helps open larger questions, which we're ever more on the precipice of now, of where all of this will go, how all of this might end. Is this a story, or is this beyond a story? Valeria Luiselli is one of those brave and eloquent enough to help us see.' -Rick Simonson, Elliott Bay Book Company 'Appealing to the language of the United States' fraught immigration policy, Luiselli exposes the cracks in this foundation. Herself an immigrant, she highlights the human cost of its brokenness, as well as the hope that it (rather than walls) might be rebuilt.' -Brad Johnson, Diesel Bookstore 'The bureaucratic labyrinth of immigration, the dangers of searching for a better life, all of this and more is contained in this brief and profound work. Tell Me How It Ends is not just relevant, it's essential.' -Mark Haber, Brazos Bookstore]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-woman-s-hour-the-great-fight-to-win-the-vote-by-elaine-weiss--65209820https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328539 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Woman's Hour: The Great Fight to Win the Vote Author: Elaine Weiss Narrator: Elaine Weiss, Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Both a page-turning drama and an inspiration for every reader'--Hillary Rodham Clinton Soon to Be a Major Television Event The nail-biting climax of one of the greatest political battles in American history: the ratification of the constitutional amendment that granted women the right to vote. 'With a skill reminiscent of Robert Caro, [Weiss] turns the potentially dry stuff of legislative give-and-take into a drama of courage and cowardice.'--The Wall Street Journal 'Weiss is a clear and genial guide with an ear for telling language ... She also shows a superb sense of detail, and it's the deliciousness of her details that suggests certain individuals warrant entire novels of their own... Weiss's thoroughness is one of the book's great strengths. So vividly had she depicted events that by the climactic vote (spoiler alert: The amendment was ratified!), I got goose bumps.'--Curtis Sittenfeld, The New York Times Book Review Nashville, August 1920. Thirty-five states have ratified the Nineteenth Amendment, twelve have rejected or refused to vote, and one last state is needed. It all comes down to Tennessee, the moment of truth for the suffragists, after a seven-decade crusade. The opposing forces include politicians with careers at stake, liquor companies, railroad magnates, and a lot of racists who don't want black women voting. And then there are the 'Antis'--women who oppose their own enfranchisement, fearing suffrage will bring about the moral collapse of the nation. They all converge in a boiling hot summer for a vicious face-off replete with dirty tricks, betrayals and bribes, bigotry, Jack Daniel's, and the Bible. Following a handful of remarkable women who led their respective forces into battle, along with appearances by Woodrow Wilson, Warren Harding, Frederick Douglass, and Eleanor Roosevelt, The Woman's Hour is an inspiring story of activists winning their own freedom in one of the last campaigns forged in the shadow of the Civil War, and the beginning of the great twentieth-century battles for civil rights.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328539Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328539 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Woman's Hour: The Great Fight to Win the Vote Author: Elaine Weiss Narrator: Elaine Weiss, Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328539 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Woman's Hour: The Great Fight to Win the Vote Author: Elaine Weiss Narrator: Elaine Weiss, Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.07 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Both a page-turning drama and an inspiration for every reader'--Hillary Rodham Clinton Soon to Be a Major Television Event The nail-biting climax of one of the greatest political battles in American history: the ratification of the constitutional amendment that granted women the right to vote. 'With a skill reminiscent of Robert Caro, [Weiss] turns the potentially dry stuff of legislative give-and-take into a drama of courage and cowardice.'--The Wall Street Journal 'Weiss is a clear and genial guide with an ear for telling language ... She also shows a superb sense of detail, and it's the deliciousness of her details that suggests certain individuals warrant entire novels of their own... Weiss's thoroughness is one of the book's great strengths. So vividly had she depicted events that by the climactic vote (spoiler alert: The amendment was ratified!), I got goose bumps.'--Curtis Sittenfeld, The New York Times Book Review Nashville, August 1920. Thirty-five states have ratified the Nineteenth Amendment, twelve have rejected or refused to vote, and one last state is needed. It all comes down to Tennessee, the moment of truth for the suffragists, after a seven-decade crusade. The opposing forces include politicians with careers at stake, liquor companies, railroad magnates, and a lot of racists who don't want black women voting. And then there are the 'Antis'--women who oppose their own enfranchisement, fearing suffrage will bring about the moral collapse of the nation. They all converge in a boiling hot summer for a vicious face-off replete with dirty tricks, betrayals and bribes, bigotry, Jack Daniel's, and the Bible. Following a handful of remarkable women who led their respective forces into battle, along with appearances by Woodrow Wilson, Warren Harding, Frederick Douglass, and Eleanor Roosevelt, The Woman's Hour is an inspiring story of activists winning their own freedom in one of the last campaigns forged in the shadow of the Civil War, and the beginning of the great twentieth-century battles for civil rights.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-happened-to-bernie-sanders-by-jared-h-beck-esq--65209797https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Happened to Bernie Sanders Author: Jared H. Beck, Esq. Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time, the definitive answer to the relative disappearance of Bernie Sanders and his political revolution in our new Trumpocracy. One year into Donald Trump’s presidency, the US 2016 presidential election is still being fought by both parties. As the case of Russian hacking and collusion is investigated, and Hillary Clinton desperately attempts to explain “What Happened” to her and why she lost, a more important question, one haunted by shadowy tactics and campaign double-dealing, rings out: What happened to Bernie Sanders? Jared H. Beck, Esq., the lawyer suing the Democratic National Committee and Debbie Wasserman Schultz for collusion and fraud―for conspiring as a whole to make sure Hillary Clinton was the Democratic presidential candidate―has now written the book on what truly transpired during the Democratic primaries and National Convention. What Happened to Bernie Sanders? is organized in sections: - Democracy Demands the Truth - Stories with No Fingerprints - A Bankrupt Institution - Rule of Law Demands Consequences Using uncovered documents and other primary sources, Beck shows that Bernie Sanders lost to Hillary Clinton because he never had a chance to win. He illustrates how a web of forces, emanating from elite interests through the mainstream media and Democratic political establishment, and fronted by the Democratic National Committee, operated to ensure that Clinton would secure the nomination. The story of the 2016 Democratic primaries is not one of being “stronger together” or “making America great again”; it is one of how corruption has critically eroded America’s political institutions to the point of crippling democracy itself.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325305Tue, 06 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Happened to Bernie Sanders Author: Jared H. Beck, Esq. Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Happened to Bernie Sanders Author: Jared H. Beck, Esq. Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time, the definitive answer to the relative disappearance of Bernie Sanders and his political revolution in our new Trumpocracy. One year into Donald Trump’s presidency, the US 2016 presidential election is still being fought by both parties. As the case of Russian hacking and collusion is investigated, and Hillary Clinton desperately attempts to explain “What Happened” to her and why she lost, a more important question, one haunted by shadowy tactics and campaign double-dealing, rings out: What happened to Bernie Sanders? Jared H. Beck, Esq., the lawyer suing the Democratic National Committee and Debbie Wasserman Schultz for collusion and fraud―for conspiring as a whole to make sure Hillary Clinton was the Democratic presidential candidate―has now written the book on what truly transpired during the Democratic primaries and National Convention. What Happened to Bernie Sanders? is organized in sections: - Democracy Demands the Truth - Stories with No Fingerprints - A Bankrupt Institution - Rule of Law Demands Consequences Using uncovered documents and other primary sources, Beck shows that Bernie Sanders lost to Hillary Clinton because he never had a chance to win. He illustrates how a web of forces, emanating from elite interests through the mainstream media and Democratic political establishment, and fronted by the Democratic National Committee, operated to ensure that Clinton would secure the nomination. The story of the 2016 Democratic primaries is not one of being “stronger together” or “making America great again”; it is one of how corruption has critically eroded America’s political institutions to the point of crippling democracy itself.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/putinomics-power-and-money-in-resurgent-russia-by-chris-miller--65209814https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325597 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putinomics: Power and Money in Resurgent Russia Author: Chris Miller Narrator: Traber Burns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 5, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When Vladimir Putin first took power in 1999, he was a little-known figure ruling a country that was reeling from a decade and a half of crisis. In the years since, he has reestablished Russia as a great power. How did he do it? What principles have guided Putin’s economic policies? What patterns can be discerned? In this new analysis of Putin’s Russia, Chris Miller examines its economic policy and the tools Russia’s elite have used to achieve its goals. Miller argues that despite Russia’s corruption, cronyism, and overdependence on oil as an economic driver, Putin’s economic strategy has been surprisingly successful. Explaining the economic policies that underwrote Putin’s two-decades-long rule, Miller shows how, at every juncture, Putinomics has served Putin’s needs by guaranteeing economic stability and supporting his accumulation of power. Even in the face of Western financial sanctions and low oil prices, Putin has never been more relevant on the world stage.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325597Mon, 05 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325597 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putinomics: Power and Money in Resurgent Russia Author: Chris Miller Narrator: Traber Burns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325597 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putinomics: Power and Money in Resurgent Russia Author: Chris Miller Narrator: Traber Burns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 5, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When Vladimir Putin first took power in 1999, he was a little-known figure ruling a country that was reeling from a decade and a half of crisis. In the years since, he has reestablished Russia as a great power. How did he do it? What principles have guided Putin’s economic policies? What patterns can be discerned? In this new analysis of Putin’s Russia, Chris Miller examines its economic policy and the tools Russia’s elite have used to achieve its goals. Miller argues that despite Russia’s corruption, cronyism, and overdependence on oil as an economic driver, Putin’s economic strategy has been surprisingly successful. Explaining the economic policies that underwrote Putin’s two-decades-long rule, Miller shows how, at every juncture, Putinomics has served Putin’s needs by guaranteeing economic stability and supporting his accumulation of power. Even in the face of Western financial sanctions and low oil prices, Putin has never been more relevant on the world stage.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/armed-in-america-a-history-of-gun-rights-from-colonial-militias-to-concealed-carry-by-patrick-j-charles--65209780https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armed in America: A History of Gun Rights from Colonial Militias to Concealed Carry Author: Patrick J. Charles Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This accessible legal history describes the way in which the right to bear arms was interpreted throughout most of American history and shows that today's gun-rights advocates have drastically departed from the long-held interpretation of the Second Amendment. This illuminating study traces the transformation of the right to arms from its inception in English and colonial American law to today's impassioned gun-control debate. As historian and legal scholar Patrick J. Charles shows, what the right to arms means to Americans, as well as what it legally protects, has changed drastically since its first appearance in the 1689 Declaration of Rights. Armed in America explores how and why the right to arms transformed at different points in history. The right was initially meant to serve as a parliamentary right of resistance, yet by the ratification of the Second Amendment in 1791 the right had become indispensably intertwined with civic republicanism. As the United States progressed into the 19th century the right continued to change--this time away from civic republicanism and towards the individual-right understanding that is known today, albeit with the important caveat that the right could be severely restricted by the government's police power. Throughout the 20th century this understanding of the right remained the predominant view. But working behind the scenes was the beginnings of the gun-rights movement--a movement that was started in the early 20th century through the collective efforts of sporting magazine editors and was eventually commandeered by the National Rifle Association to become the gun-rights movement known today. Readers looking to sort through the shrill rhetoric surrounding the current gun debate and arrive at an informed understanding of the legal and historical development of the right to arms will find this book to be an invaluable resource.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329501Thu, 01 Mar 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armed in America: A History of Gun Rights from Colonial Militias to Concealed Carry Author: Patrick J. Charles Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armed in America: A History of Gun Rights from Colonial Militias to Concealed Carry Author: Patrick J. Charles Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 45 minutes Release date: March 1, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This accessible legal history describes the way in which the right to bear arms was interpreted throughout most of American history and shows that today's gun-rights advocates have drastically departed from the long-held interpretation of the Second Amendment. This illuminating study traces the transformation of the right to arms from its inception in English and colonial American law to today's impassioned gun-control debate. As historian and legal scholar Patrick J. Charles shows, what the right to arms means to Americans, as well as what it legally protects, has changed drastically since its first appearance in the 1689 Declaration of Rights. Armed in America explores how and why the right to arms transformed at different points in history. The right was initially meant to serve as a parliamentary right of resistance, yet by the ratification of the Second Amendment in 1791 the right had become indispensably intertwined with civic republicanism. As the United States progressed into the 19th century the right continued to change--this time away from civic republicanism and towards the individual-right understanding that is known today, albeit with the important caveat that the right could be severely restricted by the government's police power. Throughout the 20th century this understanding of the right remained the predominant view. But working behind the scenes was the beginnings of the gun-rights movement--a movement that was started in the early 20th century through the collective efforts of sporting magazine editors and was eventually commandeered by the National Rifle Association to become the gun-rights movement known today. Readers looking to sort through the shrill rhetoric surrounding the current gun debate and arrive at an informed understanding of the legal and historical development of the right to arms will find this book to be an invaluable resource.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/straight-talk-on-trade-ideas-for-a-sane-world-economy-by-dani-rodrik--65209888https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328604 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Straight Talk on Trade: Ideas for a Sane World Economy Author: Dani Rodrik Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Straight Talk on Trade, Dani Rodrik, an early and outspoken critic of economic globalization taken too far, goes beyond the populist backlash and offers a more reasoned explanation for why our elites' and technocrats' obsession with hyper-globalization made it more difficult for nations to achieve legitimate economic and social objectives at home: economic prosperity, financial stability, and equity. Rodrik takes globalization's cheerleaders to task, not for emphasizing economics over other values, but for practicing bad economics and ignoring the discipline's own nuances that should have called for caution. He makes a case for a pluralist world economy where nation-states retain sufficient autonomy to fashion their own social contracts and develop economic strategies tailored to their needs. Rather than calling for closed borders or defending protectionists, Rodrik shows how we can restore a sensible balance between national and global governance. Ranging over the recent experiences of advanced countries, the eurozone, and developing nations, Rodrik charts a way forward with new ideas about how to reconcile today's inequitable economic and technological trends with liberal democracy and social inclusion.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328604Tue, 27 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328604 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Straight Talk on Trade: Ideas for a Sane World Economy Author: Dani Rodrik Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328604 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Straight Talk on Trade: Ideas for a Sane World Economy Author: Dani Rodrik Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Straight Talk on Trade, Dani Rodrik, an early and outspoken critic of economic globalization taken too far, goes beyond the populist backlash and offers a more reasoned explanation for why our elites' and technocrats' obsession with hyper-globalization made it more difficult for nations to achieve legitimate economic and social objectives at home: economic prosperity, financial stability, and equity. Rodrik takes globalization's cheerleaders to task, not for emphasizing economics over other values, but for practicing bad economics and ignoring the discipline's own nuances that should have called for caution. He makes a case for a pluralist world economy where nation-states retain sufficient autonomy to fashion their own social contracts and develop economic strategies tailored to their needs. Rather than calling for closed borders or defending protectionists, Rodrik shows how we can restore a sensible balance between national and global governance. Ranging over the recent experiences of advanced countries, the eurozone, and developing nations, Rodrik charts a way forward with new ideas about how to reconcile today's inequitable economic and technological trends with liberal democracy and social inclusion.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-the-corporations-how-american-businesses-won-their-civil-rights-by-adam-winkler--65209855https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325021 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We the Corporations: How American Businesses Won their Civil Rights Author: Adam Winkler Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking portrait of corporate seizure of political power, We the Corporations reveals how American businesses won equal rights and transformed the Constitution to serve the ends of capital. Corporations—like minorities and women—have had a civil rights movement of their own and now possess nearly all the same rights as ordinary people. Uncovering the deep historical roots of Citizens United, Adam Winkler shows how that controversial 2010 Supreme Court decision was the capstone of a two-hundred-year battle over corporate personhood and constitutional protections for business. Bringing to resounding life the legendary lawyers and justices involved in the corporate rights movement—among them Daniel Webster, Roger Taney, Lewis Powell, and even Thurgood Marshall—Winkler’s tour de force exposes how the nation’s most powerful corporations gained our most fundamental rights and turned the Constitution into a bulwark against the regulation of big business.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325021Tue, 27 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325021 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We the Corporations: How American Businesses Won their Civil Rights Author: Adam Winkler Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325021 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We the Corporations: How American Businesses Won their Civil Rights Author: Adam Winkler Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this groundbreaking portrait of corporate seizure of political power, We the Corporations reveals how American businesses won equal rights and transformed the Constitution to serve the ends of capital. Corporations—like minorities and women—have had a civil rights movement of their own and now possess nearly all the same rights as ordinary people. Uncovering the deep historical roots of Citizens United, Adam Winkler shows how that controversial 2010 Supreme Court decision was the capstone of a two-hundred-year battle over corporate personhood and constitutional protections for business. Bringing to resounding life the legendary lawyers and justices involved in the corporate rights movement—among them Daniel Webster, Roger Taney, Lewis Powell, and even Thurgood Marshall—Winkler’s tour de force exposes how the nation’s most powerful corporations gained our most fundamental rights and turned the Constitution into a bulwark against the regulation of big business.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-counterrevolution-how-our-government-went-to-war-against-its-own-citizens-by-bernard-e-harcourt--65209848https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325405 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Counterrevolution: How Our Government Went to War Against Its Own Citizens Author: Bernard E. Harcourt Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Militarized police officers with tanks and drones. Pervasive government surveillance and profiling. Social media that distract and track us. All of these, contends Bernard E. Harcourt, are facets of a new and radical governing paradigm in the United States—one rooted in the modes of warfare originally developed to suppress anticolonial revolutions and, more recently, to prosecute the war on terror. The Counterrevolution is a penetrating and disturbing account of the rise of counterinsurgency, first as a military strategy but increasingly as a way of ruling ordinary Americans. Harcourt shows how counterinsurgency's principles—bulk intelligence collection, ruthless targeting of minorities, pacifying propaganda—have taken hold domestically despite the absence of any radical uprising. This counterrevolution against phantom enemies, he argues, is the tyranny of our age. Seeing it clearly is the first step to resisting it effectively.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325405Tue, 27 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325405 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Counterrevolution: How Our Government Went to War Against Its Own Citizens Author: Bernard E. Harcourt Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325405 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Counterrevolution: How Our Government Went to War Against Its Own Citizens Author: Bernard E. Harcourt Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 27, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Militarized police officers with tanks and drones. Pervasive government surveillance and profiling. Social media that distract and track us. All of these, contends Bernard E. Harcourt, are facets of a new and radical governing paradigm in the United States—one rooted in the modes of warfare originally developed to suppress anticolonial revolutions and, more recently, to prosecute the war on terror. The Counterrevolution is a penetrating and disturbing account of the rise of counterinsurgency, first as a military strategy but increasingly as a way of ruling ordinary Americans. Harcourt shows how counterinsurgency's principles—bulk intelligence collection, ruthless targeting of minorities, pacifying propaganda—have taken hold domestically despite the absence of any radical uprising. This counterrevolution against phantom enemies, he argues, is the tyranny of our age. Seeing it clearly is the first step to resisting it effectively.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-politically-incorrect-guide-to-climate-change-by-marc-morano--65209802https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Climate Change Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: Marc Morano Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Less freedom. More regulation. Higher costs. Make no mistake: those are the surefire consequences of the modern global warming campaign waged by political and cultural elites, who have long ago abandoned fact-based science for dramatic fearmongering in order to push increased central planning. The Politically Incorrect Guide to Climate Change gives a voice—backed by statistics, real-life stories, and incontrovertible evidence—to the millions of “deplorable” Americans skeptical about the multibillion dollar “climate change” complex, whose claims have time and time again been proven wrong.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324789Mon, 26 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Climate Change Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: Marc Morano Narrator: John McLain Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politically Incorrect Guide to Climate Change Series: Part of The Politically Incorrect Guides Author: Marc Morano Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Less freedom. More regulation. Higher costs. Make no mistake: those are the surefire consequences of the modern global warming campaign waged by political and cultural elites, who have long ago abandoned fact-based science for dramatic fearmongering in order to push increased central planning. The Politically Incorrect Guide to Climate Change gives a voice—backed by statistics, real-life stories, and incontrovertible evidence—to the millions of “deplorable” Americans skeptical about the multibillion dollar “climate change” complex, whose claims have time and time again been proven wrong.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fair-play-the-moral-dilemmas-of-spying-by-james-m-olson--65209910https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325413 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fair Play: The Moral Dilemmas of Spying Author: James M. Olson Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revolutionary War officer Nathan Hale, one of America's first spies, said, 'Any kind of service necessary to the public good becomes honorable by being necessary.' A statue of Hale stands outside CIA headquarters, and the agency often cites his statement as one of its guiding principles. But who decides what is necessary for the public good, and is it really true that any kind of service is permissible for the public good? These questions are at the heart of James M. Olson's book, Fair Play: The Moral Dilemmas of Spying. Olson, a veteran of the CIA's clandestine service, takes listeners inside the real world of intelligence to describe the difficult dilemmas that field officers face on an almost daily basis. Far from being a dry theoretical treatise, this fascinating book uses actual intelligence operations to illustrate how murky their moral choices can be. Listeners will be surprised to learn that the CIA provides very little guidance on what is, or is not, permissible. Rather than empowering field officers, the author has found that this lack of guidelines actually hampers operations. Olson believes that U.S. intelligence officers need clearer moral guidelines to make correct, quick decisions.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325413Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325413 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fair Play: The Moral Dilemmas of Spying Author: James M. Olson Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325413 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fair Play: The Moral Dilemmas of Spying Author: James M. Olson Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Revolutionary War officer Nathan Hale, one of America's first spies, said, 'Any kind of service necessary to the public good becomes honorable by being necessary.' A statue of Hale stands outside CIA headquarters, and the agency often cites his statement as one of its guiding principles. But who decides what is necessary for the public good, and is it really true that any kind of service is permissible for the public good? These questions are at the heart of James M. Olson's book, Fair Play: The Moral Dilemmas of Spying. Olson, a veteran of the CIA's clandestine service, takes listeners inside the real world of intelligence to describe the difficult dilemmas that field officers face on an almost daily basis. Far from being a dry theoretical treatise, this fascinating book uses actual intelligence operations to illustrate how murky their moral choices can be. Listeners will be surprised to learn that the CIA provides very little guidance on what is, or is not, permissible. Rather than empowering field officers, the author has found that this lack of guidelines actually hampers operations. Olson believes that U.S. intelligence officers need clearer moral guidelines to make correct, quick decisions.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/whitewash-the-story-of-a-weed-killer-cancer-and-the-corruption-of-science-by-carey-gillam--65209900https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325415 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whitewash: The Story of a Weed Killer, Cancer, and the Corruption of Science Author: Carey Gillam Narrator: Rachel Dulude Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It's the herbicide on our dinner plates, a chemical so pervasive it's in the air we breathe, our water, our soil, and even found increasingly in our own bodies. Known as Monsanto's Roundup by consumers, and as glyphosate by scientists, the world's most popular weed killer is used everywhere from backyard gardens to golf courses to millions of acres of farmland. For decades it's been touted as safe enough to drink, but a growing body of evidence indicates just the opposite, with research tying the chemical to cancers and a host of other health threats. In Whitewash, veteran journalist Carey Gillam uncovers one of the most controversial stories in the history of food and agriculture, exposing new evidence of corporate influence. Gillam introduces listeners to farm families devastated by cancers which they believe are caused by the chemical, and to scientists whose reputations have been smeared for publishing research that contradicted business interests. Listeners learn about the arm-twisting of regulators who signed off on the chemical, echoing company assurances of safety even as they permitted higher residues of the herbicide in food and skipped compliance tests. And, in startling detail, Gillam reveals secret industry communications that pull back the curtain on corporate efforts to manipulate public perception. Whitewash is more than an exposé about the hazards of one chemical or even the influence of one company. It's a story of power, politics, and the deadly consequences of putting corporate interests ahead of public safety.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325415Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325415 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whitewash: The Story of a Weed Killer, Cancer, and the Corruption of Science Author: Carey Gillam Narrator: Rachel Dulude Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325415 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whitewash: The Story of a Weed Killer, Cancer, and the Corruption of Science Author: Carey Gillam Narrator: Rachel Dulude Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It's the herbicide on our dinner plates, a chemical so pervasive it's in the air we breathe, our water, our soil, and even found increasingly in our own bodies. Known as Monsanto's Roundup by consumers, and as glyphosate by scientists, the world's most popular weed killer is used everywhere from backyard gardens to golf courses to millions of acres of farmland. For decades it's been touted as safe enough to drink, but a growing body of evidence indicates just the opposite, with research tying the chemical to cancers and a host of other health threats. In Whitewash, veteran journalist Carey Gillam uncovers one of the most controversial stories in the history of food and agriculture, exposing new evidence of corporate influence. Gillam introduces listeners to farm families devastated by cancers which they believe are caused by the chemical, and to scientists whose reputations have been smeared for publishing research that contradicted business interests. Listeners learn about the arm-twisting of regulators who signed off on the chemical, echoing company assurances of safety even as they permitted higher residues of the herbicide in food and skipped compliance tests. And, in startling detail, Gillam reveals secret industry communications that pull back the curtain on corporate efforts to manipulate public perception. Whitewash is more than an exposé about the hazards of one chemical or even the influence of one company. It's a story of power, politics, and the deadly consequences of putting corporate interests ahead of public safety.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/political-tribes-group-instinct-and-the-fate-of-nations-by-amy-chua--65209895https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325479 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Tribes: Group Instinct and the Fate of Nations Author: Amy Chua Narrator: Julia Whelan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother, Yale Law School Professor Amy Chua offers a bold new prescription for reversing our foreign policy failures and overcoming our destructive political tribalism at home   Humans are tribal.  We need to belong to groups.  In many parts of the world, the group identities that matter most – the ones that people will kill and die for – are ethnic, religious, sectarian, or clan-based.  But because America tends to see the world in terms of nation-states engaged in great ideological battles – Capitalism vs. Communism, Democracy vs. Authoritarianism, the “Free World” vs. the “Axis of Evil” – we are often spectacularly blind to the power of tribal politics.  Time and again this blindness has undermined American foreign policy.    In the Vietnam War, viewing the conflict through Cold War blinders, we never saw that most of Vietnam’s “capitalists” were members of the hated Chinese minority. Every pro-free-market move we made helped turn the Vietnamese people against us. In Iraq, we were stunningly dismissive of the hatred between that country’s Sunnis and Shias.  If we want to get our foreign policy right – so as to not be perpetually caught off guard and fighting unwinnable wars – the United States has to come to grips with political tribalism abroad.   Just as Washington’s foreign policy establishment has been blind to the power of tribal politics outside the country, so too have American political elites been oblivious to the group identities that matter most to ordinary Americans – and that are tearing the United States apart.  As the stunning rise of Donald Trump laid bare, identity politics have seized both the American left and right in an especially dangerous, racially inflected way.  In America today, every group feels threatened: whites and blacks, Latinos and Asians, men and women, liberals and conservatives, and so on. There is a pervasive sense of collective persecution and discrimination.  On the left, this has given rise to increasingly radical and exclusionary rhetoric of privilege and cultural appropriation. On the right, it has fueled a disturbing rise in xenophobia and white nationalism.   In characteristically persuasive style, Amy Chua argues that America must rediscover a national identity that transcends our political tribes.  Enough false slogans of unity, which are just another form of divisiveness. It is time for a more difficult unity that acknowledges the reality of group differences and fights the deep inequities that divide us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325479Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325479 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Tribes: Group Instinct and the Fate of Nations Author: Amy Chua Narrator: Julia Whelan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325479 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Tribes: Group Instinct and the Fate of Nations Author: Amy Chua Narrator: Julia Whelan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother, Yale Law School Professor Amy Chua offers a bold new prescription for reversing our foreign policy failures and overcoming our destructive political tribalism at home   Humans are tribal.  We need to belong to groups.  In many parts of the world, the group identities that matter most – the ones that people will kill and die for – are ethnic, religious, sectarian, or clan-based.  But because America tends to see the world in terms of nation-states engaged in great ideological battles – Capitalism vs. Communism, Democracy vs. Authoritarianism, the “Free World” vs. the “Axis of Evil” – we are often spectacularly blind to the power of tribal politics.  Time and again this blindness has undermined American foreign policy.    In the Vietnam War, viewing the conflict through Cold War blinders, we never saw that most of Vietnam’s “capitalists” were members of the hated Chinese minority. Every pro-free-market move we made helped turn the Vietnamese people against us. In Iraq, we were stunningly dismissive of the hatred between that country’s Sunnis and Shias.  If we want to get our foreign policy right – so as to not be perpetually caught off guard and fighting unwinnable wars – the United States has to come to grips with political tribalism abroad.   Just as Washington’s foreign policy establishment has been blind to the power of tribal politics outside the country, so too have American political elites been oblivious to the group identities that matter most to ordinary Americans – and that are tearing the United States apart.  As the stunning rise of Donald Trump laid bare, identity politics have seized both the American left and right in an especially dangerous, racially inflected way.  In America today, every group feels threatened: whites and blacks, Latinos and Asians, men and women, liberals and conservatives, and so on. There is a pervasive sense of collective persecution and discrimination.  On the left, this has given rise to increasingly radical and exclusionary rhetoric of privilege and cultural appropriation. On the right, it has fueled a disturbing rise in xenophobia and white nationalism.   In characteristically persuasive style, Amy Chua argues that America must rediscover a national identity that transcends our political tribes.  Enough false slogans of unity, which are just another form of divisiveness. It is time for a more difficult unity that acknowledges the reality of group differences and fights the deep inequities that divide us.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-the-puesto-fronterizo-un-relato-de-valor-norteamericano-nunca-revelado-by-jake-tapper--65209884https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324669 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - The Puesto Fronterizo: Un Relato de Valor Norteamericano Nunca Revelado Author: Jake Tapper Narrator: Hector Almenara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A las 5:58 am del 3 de octubre de 2009, a justo 14 millas de distancia de la frontera con Pakistán, fue despiadadamente atacado el Puesto de Combate Keating, ubicado en un aterradoramente vulnerable terreno en Afganistán. A pesar de que 53 norteamericanos hicieron frente a casi 400 guerrilleros del Taliban, sus muertes convirtieron esta batalla en la más sangrienta y fatal de la guerra para los Estados Unidos en ese año. Cuatro meses después de la batalla, una revisión del Pentágono reveló que no existía razón alguna para que las tropas en Keating se hubieran encontrado allí. En Puesto Fronterizo (The Outpost), Jake Tapper ofrece una poderosa descripción de la saga el Puesto de Combate Keating, desde su establecimiento hasta su eventual destrucción, introduciendo un reparto inolvidable de soldados y sus familias, un lugar y una guerra que siguen siendo profundamente lejanos para la mayoría de los norteamericanos. Un galopante bestseller, otorga realidad a una guerra salvaje y pone de manifiesto el valor norteamericano.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324669Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324669 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - The Puesto Fronterizo: Un Relato de Valor Norteamericano Nunca Revelado Author: Jake Tapper Narrator: Hector Almenara Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324669 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - The Puesto Fronterizo: Un Relato de Valor Norteamericano Nunca Revelado Author: Jake Tapper Narrator: Hector Almenara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A las 5:58 am del 3 de octubre de 2009, a justo 14 millas de distancia de la frontera con Pakistán, fue despiadadamente atacado el Puesto de Combate Keating, ubicado en un aterradoramente vulnerable terreno en Afganistán. A pesar de que 53 norteamericanos hicieron frente a casi 400 guerrilleros del Taliban, sus muertes convirtieron esta batalla en la más sangrienta y fatal de la guerra para los Estados Unidos en ese año. Cuatro meses después de la batalla, una revisión del Pentágono reveló que no existía razón alguna para que las tropas en Keating se hubieran encontrado allí. En Puesto Fronterizo (The Outpost), Jake Tapper ofrece una poderosa descripción de la saga el Puesto de Combate Keating, desde su establecimiento hasta su eventual destrucción, introduciendo un reparto inolvidable de soldados y sus familias, un lugar y una guerra que siguen siendo profundamente lejanos para la mayoría de los norteamericanos. Un galopante bestseller, otorga realidad a una guerra salvaje y pone de manifiesto el valor norteamericano.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-estados-unidos-confidencial-el-surgimiento-del-nuevo-estado-de-seguridad-norteamericano-by-dana-priest-william-m-arkin--65209863https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324668 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Estados Unidos Confidencial: El Surgimiento del Nuevo Estado de Seguridad Norteamericano Author: Dana Priest, William M. Arkin Narrator: Maria del Carmen Siccardi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Después del 11 de septiembre, el gobierno de los Estados Unidos dio inicio a un esfuerzo sin precedentes para proteger el país. El resultado ha sido calamitoso: después de 10 años de continuo desarrollo e inversiones sin paralelo, ahora existe un sistema para proteger a los Estados Unidos que bien puede estar poniendo al país en mayor peligro- pero el público no conoce estos detalles porque todo se ha clasificado como 'secreto máximo.' En este libro Norteamérica Ultrasecreta (Top Secret America) los galardonados periodistas Dana Priest y William M. Arkin han descorrido la cortina que cubre este universo clandestino. Desde las empresas y agencias que vigilan a los ciudadanos norteamericanos, los comandantes militares creando la primera 'ciudad ultrasecreta' en los Estados Unidos, a un ejército secreto operando dentro de la milicia norteamericana pero con una clasificación secreta más elevada que la de la CIA, este nuevo pulpo de seguridad nacional se ha convertido en un auto-sostenible 'cuarto poder' del gobierno. Esta es una profunda labor de periodismo de investigación. Norteamérica Ultrasecreta (Top Secret America) revela un fascinate y a la vez perturbador recuento del surgimiento de un gobierno descontrolado y una guerra contra el terrorismo descarrilada, en un mundo pos-11 de septiembre.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324668Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324668 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Estados Unidos Confidencial: El Surgimiento del Nuevo Estado de Seguridad Norteamericano Author: Dana Priest, William M. Arkin Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324668 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Estados Unidos Confidencial: El Surgimiento del Nuevo Estado de Seguridad Norteamericano Author: Dana Priest, William M. Arkin Narrator: Maria del Carmen Siccardi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Después del 11 de septiembre, el gobierno de los Estados Unidos dio inicio a un esfuerzo sin precedentes para proteger el país. El resultado ha sido calamitoso: después de 10 años de continuo desarrollo e inversiones sin paralelo, ahora existe un sistema para proteger a los Estados Unidos que bien puede estar poniendo al país en mayor peligro- pero el público no conoce estos detalles porque todo se ha clasificado como 'secreto máximo.' En este libro Norteamérica Ultrasecreta (Top Secret America) los galardonados periodistas Dana Priest y William M. Arkin han descorrido la cortina que cubre este universo clandestino. Desde las empresas y agencias que vigilan a los ciudadanos norteamericanos, los comandantes militares creando la primera 'ciudad ultrasecreta' en los Estados Unidos, a un ejército secreto operando dentro de la milicia norteamericana pero con una clasificación secreta más elevada que la de la CIA, este nuevo pulpo de seguridad nacional se ha convertido en un auto-sostenible 'cuarto poder' del gobierno. Esta es una profunda labor de periodismo de investigación. Norteamérica Ultrasecreta (Top Secret America) revela un fascinate y a la vez perturbador recuento del surgimiento de un gobierno descontrolado y una guerra contra el terrorismo descarrilada, en un mundo pos-11 de septiembre.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/without-precedent-chief-justice-john-marshall-and-his-times-by-joel-richard-paul--65209840https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324535 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without Precedent: Chief Justice John Marshall and His Times Author: Joel Richard Paul Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of Unlikely Allies and Indivisible comes the remarkable story of John Marshall who, as chief justice, statesman, and diplomat, played a pivotal role in the founding of the United States.   No member of America's Founding Generation had a greater impact on the Constitution and the Supreme Court than John Marshall, and no one did more to preserve the delicate unity of the fledgling United States. From the nation's founding in 1776 and for the next forty years, Marshall was at the center of every political battle. As Chief Justice of the United States—the longest-serving in history—he established the independence of the judiciary and the supremacy of the federal Constitution and courts. As the leading Federalist in Virginia, he rivaled his cousin Thomas Jefferson in influence. As a diplomat and secretary of state, he defended American sovereignty against France and Britain, counseled President John Adams, and supervised the construction of the city of Washington. D.C. This is the astonishing true story of how a rough-cut frontiersman⁠—born in Virginia in 1755 and with little formal education—invented himself as one of the nation's preeminent lawyers and politicians who then reinvented the Constitution to forge a stronger nation. Without Precedent is the engrossing account of the life and times of this exceptional man, who with cunning, imagination, and grace shaped America's future as he held together the Supreme Court, the Constitution, and the country itself.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324535Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324535 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without Precedent: Chief Justice John Marshall and His Times Author: Joel Richard Paul Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324535 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without Precedent: Chief Justice John Marshall and His Times Author: Joel Richard Paul Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of Unlikely Allies and Indivisible comes the remarkable story of John Marshall who, as chief justice, statesman, and diplomat, played a pivotal role in the founding of the United States.   No member of America's Founding Generation had a greater impact on the Constitution and the Supreme Court than John Marshall, and no one did more to preserve the delicate unity of the fledgling United States. From the nation's founding in 1776 and for the next forty years, Marshall was at the center of every political battle. As Chief Justice of the United States—the longest-serving in history—he established the independence of the judiciary and the supremacy of the federal Constitution and courts. As the leading Federalist in Virginia, he rivaled his cousin Thomas Jefferson in influence. As a diplomat and secretary of state, he defended American sovereignty against France and Britain, counseled President John Adams, and supervised the construction of the city of Washington. D.C. This is the astonishing true story of how a rough-cut frontiersman⁠—born in Virginia in 1755 and with little formal education—invented himself as one of the nation's preeminent lawyers and politicians who then reinvented the Constitution to forge a stronger nation. Without Precedent is the engrossing account of the life and times of this exceptional man, who with cunning, imagination, and grace shaped America's future as he held together the Supreme Court, the Constitution, and the country itself.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hitler-s-american-model-the-united-states-and-the-making-of-nazi-race-law-by-james-q-whitman--65209835https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325437 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler's American Model: The United States and the Making of Nazi Race Law Author: James Q. Whitman Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nazism triumphed in Germany during the high era of Jim Crow laws in the United States. Did the American regime of racial oppression in any way inspire the Nazis? The unsettling answer is yes. In Hitler's American Model, James Whitman presents a detailed investigation of the American impact on the notorious Nuremberg Laws, the centerpiece anti-Jewish legislation of the Nazi regime. Contrary to those who have insisted that there was no meaningful connection between American and German racial repression, Whitman demonstrates that the Nazis took a real, sustained, significant, and revealing interest in American race policies. As Whitman shows, the Nuremberg Laws were crafted in an atmosphere of considerable attention to the precedents American race laws had to offer. German praise for American practices, already found in Hitler's Mein Kampf, was continuous throughout the early 1930s, and the most radical Nazi lawyers were eager advocates of the use of American models. But while Jim Crow segregation was one aspect of American law that appealed to Nazi radicals, it was not the most consequential one. Rather, both American citizenship and antimiscegenation laws proved directly relevant to the two principal Nuremberg Laws—the Citizenship Law and the Blood Law. Whitman looks at the ultimate, ugly irony that when Nazis rejected American practices, it was sometimes not because they found them too enlightened, but too harsh. Indelibly linking American race laws to the shaping of Nazi policies in Germany, Hitler's American Model upends understandings of America's influence on racist practices in the wider world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325437Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325437 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler's American Model: The United States and the Making of Nazi Race Law Author: James Q. Whitman Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325437 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler's American Model: The United States and the Making of Nazi Race Law Author: James Q. Whitman Narrator: James Anderson Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nazism triumphed in Germany during the high era of Jim Crow laws in the United States. Did the American regime of racial oppression in any way inspire the Nazis? The unsettling answer is yes. In Hitler's American Model, James Whitman presents a detailed investigation of the American impact on the notorious Nuremberg Laws, the centerpiece anti-Jewish legislation of the Nazi regime. Contrary to those who have insisted that there was no meaningful connection between American and German racial repression, Whitman demonstrates that the Nazis took a real, sustained, significant, and revealing interest in American race policies. As Whitman shows, the Nuremberg Laws were crafted in an atmosphere of considerable attention to the precedents American race laws had to offer. German praise for American practices, already found in Hitler's Mein Kampf, was continuous throughout the early 1930s, and the most radical Nazi lawyers were eager advocates of the use of American models. But while Jim Crow segregation was one aspect of American law that appealed to Nazi radicals, it was not the most consequential one. Rather, both American citizenship and antimiscegenation laws proved directly relevant to the two principal Nuremberg Laws—the Citizenship Law and the Blood Law. Whitman looks at the ultimate, ugly irony that when Nazis rejected American practices, it was sometimes not because they found them too enlightened, but too harsh. Indelibly linking American race laws to the shaping of Nazi policies in Germany, Hitler's American Model upends understandings of America's influence on racist practices in the wider world.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/gideon-s-trumpet-how-one-man-a-poor-prisoner-took-his-case-to-the-supreme-court-and-changed-the-law-of-the-united-states-by-anthony-lewis--65209827https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325491 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gideon's Trumpet: How One Man, a Poor Prisoner, Took His Case to the Supreme Court-and Changed the Law of the United States Author: Anthony Lewis Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The classic bestseller from a two-time Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist that tells the compelling true story of one man's fight for the right to legal counsel for every defendent.  A history of the landmark case of Clarence Earl Gideon's fight for the right to legal counsel. Notes, table of cases, index. The classic backlist bestseller. More than 800,000 sold since its first pub date of 1964.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325491Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325491 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gideon's Trumpet: How One Man, a Poor Prisoner, Took His Case to the Supreme Court-and Changed the Law of the United States Author: Anthony Lewis...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325491 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gideon's Trumpet: How One Man, a Poor Prisoner, Took His Case to the Supreme Court-and Changed the Law of the United States Author: Anthony Lewis Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The classic bestseller from a two-time Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist that tells the compelling true story of one man's fight for the right to legal counsel for every defendent.  A history of the landmark case of Clarence Earl Gideon's fight for the right to legal counsel. Notes, table of cases, index. The classic backlist bestseller. More than 800,000 sold since its first pub date of 1964.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/let-s-move-on-beyond-fear-false-prophets-by-vicente-fox--65209819https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325549 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Move On: Beyond Fear & False Prophets Author: Vicente Fox Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Vicente Fox, the former president of Mexico, issues both a denunciation of the current state of American politics and a call to unity and resistance in the face of rising ethnocentric and anti-democratic sentiments. Vicente Fox offers his unique viewpoint as a former head of state, avid historian, and true admirer of America’s constitutional ideals. He knows where a Trump presidency can lead—and it is nowhere good. Let’s Move On is a political manifesto written in Fox’s trademark, no-nonsense style where he both denounces Trump’s malignant anti-intellectualism and inspires people to rise up and resist. “Fox knows America. He gets it. He digs it, its big dreams and weird nightmares. He lays down the chords in the key of the American Dream like a master.” —The Washington Post]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325549Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325549 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Move On: Beyond Fear & False Prophets Author: Vicente Fox Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325549 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Move On: Beyond Fear & False Prophets Author: Vicente Fox Narrator: Thom Rivera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Vicente Fox, the former president of Mexico, issues both a denunciation of the current state of American politics and a call to unity and resistance in the face of rising ethnocentric and anti-democratic sentiments. Vicente Fox offers his unique viewpoint as a former head of state, avid historian, and true admirer of America’s constitutional ideals. He knows where a Trump presidency can lead—and it is nowhere good. Let’s Move On is a political manifesto written in Fox’s trademark, no-nonsense style where he both denounces Trump’s malignant anti-intellectualism and inspires people to rise up and resist. “Fox knows America. He gets it. He digs it, its big dreams and weird nightmares. He lays down the chords in the key of the American Dream like a master.” —The Washington Post]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/everything-you-love-will-burn-inside-the-rebirth-of-white-nationalism-in-america-by-vegas-tenold--65209818https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything You Love Will Burn: Inside the Rebirth of White Nationalism in America Author: Vegas Tenold Narrator: Vegas Tenold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The dark story of the shocking resurgence of white supremacist and nationalist groups, and their path to political power Six years ago, Vegas Tenold embedded himself among the members of three of America's most ideologically extreme white nationalist groups-the KKK, the National Socialist Movement, and the Traditionalist Workers Party. At the time, these groups were part of a disorganized counterculture that felt far from the mainstream. But since then, all that has changed. Racially-motivated violence has been on open display at rallies in Charlottesville, Berkeley, Pikesville, Phoenix, and Boston. Membership in white nationalist organizations is rising, and national politicians, including the president, are validating their perceived grievances. Everything You Love Will Burn offers a terrifying, sobering inside look at these newly empowered movements, from their conventions to backroom meetings with Republican operatives. Tenold introduces us to neo-Nazis in Brooklyn; a millennial Klanswoman in Tennessee; and a rising star in the movement, nicknamed the 'Little Fü by the Southern Poverty Law Center, who understands political power and is organizing a grand coalition of far-right groups to bring them into the mainstream. Everything You Love Will Burn takes readers to the dark, paranoid underbelly of America, a world in which the white race is under threat and the enemy is everywhere.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328662Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything You Love Will Burn: Inside the Rebirth of White Nationalism in America Author: Vegas Tenold Narrator: Vegas Tenold Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything You Love Will Burn: Inside the Rebirth of White Nationalism in America Author: Vegas Tenold Narrator: Vegas Tenold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The dark story of the shocking resurgence of white supremacist and nationalist groups, and their path to political power Six years ago, Vegas Tenold embedded himself among the members of three of America's most ideologically extreme white nationalist groups-the KKK, the National Socialist Movement, and the Traditionalist Workers Party. At the time, these groups were part of a disorganized counterculture that felt far from the mainstream. But since then, all that has changed. Racially-motivated violence has been on open display at rallies in Charlottesville, Berkeley, Pikesville, Phoenix, and Boston. Membership in white nationalist organizations is rising, and national politicians, including the president, are validating their perceived grievances. Everything You Love Will Burn offers a terrifying, sobering inside look at these newly empowered movements, from their conventions to backroom meetings with Republican operatives. Tenold introduces us to neo-Nazis in Brooklyn; a millennial Klanswoman in Tennessee; and a rising star in the movement, nicknamed the 'Little Fü by the Southern Poverty Law Center, who understands political power and is organizing a grand coalition of far-right groups to bring them into the mainstream. Everything You Love Will Burn takes readers to the dark, paranoid underbelly of America, a world in which the white race is under threat and the enemy is everywhere.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-common-good-by-robert-b-reich--65209816https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325654 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Common Good Author: Robert B. Reich Narrator: Robert B. Reich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Robert B. Reich makes a powerful case for the expansion of America’s moral imagination. Rooting his argument in common sense and everyday reality, he demonstrates that a common good constitutes the very essence of any society or nation. Societies, he says, undergo virtuous cycles that reinforce the common good as well as vicious cycles that undermine it, one of which America has been experiencing for the past five decades. This process can and must be reversed. But first we need to weigh the moral obligations of citizenship and carefully consider how we relate to honor, shame, patriotism, truth, and the meaning of leadership. Powerful, urgent, and utterly vital, this is a heartfelt missive from one of our foremost political thinkers.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325654Tue, 20 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325654 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Common Good Author: Robert B. Reich Narrator: Robert B. Reich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 20,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325654 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Common Good Author: Robert B. Reich Narrator: Robert B. Reich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Robert B. Reich makes a powerful case for the expansion of America’s moral imagination. Rooting his argument in common sense and everyday reality, he demonstrates that a common good constitutes the very essence of any society or nation. Societies, he says, undergo virtuous cycles that reinforce the common good as well as vicious cycles that undermine it, one of which America has been experiencing for the past five decades. This process can and must be reversed. But first we need to weigh the moral obligations of citizenship and carefully consider how we relate to honor, shame, patriotism, truth, and the meaning of leadership. Powerful, urgent, and utterly vital, this is a heartfelt missive from one of our foremost political thinkers.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-rhymes-2-worse-than-we-knew-by-richard-ackner--65209856https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump Rhymes 2-Worse Than We Knew Author: Richard Ackner Narrator: Robbyn Ackner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Approximately one year after Trump was inaugurated and it feels like 10. The horror we felt at Donald J Trump being elected, is like a sunny walk in the park compared to him actually being President. The incompetent staff, the complicit adult children, the gang of destroyers masquerading as cabinet secretaries. To quote his own economic adviser, Gary Cohn, "Trump is less a person then a collection of terrible traits, none of which is suited to being President." These poems are our attempt to cope with it, cheaper then psychiatry, healthier than heavy drinking. (We've cut back to moderate drinking). We do hope these poems bring you some much needed laughter. Please enjoy Trump Rhymes 2 "Worse Than We Knew!" Please write a review if you've enjoyed it!!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328743Tue, 13 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump Rhymes 2-Worse Than We Knew Author: Richard Ackner Narrator: Robbyn Ackner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump Rhymes 2-Worse Than We Knew Author: Richard Ackner Narrator: Robbyn Ackner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Approximately one year after Trump was inaugurated and it feels like 10. The horror we felt at Donald J Trump being elected, is like a sunny walk in the park compared to him actually being President. The incompetent staff, the complicit adult children, the gang of destroyers masquerading as cabinet secretaries. To quote his own economic adviser, Gary Cohn, "Trump is less a person then a collection of terrible traits, none of which is suited to being President." These poems are our attempt to cope with it, cheaper then psychiatry, healthier than heavy drinking. (We've cut back to moderate drinking). We do hope these poems bring you some much needed laughter. Please enjoy Trump Rhymes 2 "Worse Than We Knew!" Please write a review if you've enjoyed it!!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-marshall-plan-dawn-of-the-cold-war-by-benn-steil--65209807https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324697 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marshall Plan: Dawn of the Cold War Author: Benn Steil Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2019 New-York Historical Society Barbara and David Zalaznick Book Prize in American History Winner of the 2018 American Academy of Diplomacy Douglas Dillon Award Shortlisted for the 2018 Duff Cooper Prize in Literary Nonfiction Honorable Mention (runner-up) for the 2019 ASEEES Marshall D. Shulman Prize “[A] brilliant book…by far the best study yet” (Paul Kennedy, The Wall Street Journal) of the gripping history behind the Marshall Plan and its long-lasting influence on our world. In the wake of World War II, with Britain’s empire collapsing and Stalin’s on the rise, US officials under new Secretary of State George C. Marshall set out to reconstruct western Europe as a bulwark against communist authoritarianism. Their massive, costly, and ambitious undertaking would confront Europeans and Americans alike with a vision at odds with their history and self-conceptions. In the process, they would drive the creation of NATO, the European Union, and a Western identity that continue to shape world events. Benn Steil’s “thoroughly researched and well-written account” (USA TODAY) tells the story behind the birth of the Cold War, told with verve, insight, and resonance for today. Focusing on the critical years 1947 to 1949, Benn Steil’s gripping narrative takes us through the seminal episodes marking the collapse of postwar US-Soviet relations—the Prague coup, the Berlin blockade, and the division of Germany. In each case, Stalin’s determination to crush the Marshall Plan and undermine American power in Europe is vividly portrayed. Bringing to bear fascinating new material from American, Russian, German, and other European archives, Steil’s account will forever change how we see the Marshall Plan. “Trenchant and timely…an ambitious, deeply researched narrative that…provides a fresh perspective on the coming Cold War” (The New York Times Book Review), The Marshall Plan is a polished and masterly work of historical narrative. An instant classic of Cold War literature, it “is a gripping, complex, and critically important story that is told with clarity and precision” (The Christian Science Monitor).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324697Tue, 13 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324697 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marshall Plan: Dawn of the Cold War Author: Benn Steil Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324697 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marshall Plan: Dawn of the Cold War Author: Benn Steil Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2019 New-York Historical Society Barbara and David Zalaznick Book Prize in American History Winner of the 2018 American Academy of Diplomacy Douglas Dillon Award Shortlisted for the 2018 Duff Cooper Prize in Literary Nonfiction Honorable Mention (runner-up) for the 2019 ASEEES Marshall D. Shulman Prize “[A] brilliant book…by far the best study yet” (Paul Kennedy, The Wall Street Journal) of the gripping history behind the Marshall Plan and its long-lasting influence on our world. In the wake of World War II, with Britain’s empire collapsing and Stalin’s on the rise, US officials under new Secretary of State George C. Marshall set out to reconstruct western Europe as a bulwark against communist authoritarianism. Their massive, costly, and ambitious undertaking would confront Europeans and Americans alike with a vision at odds with their history and self-conceptions. In the process, they would drive the creation of NATO, the European Union, and a Western identity that continue to shape world events. Benn Steil’s “thoroughly researched and well-written account” (USA TODAY) tells the story behind the birth of the Cold War, told with verve, insight, and resonance for today. Focusing on the critical years 1947 to 1949, Benn Steil’s gripping narrative takes us through the seminal episodes marking the collapse of postwar US-Soviet relations—the Prague coup, the Berlin blockade, and the division of Germany. In each case, Stalin’s determination to crush the Marshall Plan and undermine American power in Europe is vividly portrayed. Bringing to bear fascinating new material from American, Russian, German, and other European archives, Steil’s account will forever change how we see the Marshall Plan. “Trenchant and timely…an ambitious, deeply researched narrative that…provides a fresh perspective on the coming Cold War” (The New York Times Book Review), The Marshall Plan is a polished and masterly work of historical narrative. An instant classic of Cold War literature, it “is a gripping, complex, and critically important story that is told with clarity and precision” (The Christian Science Monitor).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/our-damaged-democracy-we-the-people-must-act-by-joseph-a-califano--65209806https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324698 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Damaged Democracy: We the People Must Act Author: Joseph a. Califano Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A Washington insider draws on decades of experience to deliver a blistering critique of the state of American government” (Kirkus Reviews) in an authoritative scrutiny of the forces that run our society and a call to fix our democracy before it’s too late. If you’ve been watching the news and worrying that our democracy no longer works, this book, “a cri de coeur from one of our wisest Americans” (Michael Beschloss, Presidential Historian), will help you understand why you’re right. There is colossal concentration of power in the Presidency. Congress is crippled by partisanship and hostage to special interest money. The Supreme Court and many lower federal courts are riven by politics. Add politically fractured and fragile media, feckless campaign finance laws, rampant income and education inequality, and multicultural divisions, and it’s no wonder our leaders can’t agree on anything or muster a solid majority of Americans behind them. With decades at the top in government, law, and business, Joseph A. Califano, Jr. has the capacity to be party-neutral in his evaluation and the perspective to see the big picture of our democracy. Using revealing anecdotes featuring every modern president and actions of both parties, he makes the urgent case that while we do not need to agree on all aspects of politics, we do need to trust each other and be worthy of that trust. He shows how, as engaged citizens, we can bring back systems of government that promote fairness and protect our freedom. “It’s hard to argue with [Califano’s] analysis” (The New York Times Book Review) that the longer we wait to fix these problems, the more dangerous our situation will become.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324698Tue, 13 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324698 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Damaged Democracy: We the People Must Act Author: Joseph a. Califano Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324698 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Damaged Democracy: We the People Must Act Author: Joseph a. Califano Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 13, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A Washington insider draws on decades of experience to deliver a blistering critique of the state of American government” (Kirkus Reviews) in an authoritative scrutiny of the forces that run our society and a call to fix our democracy before it’s too late. If you’ve been watching the news and worrying that our democracy no longer works, this book, “a cri de coeur from one of our wisest Americans” (Michael Beschloss, Presidential Historian), will help you understand why you’re right. There is colossal concentration of power in the Presidency. Congress is crippled by partisanship and hostage to special interest money. The Supreme Court and many lower federal courts are riven by politics. Add politically fractured and fragile media, feckless campaign finance laws, rampant income and education inequality, and multicultural divisions, and it’s no wonder our leaders can’t agree on anything or muster a solid majority of Americans behind them. With decades at the top in government, law, and business, Joseph A. Califano, Jr. has the capacity to be party-neutral in his evaluation and the perspective to see the big picture of our democracy. Using revealing anecdotes featuring every modern president and actions of both parties, he makes the urgent case that while we do not need to agree on all aspects of politics, we do need to trust each other and be worthy of that trust. He shows how, as engaged citizens, we can bring back systems of government that promote fairness and protect our freedom. “It’s hard to argue with [Califano’s] analysis” (The New York Times Book Review) that the longer we wait to fix these problems, the more dangerous our situation will become.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/travel-as-a-political-act-by-rick-steves--65209886https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320906 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Travel as a Political Act Author: Rick Steves Narrator: Rick Steves Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 15 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Change the world one trip at a time. In this illuminating collection of stories and lessons from the road, acclaimed travel writer Rick Steves shares a powerful message that resonates now more than ever. With the world facing divisive and often frightening events, from Trump, Brexit, and Erdogan, to climate change, nativism, and populism, there's never been a more important time to travel. Rick believes the risks of travel are widely exaggerated, and that fear is for people who don't get out much. After years of living out of a suitcase, he still marvels at how different cultures find different truths to be self-evident. By sharing his experiences from Europe, Central America, Asia, and the Middle East, Rick shows how we can learn more about own country by viewing it from afar. With gripping stories from Rick's decades of exploration, this fully revised edition of Travel as a Political Act is an antidote to the current climate of xenophobia. When we travel thoughtfully, we bring back the most beautiful souvenir of all: a broader perspective on the world that we all call home. All royalties from the sale of Travel as a Political Act are donated to support the work of Bread for the World, a non-partisan organization working to end hunger at home and abroad.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320906Tue, 06 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320906 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Travel as a Political Act Author: Rick Steves Narrator: Rick Steves Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 6,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320906 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Travel as a Political Act Author: Rick Steves Narrator: Rick Steves Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 15 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Change the world one trip at a time. In this illuminating collection of stories and lessons from the road, acclaimed travel writer Rick Steves shares a powerful message that resonates now more than ever. With the world facing divisive and often frightening events, from Trump, Brexit, and Erdogan, to climate change, nativism, and populism, there's never been a more important time to travel. Rick believes the risks of travel are widely exaggerated, and that fear is for people who don't get out much. After years of living out of a suitcase, he still marvels at how different cultures find different truths to be self-evident. By sharing his experiences from Europe, Central America, Asia, and the Middle East, Rick shows how we can learn more about own country by viewing it from afar. With gripping stories from Rick's decades of exploration, this fully revised edition of Travel as a Political Act is an antidote to the current climate of xenophobia. When we travel thoughtfully, we bring back the most beautiful souvenir of all: a broader perspective on the world that we all call home. All royalties from the sale of Travel as a Political Act are donated to support the work of Bread for the World, a non-partisan organization working to end hunger at home and abroad.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-line-becomes-a-river-dispatches-from-the-border-by-francisco-cantu--65209872https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324203 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Line Becomes a River: Dispatches from the Border Author: Francisco Cantú Narrator: Francisco Cantú Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NAMED A TOP 10 BOOK OF 2018 BY NPR and THE WASHINGTON POST WINNER OF THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE IN CURRENT INTEREST FINALIST FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK CRITICS CIRCLE NONFICTION AWARD The instant New York Times bestseller, 'A must-read for anyone who thinks 'build a wall' is the answer to anything.' --Esquire For Francisco Cantú, the border is in the blood: his mother, a park ranger and daughter of a Mexican immigrant, raised him in the scrublands of the Southwest. Driven to understand the hard realities of the landscape he loves, Cantú joins the Border Patrol. He and his partners learn to track other humans under blistering sun and through frigid nights. They haul in the dead and deliver to detention those they find alive. Plagued by a growing awareness of his complicity in a dehumanizing enterprise, he abandons the Patrol for civilian life. But when an immigrant friend travels to Mexico to visit his dying mother and does not return, Cantú discovers that the border has migrated with him, and now he must know the full extent of the violence it wreaks, on both sides of the line.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324203Tue, 06 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324203 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Line Becomes a River: Dispatches from the Border Author: Francisco Cantú Narrator: Francisco Cantú Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324203 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Line Becomes a River: Dispatches from the Border Author: Francisco Cantú Narrator: Francisco Cantú Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NAMED A TOP 10 BOOK OF 2018 BY NPR and THE WASHINGTON POST WINNER OF THE LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE IN CURRENT INTEREST FINALIST FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK CRITICS CIRCLE NONFICTION AWARD The instant New York Times bestseller, 'A must-read for anyone who thinks 'build a wall' is the answer to anything.' --Esquire For Francisco Cantú, the border is in the blood: his mother, a park ranger and daughter of a Mexican immigrant, raised him in the scrublands of the Southwest. Driven to understand the hard realities of the landscape he loves, Cantú joins the Border Patrol. He and his partners learn to track other humans under blistering sun and through frigid nights. They haul in the dead and deliver to detention those they find alive. Plagued by a growing awareness of his complicity in a dehumanizing enterprise, he abandons the Patrol for civilian life. But when an immigrant friend travels to Mexico to visit his dying mother and does not return, Cantú discovers that the border has migrated with him, and now he must know the full extent of the violence it wreaks, on both sides of the line.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/directorate-s-the-c-i-a-and-america-s-secret-wars-in-afghanistan-and-pakistan-by-steve-coll--65209860https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324209 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Directorate S: The C.I.A. and America's Secret Wars in Afghanistan and Pakistan Author: Steve Coll Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the National Book Critics Circle Award for Nonfiction • Nominated for the National Book Award for Nonfiction From the Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Ghost Wars and The Achilles Trap, the epic and enthralling story of America's intelligence, military, and diplomatic efforts to defeat Al Qaeda and the Taliban in Afghanistan and Pakistan since 9/11 Prior to 9/11, the United States had been carrying out small-scale covert operations in Afghanistan, ostensibly in cooperation, although often in direct opposition, with I.S.I., the Pakistani intelligence agency. While the US was trying to quell extremists, a highly secretive and compartmentalized wing of I.S.I., known as 'Directorate S,' was covertly training, arming, and seeking to legitimize the Taliban, in order to enlarge Pakistan's sphere of influence. After 9/11, when fifty-nine countries, led by the U. S., deployed troops or provided aid to Afghanistan in an effort to flush out the Taliban and Al Qaeda, the U.S. was set on an invisible slow-motion collision course with Pakistan. Today we know that the war in Afghanistan would falter badly because of military hubris at the highest levels of the Pentagon, the drain on resources and provocation in the Muslim world caused by the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq, and corruption. But more than anything, as Coll makes painfully clear, the war in Afghanistan was doomed because of the failure of the United States to apprehend the motivations and intentions of I.S.I.'s 'Directorate S'. This was a swirling and shadowy struggle of historic proportions, which endured over a decade and across both the Bush and Obama administrations, involving multiple secret intelligence agencies, a litany of incongruous strategies and tactics, and dozens of players, including some of the most prominent military and political figures. A sprawling American tragedy, the war was an open clash of arms but also a covert melee of ideas, secrets, and subterranean violence. Coll excavates this grand battle, which took place away from the gaze of the American public. With unsurpassed expertise, original research, and attention to detail, he brings to life a narrative at once vast and intricate, local and global, propulsive and painstaking. This is the definitive explanation of how America came to be so badly ensnared in an elaborate, factional, and seemingly interminable conflict in South Asia. Nothing less than a forensic examination of the personal and political forces that shape world history, Directorate S is a complete masterpiece of both investigative and narrative journalism.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324209Tue, 06 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324209 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Directorate S: The C.I.A. and America's Secret Wars in Afghanistan and Pakistan Author: Steve Coll Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324209 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Directorate S: The C.I.A. and America's Secret Wars in Afghanistan and Pakistan Author: Steve Coll Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the National Book Critics Circle Award for Nonfiction • Nominated for the National Book Award for Nonfiction From the Pulitzer Prize-winning author of Ghost Wars and The Achilles Trap, the epic and enthralling story of America's intelligence, military, and diplomatic efforts to defeat Al Qaeda and the Taliban in Afghanistan and Pakistan since 9/11 Prior to 9/11, the United States had been carrying out small-scale covert operations in Afghanistan, ostensibly in cooperation, although often in direct opposition, with I.S.I., the Pakistani intelligence agency. While the US was trying to quell extremists, a highly secretive and compartmentalized wing of I.S.I., known as 'Directorate S,' was covertly training, arming, and seeking to legitimize the Taliban, in order to enlarge Pakistan's sphere of influence. After 9/11, when fifty-nine countries, led by the U. S., deployed troops or provided aid to Afghanistan in an effort to flush out the Taliban and Al Qaeda, the U.S. was set on an invisible slow-motion collision course with Pakistan. Today we know that the war in Afghanistan would falter badly because of military hubris at the highest levels of the Pentagon, the drain on resources and provocation in the Muslim world caused by the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq, and corruption. But more than anything, as Coll makes painfully clear, the war in Afghanistan was doomed because of the failure of the United States to apprehend the motivations and intentions of I.S.I.'s 'Directorate S'. This was a swirling and shadowy struggle of historic proportions, which endured over a decade and across both the Bush and Obama administrations, involving multiple secret intelligence agencies, a litany of incongruous strategies and tactics, and dozens of players, including some of the most prominent military and political figures. A sprawling American tragedy, the war was an open clash of arms but also a covert melee of ideas, secrets, and subterranean violence. Coll excavates this grand battle, which took place away from the gaze of the American public. With unsurpassed expertise, original research, and attention to detail, he brings to life a narrative at once vast and intricate, local and global, propulsive and painstaking. This is the definitive explanation of how America came to be so badly ensnared in an elaborate, factional, and seemingly interminable conflict in South Asia. Nothing less than a forensic examination of the personal and political forces that shape world history, Directorate S is a complete masterpiece of both investigative and narrative journalism.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/unmaking-of-the-president-2016-how-fbi-director-james-comey-cost-hillary-clinton-the-presidency-by-lanny-j-davis--65209829https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323896 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unmaking of the President 2016: How FBI Director James Comey Cost Hillary Clinton the Presidency Author: Lanny J. Davis Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first comprehensive account that proves that James Comey threw the 2016 election to Donald Trump. “Compelling criticism…lapsed Trump supporters might well open their minds to this attorney’s scholarly, entirely convincing proof of the damage done” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). During the week of October 24, 2016, Hillary Clinton was decisively ahead of Donald Trump in most polls. Then FBI Director James Comey sent his infamous letter to Congress on October 28, saying the bureau was investigating additional emails, potentially relevant to the Hillary Clinton email case. In The Unmaking of the President 2016, attorney Lanny J. Davis shows how Comey’s misguided announcement—just eleven days before the election—swung a significant number of voters away from Clinton, winning Trump an Electoral College victory—and the presidency. Drawing on sources in the intelligence community and Justice Department, Davis challenges Comey's legal rationale for opening a criminal investigation of Clinton's email practices, questions whether Comey received sufficient Justice Department oversight, and cites the odd clairvoyance of Trump ally Rudolph Giuliani, who publicly predicted an 'October surprise.' Davis proves state by state, using authoritative polling data, how voter support for Clinton dropped after the Comey letter was made public, especially in key battleground states. Despite so many other issues in the election—Trump’s behavior, the Russian hacking, Clinton's campaign missteps—after the October 28 Comey letter, everything changed. Now Davis proves with raw, indisputable data how Comey’s October letter cost Hillary Clinton the presidency and America turned the course of history in the blink of an eye.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323896Tue, 06 Feb 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323896 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unmaking of the President 2016: How FBI Director James Comey Cost Hillary Clinton the Presidency Author: Lanny J. Davis Narrator: Arthur Morey Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323896 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unmaking of the President 2016: How FBI Director James Comey Cost Hillary Clinton the Presidency Author: Lanny J. Davis Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first comprehensive account that proves that James Comey threw the 2016 election to Donald Trump. “Compelling criticism…lapsed Trump supporters might well open their minds to this attorney’s scholarly, entirely convincing proof of the damage done” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review). During the week of October 24, 2016, Hillary Clinton was decisively ahead of Donald Trump in most polls. Then FBI Director James Comey sent his infamous letter to Congress on October 28, saying the bureau was investigating additional emails, potentially relevant to the Hillary Clinton email case. In The Unmaking of the President 2016, attorney Lanny J. Davis shows how Comey’s misguided announcement—just eleven days before the election—swung a significant number of voters away from Clinton, winning Trump an Electoral College victory—and the presidency. Drawing on sources in the intelligence community and Justice Department, Davis challenges Comey's legal rationale for opening a criminal investigation of Clinton's email practices, questions whether Comey received sufficient Justice Department oversight, and cites the odd clairvoyance of Trump ally Rudolph Giuliani, who publicly predicted an 'October surprise.' Davis proves state by state, using authoritative polling data, how voter support for Clinton dropped after the Comey letter was made public, especially in key battleground states. Despite so many other issues in the election—Trump’s behavior, the Russian hacking, Clinton's campaign missteps—after the October 28 Comey letter, everything changed. Now Davis proves with raw, indisputable data how Comey’s October letter cost Hillary Clinton the presidency and America turned the course of history in the blink of an eye.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-more-beautiful-and-terrible-history-the-uses-and-misuses-of-civil-rights-history-by-jeanne-theoharis--65209887https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324112 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A More Beautiful and Terrible History: The Uses and Misuses of Civil Rights History Author: Jeanne Theoharis Narrator: Kim Staunton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Praised by The New York Times; O, The Oprah Magazine; Bitch Magazine; Slate; Publishers Weekly; and more, this is “a bracing corrective to a national mythology” (New York Times) around the civil rights movement. The civil rights movement has become national legend, lauded by presidents from Reagan to Obama to Trump, as proof of the power of American democracy. This fable, featuring dreamy heroes and accidental heroines, has shuttered the movement firmly in the past, whitewashed the forces that stood in its way, and diminished its scope. And it is used perniciously in our own times to chastise present-day movements and obscure contemporary injustice. In A More Beautiful and Terrible History award-winning historian Jeanne Theoharis dissects this national myth-making, teasing apart the accepted stories to show them in a strikingly different light. We see Rosa Parks not simply as a bus lady but a lifelong criminal justice activist and radical; Martin Luther King, Jr. as not only challenging Southern sheriffs but Northern liberals, too; and Coretta Scott King not only as a “helpmate” but a lifelong economic justice and peace activist who pushed her husband’s activism in these directions. Moving from “the histories we get” to “the histories we need,” Theoharis challenges nine key aspects of the fable to reveal the diversity of people, especially women and young people, who led the movement; the work and disruption it took; the role of the media and “polite racism” in maintaining injustice; and the immense barriers and repression activists faced. Theoharis makes us reckon with the fact that far from being acceptable, passive or unified, the civil rights movement was unpopular, disruptive, and courageously persevering. Activists embraced an expansive vision of justice—which a majority of Americans opposed and which the federal government feared. By showing us the complex reality of the movement, the power of its organizing, and the beauty and scope of the vision, Theoharis proves that there was nothing natural or inevitable about the progress that occurred. A More Beautiful and Terrible History will change our historical frame, revealing the richness of our civil rights legacy, the uncomfortable mirror it holds to the nation, and the crucial work that remains to be done. Winner of the 2018 Brooklyn Public Library Literary Prize in Nonfiction]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324112Tue, 30 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324112 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A More Beautiful and Terrible History: The Uses and Misuses of Civil Rights History Author: Jeanne Theoharis Narrator: Kim Staunton Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324112 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A More Beautiful and Terrible History: The Uses and Misuses of Civil Rights History Author: Jeanne Theoharis Narrator: Kim Staunton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Praised by The New York Times; O, The Oprah Magazine; Bitch Magazine; Slate; Publishers Weekly; and more, this is “a bracing corrective to a national mythology” (New York Times) around the civil rights movement. The civil rights movement has become national legend, lauded by presidents from Reagan to Obama to Trump, as proof of the power of American democracy. This fable, featuring dreamy heroes and accidental heroines, has shuttered the movement firmly in the past, whitewashed the forces that stood in its way, and diminished its scope. And it is used perniciously in our own times to chastise present-day movements and obscure contemporary injustice. In A More Beautiful and Terrible History award-winning historian Jeanne Theoharis dissects this national myth-making, teasing apart the accepted stories to show them in a strikingly different light. We see Rosa Parks not simply as a bus lady but a lifelong criminal justice activist and radical; Martin Luther King, Jr. as not only challenging Southern sheriffs but Northern liberals, too; and Coretta Scott King not only as a “helpmate” but a lifelong economic justice and peace activist who pushed her husband’s activism in these directions. Moving from “the histories we get” to “the histories we need,” Theoharis challenges nine key aspects of the fable to reveal the diversity of people, especially women and young people, who led the movement; the work and disruption it took; the role of the media and “polite racism” in maintaining injustice; and the immense barriers and repression activists faced. Theoharis makes us reckon with the fact that far from being acceptable, passive or unified, the civil rights movement was unpopular, disruptive, and courageously persevering. Activists embraced an expansive vision of justice—which a majority of Americans opposed and which the federal government feared. By showing us the complex reality of the movement, the power of its organizing, and the beauty and scope of the vision, Theoharis proves that there was nothing natural or inevitable about the progress that occurred. A More Beautiful and Terrible History will change our historical frame, revealing the richness of our civil rights legacy, the uncomfortable mirror it holds to the nation, and the crucial work that remains to be done. Winner of the 2018 Brooklyn Public Library Literary Prize in Nonfiction]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/when-montezuma-met-cortes-the-true-story-of-the-meeting-that-changed-history-by-matthew-restall--65209883https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323474 to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Montezuma Met Cortes: The True Story of the Meeting that Changed History Author: Matthew Restall Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A dramatic rethinking of the encounter between Montezuma and Hernando Cortés that completely overturns what we know about the Spanish conquest of the Americas On November 8, 1519, the Spanish conquistador Hernando Cortés first met Montezuma, the Aztec emperor, at the entrance to the capital city of Tenochtitlan. This introduction—the prelude to the Spanish seizure of Mexico City and to European colonization of the mainland of the Americas—has long been the symbol of Cortés’s bold and brilliant military genius. Montezuma, on the other hand, is remembered as a coward who gave away a vast empire and touched off a wave of colonial invasions across the hemisphere. But is this really what happened? In a departure from traditional tellings, When Montezuma Met Cortés uses “the Meeting”—as Restall dubs their first encounter—as the entry point into a comprehensive reevaluation of both Cortés and Montezuma. Drawing on rare primary sources and overlooked accounts by conquistadors and Aztecs alike, Restall explores Cortés’s and Montezuma’s posthumous reputations, their achievements and failures, and the worlds in which they lived—leading, step by step, to a dramatic inversion of the old story. As Restall takes us through this sweeping, revisionist account of a pivotal moment in modern civilization, he calls into question our view of the history of the Americas, and, indeed, of history itself.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323474Tue, 30 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323474 to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Montezuma Met Cortes: The True Story of the Meeting that Changed History Author: Matthew Restall Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323474 to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Montezuma Met Cortes: The True Story of the Meeting that Changed History Author: Matthew Restall Narrator: Steven Crossley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A dramatic rethinking of the encounter between Montezuma and Hernando Cortés that completely overturns what we know about the Spanish conquest of the Americas On November 8, 1519, the Spanish conquistador Hernando Cortés first met Montezuma, the Aztec emperor, at the entrance to the capital city of Tenochtitlan. This introduction—the prelude to the Spanish seizure of Mexico City and to European colonization of the mainland of the Americas—has long been the symbol of Cortés’s bold and brilliant military genius. Montezuma, on the other hand, is remembered as a coward who gave away a vast empire and touched off a wave of colonial invasions across the hemisphere. But is this really what happened? In a departure from traditional tellings, When Montezuma Met Cortés uses “the Meeting”—as Restall dubs their first encounter—as the entry point into a comprehensive reevaluation of both Cortés and Montezuma. Drawing on rare primary sources and overlooked accounts by conquistadors and Aztecs alike, Restall explores Cortés’s and Montezuma’s posthumous reputations, their achievements and failures, and the worlds in which they lived—leading, step by step, to a dramatic inversion of the old story. As Restall takes us through this sweeping, revisionist account of a pivotal moment in modern civilization, he calls into question our view of the history of the Americas, and, indeed, of history itself.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/building-the-great-society-inside-lyndon-johnson-s-white-house-by-joshua-zeitz--65209858https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323508 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building the Great Society: Inside Lyndon Johnson's White House Author: Joshua Zeitz Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The author of Lincoln's Boys takes us inside Lyndon Johnson's White House to show how the legendary Great Society programs were actually put into practice: Team of Rivals for LBJ. The personalities behind every burst of 1960s liberal reform - from civil rights and immigration reform, to Medicare and Head Start. 'Absorbing, and astoundingly well-researched -- all good historians do their homework, but Zeitz goes above and beyond. It's a more than worthwhile addition to the canon of books about Johnson.'--NPR 'Beautifully written...a riveting portrait of LBJ... Every officeholder in Washington would profit from reading this book.' --Robert Dallek, Author of An Unfinished Life: John F. Kennedy, 1917-1963 and Franklin D. Roosevelt: A Political Life LBJ's towering political skills and his ambitious slate of liberal legislation are the stuff of legend: the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Voting Rights Act of 1965, Medicare, Medicaid, Head Start, and environmental reform. But what happened after the bills passed? One man could not and did not go it alone. Joshua Zeitz reanimates the creative and contentious atmosphere inside Johnson's White House as a talented and energetic group of advisers made LBJ's vision a reality. They desegregated public and private institutions throughout one third of the United States; built Medicare and Medicaid from the ground up in one year; launched federal funding for public education; provided food support for millions of poor children and adults; and launched public television and radio, all in the space of five years, even as Vietnam strained the administration's credibility and budget. Bill Moyers, Jack Valenti, Joe Califano, Harry McPherson and the other staff members who comprised LBJ's inner circle were men as pragmatic and ambitious as Johnson, equally skilled in the art of accumulating power or throwing a sharp elbow. Building the Great Society is the story of how one of the most competent White House staffs in American history - serving one of the most complicated presidents ever to occupy the Oval Office - fundamentally changed everyday life for millions of citizens and forged a legacy of compassionate and interventionist government.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323508Tue, 30 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323508 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building the Great Society: Inside Lyndon Johnson's White House Author: Joshua Zeitz Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323508 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building the Great Society: Inside Lyndon Johnson's White House Author: Joshua Zeitz Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The author of Lincoln's Boys takes us inside Lyndon Johnson's White House to show how the legendary Great Society programs were actually put into practice: Team of Rivals for LBJ. The personalities behind every burst of 1960s liberal reform - from civil rights and immigration reform, to Medicare and Head Start. 'Absorbing, and astoundingly well-researched -- all good historians do their homework, but Zeitz goes above and beyond. It's a more than worthwhile addition to the canon of books about Johnson.'--NPR 'Beautifully written...a riveting portrait of LBJ... Every officeholder in Washington would profit from reading this book.' --Robert Dallek, Author of An Unfinished Life: John F. Kennedy, 1917-1963 and Franklin D. Roosevelt: A Political Life LBJ's towering political skills and his ambitious slate of liberal legislation are the stuff of legend: the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Voting Rights Act of 1965, Medicare, Medicaid, Head Start, and environmental reform. But what happened after the bills passed? One man could not and did not go it alone. Joshua Zeitz reanimates the creative and contentious atmosphere inside Johnson's White House as a talented and energetic group of advisers made LBJ's vision a reality. They desegregated public and private institutions throughout one third of the United States; built Medicare and Medicaid from the ground up in one year; launched federal funding for public education; provided food support for millions of poor children and adults; and launched public television and radio, all in the space of five years, even as Vietnam strained the administration's credibility and budget. Bill Moyers, Jack Valenti, Joe Califano, Harry McPherson and the other staff members who comprised LBJ's inner circle were men as pragmatic and ambitious as Johnson, equally skilled in the art of accumulating power or throwing a sharp elbow. Building the Great Society is the story of how one of the most competent White House staffs in American history - serving one of the most complicated presidents ever to occupy the Oval Office - fundamentally changed everyday life for millions of citizens and forged a legacy of compassionate and interventionist government.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/billionaire-democracy-the-hijacking-of-the-american-political-system-by-george-r-tyler--65209834https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323701 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Billionaire Democracy: The Hijacking of the American Political System Author: George R. Tyler Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This isn’t your America. No matter who the president is. We’re told that when we vote, when we elect representatives, we’re gaining a voice in government and the policies it implements. But if that’s true, why don’t American politics actually translate our preferences into higher living standards for the majority of us? The answer is that, in America, the wealthy few have built a system that works in their favor, while maintaining the illusion of democracy. The reality is that the quality of democracy in the United States is lower than in any other rich democracy, on a par with nations such as Brazil or Turkey. In the United States, voters have little influence on eventual policy outcomes engineered by lawmakers. Political scientists call it the “income bias” and attribute it to the power of wealthy donors who favor wage suppression and cuts to important government programs such as public education and consumer protection. It causes American lawmakers to compete to satisfy preferences of donors from the top 1 percent instead of the middle class. It’s also why our economy has been misfiring for most Americans for a generation, wages stagnating and opportunity dwindling. The election of Donald Trump shocked the world, but for many Americans, it came as a stark reflection of mounting frustrations with our current system and anger at the status quo. We need to find a way to fix the way our government serves us. The only realistic pathway to improve middle-class economics is for Congress and the Supreme Court to raise the quality of American democracy. In Billionaire Democracy: The Hijacking of the American Political System, economist George R. Tyler lays out the fundamental problems plaguing our democracy. He explains how the American democratic system is rigged and how it has eroded the middle class, providing an unflinching and honest comparison of the US government to peer democracies abroad. He also breaks down where we fall short and how other rich democracies avoid the income bias created by the overwhelming role of money in US politics. Finally, Tyler outlines practical campaign finance reforms we can adopt when we finally focus on improving the political responsiveness of our government. It’s time for the people of this nation to demand a government that properly serves us, the American people.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323701Tue, 30 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323701 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Billionaire Democracy: The Hijacking of the American Political System Author: George R. Tyler Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323701 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Billionaire Democracy: The Hijacking of the American Political System Author: George R. Tyler Narrator: William Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This isn’t your America. No matter who the president is. We’re told that when we vote, when we elect representatives, we’re gaining a voice in government and the policies it implements. But if that’s true, why don’t American politics actually translate our preferences into higher living standards for the majority of us? The answer is that, in America, the wealthy few have built a system that works in their favor, while maintaining the illusion of democracy. The reality is that the quality of democracy in the United States is lower than in any other rich democracy, on a par with nations such as Brazil or Turkey. In the United States, voters have little influence on eventual policy outcomes engineered by lawmakers. Political scientists call it the “income bias” and attribute it to the power of wealthy donors who favor wage suppression and cuts to important government programs such as public education and consumer protection. It causes American lawmakers to compete to satisfy preferences of donors from the top 1 percent instead of the middle class. It’s also why our economy has been misfiring for most Americans for a generation, wages stagnating and opportunity dwindling. The election of Donald Trump shocked the world, but for many Americans, it came as a stark reflection of mounting frustrations with our current system and anger at the status quo. We need to find a way to fix the way our government serves us. The only realistic pathway to improve middle-class economics is for Congress and the Supreme Court to raise the quality of American democracy. In Billionaire Democracy: The Hijacking of the American Political System, economist George R. Tyler lays out the fundamental problems plaguing our democracy. He explains how the American democratic system is rigged and how it has eroded the middle class, providing an unflinching and honest comparison of the US government to peer democracies abroad. He also breaks down where we fall short and how other rich democracies avoid the income bias created by the overwhelming role of money in US politics. Finally, Tyler outlines practical campaign finance reforms we can adopt when we finally focus on improving the political responsiveness of our government. It’s time for the people of this nation to demand a government that properly serves us, the American people.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rise-and-kill-first-the-secret-history-of-israel-s-targeted-assassinations-by-ronen-bergman--65209824https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324702 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise and Kill First: The Secret History of Israel's Targeted Assassinations Author: Ronen Bergman Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 4.38 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The first definitive history of Israel’s targeted killing programs, which have shaped the Israeli nation, the Middle East, and the larger world—from the man hailed by David Remnick as “arguably [Israel’s] best investigative reporter.” “An exceptional work, a humane book about an incendiary subject . . . full of shocking moments, surprising disturbances in a narrative full of fateful twists and unintended consequences.”—The New York Times WINNER OF THE NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARD IN HISTORY • ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times • A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The Economist, The New York Times Book Review, BBC History Magazine, Mother Jones The Talmud says: “If someone comes to kill you, rise up and kill him first.” This instinct to take every measure, even the most aggressive, to defend the Jewish people is hardwired into Israel’s DNA. From the very beginning of its statehood in 1948, protecting the nation from harm has been the responsibility of its intelligence community and armed services, and there is one weapon in their vast arsenal that they have relied upon to thwart the most serious threats: Targeted assassinations have been used countless times, on enemies large and small, sometimes in response to attacks against the Israeli people and sometimes preemptively. In this page-turning, eye-opening book, journalist and military analyst Ronen Bergman—praised by David Remnick as “arguably [Israel’s] best investigative reporter”—offers a riveting inside account of the targeted killing programs: their successes, their failures, and the moral and political price exacted on the men and women who approved and carried out the missions. Bergman has gained the exceedingly rare cooperation of many current and former members of the Israeli government, including Prime Ministers Shimon Peres, Ehud Barak, Ariel Sharon, and Benjamin Netanyahu, as well as high-level figures in the country’s military and intelligence services: the IDF (Israel Defense Forces), the Mossad (the world’s most feared intelligence agency), Caesarea (a “Mossad within the Mossad” that carries out attacks on the highest-value targets), and the Shin Bet (an internal security service that implemented the largest targeted assassination campaign ever, in order to stop what had once appeared to be unstoppable: suicide terrorism). Including never-before-reported, behind-the-curtain accounts of key operations, and based on hundreds of on-the-record interviews and thousands of files to which Bergman has gotten exclusive access over his decades of reporting, Rise and Kill First brings us deep into the heart of Israel’s most secret activities. Bergman traces, from statehood to the present, the gripping events and thorny ethical questions underlying Israel’s targeted killing campaign, which has shaped the Israeli nation, the Middle East, and the larger world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324702Tue, 30 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324702 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise and Kill First: The Secret History of Israel's Targeted Assassinations Author: Ronen Bergman Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324702 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise and Kill First: The Secret History of Israel's Targeted Assassinations Author: Ronen Bergman Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.12 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 4.38 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The first definitive history of Israel’s targeted killing programs, which have shaped the Israeli nation, the Middle East, and the larger world—from the man hailed by David Remnick as “arguably [Israel’s] best investigative reporter.” “An exceptional work, a humane book about an incendiary subject . . . full of shocking moments, surprising disturbances in a narrative full of fateful twists and unintended consequences.”—The New York Times WINNER OF THE NATIONAL JEWISH BOOK AWARD IN HISTORY • ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times • A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The Economist, The New York Times Book Review, BBC History Magazine, Mother Jones The Talmud says: “If someone comes to kill you, rise up and kill him first.” This instinct to take every measure, even the most aggressive, to defend the Jewish people is hardwired into Israel’s DNA. From the very beginning of its statehood in 1948, protecting the nation from harm has been the responsibility of its intelligence community and armed services, and there is one weapon in their vast arsenal that they have relied upon to thwart the most serious threats: Targeted assassinations have been used countless times, on enemies large and small, sometimes in response to attacks against the Israeli people and sometimes preemptively. In this page-turning, eye-opening book, journalist and military analyst Ronen Bergman—praised by David Remnick as “arguably [Israel’s] best investigative reporter”—offers a riveting inside account of the targeted killing programs: their successes, their failures, and the moral and political price exacted on the men and women who approved and carried out the missions. Bergman has gained the exceedingly rare cooperation of many current and former members of the Israeli government, including Prime Ministers Shimon Peres, Ehud Barak, Ariel Sharon, and Benjamin Netanyahu, as well as high-level figures in the country’s military and intelligence services: the IDF (Israel Defense Forces), the Mossad (the world’s most feared intelligence agency), Caesarea (a “Mossad within the Mossad” that carries out attacks on the highest-value targets), and the Shin Bet (an internal security service that implemented the largest targeted assassination campaign ever, in order to stop what had once appeared to be unstoppable: suicide terrorism). Including never-before-reported, behind-the-curtain accounts of key operations, and based on hundreds of on-the-record interviews and thousands of files to which Bergman has gotten exclusive access over his decades of reporting, Rise and Kill First brings us deep into the heart of Israel’s most secret activities. Bergman traces, from statehood to the present, the gripping events and thorny ethical questions underlying Israel’s targeted killing campaign, which has shaped the Israeli nation, the Middle East, and the larger world.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-making-of-a-dream-how-a-group-of-young-undocumented-immigrants-helped-change-what-it-means-to-be-american-by-laura-wides-munoz--65209809https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323742 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of a Dream: How a group of young undocumented immigrants helped change what it means to be American Author: Laura Wides-Muñoz Narrator: Almarie Guerra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A sweeping chronicle of the immigrant rights movement. . . . Wides-Muñoz reminds us that thanks to the ability of young people to dream, what seems impossible today may yet prove achievable tomorrow.” —New York Times Book Review A journalist chronicles the next chapter in civil rights—the story of a movement and a nation, witnessed through the poignant and inspiring experiences of five young undocumented activists who are transforming society’s attitudes toward one of the most contentious political matters roiling America today: immigration. They are called the DREAMers: young people who were brought, or sent, to the United States as children and who have lived for years in America without legal status. Growing up, they often worked hard in school, planned for college, only to learn they were, in the eyes of the United States government and many citizens, ''illegal aliens.'' Determined to take fate into their own hands, a group of these young undocumented immigrants risked their safety to ''come out'' about their status—sparking a transformative movement, engineering a seismic shift in public opinion on immigration, and inspiring other social movements across the country. Their quest for permanent legal protection under the so-called ''Dream Act,'' stalled. But in 2012, the Obama administration issued a landmark, new immigration policy: Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals, or DACA, which has since protected more than half a million young immigrants from deportation even as efforts to install more expansive protections remain elusive. The Making of a Dream begins at the turn of the millennium, with the first of a series of ''Dream Act'' proposals; follows the efforts of policy makers, activists, and undocumented immigrants themselves, and concludes with the 2016 presidential election and the first months of the Trump presidency. The immigrants’ coming of age stories intersect with the watershed political and economic events of the last two decades: 9/11, the recession, the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, the Obama presidency, and the rebirth of the anti-immigrant right. In telling their story, Laura Wides-Muñoz forces us to rethink our definition of what it means to be American.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323742Tue, 30 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323742 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of a Dream: How a group of young undocumented immigrants helped change what it means to be American Author: Laura Wides-Muñoz Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323742 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of a Dream: How a group of young undocumented immigrants helped change what it means to be American Author: Laura Wides-Muñoz Narrator: Almarie Guerra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A sweeping chronicle of the immigrant rights movement. . . . Wides-Muñoz reminds us that thanks to the ability of young people to dream, what seems impossible today may yet prove achievable tomorrow.” —New York Times Book Review A journalist chronicles the next chapter in civil rights—the story of a movement and a nation, witnessed through the poignant and inspiring experiences of five young undocumented activists who are transforming society’s attitudes toward one of the most contentious political matters roiling America today: immigration. They are called the DREAMers: young people who were brought, or sent, to the United States as children and who have lived for years in America without legal status. Growing up, they often worked hard in school, planned for college, only to learn they were, in the eyes of the United States government and many citizens, ''illegal aliens.'' Determined to take fate into their own hands, a group of these young undocumented immigrants risked their safety to ''come out'' about their status—sparking a transformative movement, engineering a seismic shift in public opinion on immigration, and inspiring other social movements across the country. Their quest for permanent legal protection under the so-called ''Dream Act,'' stalled. But in 2012, the Obama administration issued a landmark, new immigration policy: Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals, or DACA, which has since protected more than half a million young immigrants from deportation even as efforts to install more expansive protections remain elusive. The Making of a Dream begins at the turn of the millennium, with the first of a series of ''Dream Act'' proposals; follows the efforts of policy makers, activists, and undocumented immigrants themselves, and concludes with the 2016 presidential election and the first months of the Trump presidency. The immigrants’ coming of age stories intersect with the watershed political and economic events of the last two decades: 9/11, the recession, the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, the Obama presidency, and the rebirth of the anti-immigrant right. In telling their story, Laura Wides-Muñoz forces us to rethink our definition of what it means to be American.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/media-madness-donald-trump-the-press-and-the-war-over-the-truth-by-howard-kurtz--65209866https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324273 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Media Madness: Donald Trump, the Press, and the War over the Truth Author: Howard Kurtz Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: According to the media, Donald Trump could never become president. Now many are on a mission to prove he shouldn’t be president. The Trump administration and the press are at war—and as in any war, the first casualty has been truth. Bestselling author Howard Kurtz, host of Fox News’s Media Buzz and former Washington Post columnist, offers a stunning exposé of how supposedly objective journalists, alarmed by Trump’s success, have moved into the opposing camp. Kurtz’s exclusive, in-depth, behind-the-scenes interviews with reporters, anchors, and insiders within the Trump White House reveal the unprecedented hostility between the media and the president they cover. In Media Madness, you’ll learn: • Why White House strategist Steve Bannon told Trump he is in danger of being impeached • How the love-hate relationship between the president and Morning Joe hosts—Joe Scarborough and Mika Brzezinski—turned entirely to hate • How Kellyanne Conway felt betrayed by journalists who befriended her—and how she fought back • How elite, mainstream news reporters—named and quoted—openly express their blatant contempt for Trump • How Bannon tried to block short-lived Communications Director Anthony Scaramucci—and why Trump soured on him • How Ivanka and Jared Kushner aren’t the liberals the pundits want them to be—and why Trump tried to discourage them from joining the White House • Why Trump believes some journalists harbor hatred for him—and how some liberals despise his voters • How Trump is a far more pragmatic politician than the press often acknowledges (and how the press dismisses his flip-flops when he flops their way) • What Trump got wrong about Charlottesville—and how Steve Bannon predicted the debacle • How the media consistently overreached on the Russian “collusion” scandal • Why Trump actually likes journalists, secretly meets with them, and allows the press unprecedented access • Why Reince Priebus couldn’t do his job—and the real reason he left the White House • How Sean Spicer privately berated journalists for bad reporting—and why he and Kellyanne Conway were relentlessly attacked by the media Never before has there been such an eye-opening, shocking look at what the White House and the media think about each other. It’s not pretty. But it also makes for the most important political book of the year.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324273Mon, 29 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324273 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Media Madness: Donald Trump, the Press, and the War over the Truth Author: Howard Kurtz Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324273 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Media Madness: Donald Trump, the Press, and the War over the Truth Author: Howard Kurtz Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: According to the media, Donald Trump could never become president. Now many are on a mission to prove he shouldn’t be president. The Trump administration and the press are at war—and as in any war, the first casualty has been truth. Bestselling author Howard Kurtz, host of Fox News’s Media Buzz and former Washington Post columnist, offers a stunning exposé of how supposedly objective journalists, alarmed by Trump’s success, have moved into the opposing camp. Kurtz’s exclusive, in-depth, behind-the-scenes interviews with reporters, anchors, and insiders within the Trump White House reveal the unprecedented hostility between the media and the president they cover. In Media Madness, you’ll learn: • Why White House strategist Steve Bannon told Trump he is in danger of being impeached • How the love-hate relationship between the president and Morning Joe hosts—Joe Scarborough and Mika Brzezinski—turned entirely to hate • How Kellyanne Conway felt betrayed by journalists who befriended her—and how she fought back • How elite, mainstream news reporters—named and quoted—openly express their blatant contempt for Trump • How Bannon tried to block short-lived Communications Director Anthony Scaramucci—and why Trump soured on him • How Ivanka and Jared Kushner aren’t the liberals the pundits want them to be—and why Trump tried to discourage them from joining the White House • Why Trump believes some journalists harbor hatred for him—and how some liberals despise his voters • How Trump is a far more pragmatic politician than the press often acknowledges (and how the press dismisses his flip-flops when he flops their way) • What Trump got wrong about Charlottesville—and how Steve Bannon predicted the debacle • How the media consistently overreached on the Russian “collusion” scandal • Why Trump actually likes journalists, secretly meets with them, and allows the press unprecedented access • Why Reince Priebus couldn’t do his job—and the real reason he left the White House • How Sean Spicer privately berated journalists for bad reporting—and why he and Kellyanne Conway were relentlessly attacked by the media Never before has there been such an eye-opening, shocking look at what the White House and the media think about each other. It’s not pretty. But it also makes for the most important political book of the year.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/pipe-dreams-the-plundering-of-iraq-s-oil-wealth-by-erin-banco--65209909https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320892 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pipe Dreams: The Plundering of Iraq's Oil Wealth Author: Erin Banco Narrator: Laura Jennings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When the Bush Administration invaded Iraq in 2003, it was promised that Iraqi Kurdistan would be developed into one of the most productive oil and natural gas regions in the world, and the profits would be used to win the war and rebuild the country. More than ten years later, those dreams lie in tatters. What happened to the oil wealth?Based on exclusive troves of documents and sources in the Iraqi and U.S. governments, investigative reporter Erin Banco tells the story of how rampant corruption and gross mismanagement have sucked billions upon billions of dollars from Kurdistan’s and Iraq’s oil coffers—and how local people are suffering as a result.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320892Sat, 27 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320892 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pipe Dreams: The Plundering of Iraq's Oil Wealth Author: Erin Banco Narrator: Laura Jennings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320892 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pipe Dreams: The Plundering of Iraq's Oil Wealth Author: Erin Banco Narrator: Laura Jennings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When the Bush Administration invaded Iraq in 2003, it was promised that Iraqi Kurdistan would be developed into one of the most productive oil and natural gas regions in the world, and the profits would be used to win the war and rebuild the country. More than ten years later, those dreams lie in tatters. What happened to the oil wealth?Based on exclusive troves of documents and sources in the Iraqi and U.S. governments, investigative reporter Erin Banco tells the story of how rampant corruption and gross mismanagement have sucked billions upon billions of dollars from Kurdistan’s and Iraq’s oil coffers—and how local people are suffering as a result.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-makes-a-terrorist-economics-and-the-roots-of-terrorism-10th-anniversary-edition-by-alan-b-krueger--65209815https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324161 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Makes a Terrorist?: Economics and the Roots of Terrorism (10th Anniversary Edition) Author: Alan B. Krueger Narrator: Jonathan Hogan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 26, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why we need to think more like economists to successfully combat terrorism If we are to correctly assess the root causes of terrorism and successfully address the threat, we must think more like economists do. This is the argument of Alan Krueger's What Makes a Terrorist, a book that explains why our tactics in the fight against terrorism must be based on more than anecdote, intuition, and speculation. Many popular ideas about terrorists and why they seek to harm us are fueled by falsehoods, misinformation, and fearmongering. Many believe that poverty and lack of education breed terrorism, despite the wealth of evidence showing that most terrorists come from middle-class, and often college-educated, backgrounds. Krueger closely examines the factors that motivate individuals to participate in terrorism, drawing inferences from terrorists' own backgrounds and the economic, social, religious, and political environments in the societies from which they come. He describes which countries are the most likely breeding grounds for terrorists, and which ones are most likely to be their targets. Krueger addresses the economic and psychological consequences of terrorism and puts the threat squarely into perspective, revealing how our nation's sizable economy is diverse and resilient enough to withstand the comparatively limited effects of most terrorist strikes. He also calls on the media to be more responsible in reporting on terrorism. Bringing needed clarity to one of the greatest challenges of our generation, this 10th anniversary edition of What Makes a Terrorist features a new introduction by the author that discusses the lessons learned in the past decade from the rise of ISIS and events like the 2016 Pulse nightclub attack in Orlando, Florida. Author bio: Alan B. Krueger is the Bendheim Professor of Economics and Public Policy at Princeton University, former chairman of President Barack Obama's Council of Economic Advisers, and an adviser to the National Counterterrorism Center. He is the coauthor of Myth and Measurement: The New Economics of the Minimum Wage (Princeton) and Inequality in America. He lives in Princeton, New Jersey.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324161Fri, 26 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324161 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Makes a Terrorist?: Economics and the Roots of Terrorism (10th Anniversary Edition) Author: Alan B. Krueger Narrator: Jonathan Hogan Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324161 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Makes a Terrorist?: Economics and the Roots of Terrorism (10th Anniversary Edition) Author: Alan B. Krueger Narrator: Jonathan Hogan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 26, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why we need to think more like economists to successfully combat terrorism If we are to correctly assess the root causes of terrorism and successfully address the threat, we must think more like economists do. This is the argument of Alan Krueger's What Makes a Terrorist, a book that explains why our tactics in the fight against terrorism must be based on more than anecdote, intuition, and speculation. Many popular ideas about terrorists and why they seek to harm us are fueled by falsehoods, misinformation, and fearmongering. Many believe that poverty and lack of education breed terrorism, despite the wealth of evidence showing that most terrorists come from middle-class, and often college-educated, backgrounds. Krueger closely examines the factors that motivate individuals to participate in terrorism, drawing inferences from terrorists' own backgrounds and the economic, social, religious, and political environments in the societies from which they come. He describes which countries are the most likely breeding grounds for terrorists, and which ones are most likely to be their targets. Krueger addresses the economic and psychological consequences of terrorism and puts the threat squarely into perspective, revealing how our nation's sizable economy is diverse and resilient enough to withstand the comparatively limited effects of most terrorist strikes. He also calls on the media to be more responsible in reporting on terrorism. Bringing needed clarity to one of the greatest challenges of our generation, this 10th anniversary edition of What Makes a Terrorist features a new introduction by the author that discusses the lessons learned in the past decade from the rise of ISIS and events like the 2016 Pulse nightclub attack in Orlando, Florida. Author bio: Alan B. Krueger is the Bendheim Professor of Economics and Public Policy at Princeton University, former chairman of President Barack Obama's Council of Economic Advisers, and an adviser to the National Counterterrorism Center. He is the coauthor of Myth and Measurement: The New Economics of the Minimum Wage (Princeton) and Inequality in America. He lives in Princeton, New Jersey.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-democracies-die-the-international-bestseller-what-history-reveals-about-our-future-by-steven-levitsky-daniel-ziblatt--65209878https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323595 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Democracies Die: The International Bestseller: What History Reveals About Our Future Author: Steven Levitsky, Daniel Ziblatt Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How Democracies Die by Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt, read by Fred Sanders. Two Harvard professors explain the dangerous world we face today Democracies can die with a coup d'état - or they can die slowly. This happens most deceptively when in piecemeal fashion, with the election of an authoritarian leader, the abuse of governmental power and the complete repression of opposition. All three steps are being taken around the world - not least with the election of Donald Trump - and we must all understand how we can stop them. In How Democracies Die, Harvard professors Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt draw insightful lessons from across history - from the rule of General Augusto Pinochet in Chile to the quiet undermining of Turkey's constitutional system by President Recip Erdogan - to shine a light on regime breakdown across the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Notably they point to the dangers of an authoritarian leader faced with a major crisis. Based on years of research, they present a deep understanding of how and why democracies die; an alarming analysis of how democracy is being subverted today in the US and beyond; and a guide for maintaining and repairing a threatened democracy, for governments, political parties and individuals. History doesn't repeat itself. But we can protect our democracy by learning its lessons, before it's too late.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323595Thu, 25 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323595 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Democracies Die: The International Bestseller: What History Reveals About Our Future Author: Steven Levitsky, Daniel Ziblatt Narrator: Fred Sanders...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323595 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Democracies Die: The International Bestseller: What History Reveals About Our Future Author: Steven Levitsky, Daniel Ziblatt Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How Democracies Die by Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt, read by Fred Sanders. Two Harvard professors explain the dangerous world we face today Democracies can die with a coup d'état - or they can die slowly. This happens most deceptively when in piecemeal fashion, with the election of an authoritarian leader, the abuse of governmental power and the complete repression of opposition. All three steps are being taken around the world - not least with the election of Donald Trump - and we must all understand how we can stop them. In How Democracies Die, Harvard professors Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt draw insightful lessons from across history - from the rule of General Augusto Pinochet in Chile to the quiet undermining of Turkey's constitutional system by President Recip Erdogan - to shine a light on regime breakdown across the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Notably they point to the dangers of an authoritarian leader faced with a major crisis. Based on years of research, they present a deep understanding of how and why democracies die; an alarming analysis of how democracy is being subverted today in the US and beyond; and a guide for maintaining and repairing a threatened democracy, for governments, political parties and individuals. History doesn't repeat itself. But we can protect our democracy by learning its lessons, before it's too late.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/body-of-secrets-anatomy-of-the-ultra-secret-national-security-agency-by-james-bamford--65209851https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324072 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Body of Secrets: Anatomy of the Ultra-Secret National Security Agency Author: James Bamford Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The National Security Agency is the world's most powerful, most far-reaching espionage. Now with a new afterword describing the security lapses that preceded the attacks of September 11, 2001, Body of Secrets takes us to the inner sanctum of America's spy world. In the follow-up to his bestselling Puzzle Palace, James Bamford reveals the NSA's hidden role in the most volatile world events of the past, and its desperate scramble to meet the frightening challenges of today and tomorrow. Here is a scrupulously documented account—much of which is based on unprecedented access to previously undisclosed documents—of the agency's tireless hunt for intelligence on enemies and allies alike. Body of Secrets is a riveting analysis of this most clandestine of agencies, a major work of history and investigative journalism.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324072Wed, 24 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324072 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Body of Secrets: Anatomy of the Ultra-Secret National Security Agency Author: James Bamford Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324072 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Body of Secrets: Anatomy of the Ultra-Secret National Security Agency Author: James Bamford Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The National Security Agency is the world's most powerful, most far-reaching espionage. Now with a new afterword describing the security lapses that preceded the attacks of September 11, 2001, Body of Secrets takes us to the inner sanctum of America's spy world. In the follow-up to his bestselling Puzzle Palace, James Bamford reveals the NSA's hidden role in the most volatile world events of the past, and its desperate scramble to meet the frightening challenges of today and tomorrow. Here is a scrupulously documented account—much of which is based on unprecedented access to previously undisclosed documents—of the agency's tireless hunt for intelligence on enemies and allies alike. Body of Secrets is a riveting analysis of this most clandestine of agencies, a major work of history and investigative journalism.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trumpocracy-the-corruption-of-the-american-republic-by-david-frum--65209877https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322769 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trumpocracy: The Corruption of the American Republic Author: David Frum Narrator: James Anderson Foster, David Frum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author, former White House speechwriter, and Atlantic columnist and media commentator David Frum explains why President Trump has undermined our most important institutions in ways even the most critical media has missed, in this thoughtful and hard-hitting book that is a warning for democracy and America’s future. ''From Russia to South Africa, from Turkey to the Philippines, from Venezuela to Hungary, authoritarian leaders have smashed restraints on their power. Media freedom and judicial independence have eroded. The right to vote remains, but the right to have one’s vote counted fairly may not. Until the US presidential election of 2016, the global decline of democracy seemed a concern for other peoples in other lands. . . . That complacent optimism has been upended by the political rise of Donald Trump. The crisis is upon Americans, here and now.'' Quietly, steadily, Trump and his administration are damaging the tenets and accepted practices of American democracy, perhaps irrevocably. As he and his family enrich themselves, the presidency itself falls into the hands of the generals and financiers who surround him. While much of the country has been focused on Russia, David Frum has been collecting the lies, obfuscations, and flagrant disregard for the traditional limits placed on the office of the presidency. In Trumpocracy, he documents how Trump and his administration are steadily damaging the tenets and accepted practices of American democracy. During his own White House tenure as George W. Bush’s speechwriter, Frum witnessed the ways the presidency is limited not by law but by tradition, propriety, and public outcry, all now weakened. Whether the Trump presidency lasts two, four, or eight more years, he has changed the nature of the office for the worse, and likely for decades. In this powerful and eye-opening book, Frum makes clear that the hard work of recovery starts at home. Trumpocracy outlines how Trump could push America toward illiberalism, what the consequences could be for our nation and our everyday lives, and what we can do to prevent it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322769Tue, 16 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322769 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trumpocracy: The Corruption of the American Republic Author: David Frum Narrator: James Anderson Foster, David Frum Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322769 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trumpocracy: The Corruption of the American Republic Author: David Frum Narrator: James Anderson Foster, David Frum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author, former White House speechwriter, and Atlantic columnist and media commentator David Frum explains why President Trump has undermined our most important institutions in ways even the most critical media has missed, in this thoughtful and hard-hitting book that is a warning for democracy and America’s future. ''From Russia to South Africa, from Turkey to the Philippines, from Venezuela to Hungary, authoritarian leaders have smashed restraints on their power. Media freedom and judicial independence have eroded. The right to vote remains, but the right to have one’s vote counted fairly may not. Until the US presidential election of 2016, the global decline of democracy seemed a concern for other peoples in other lands. . . . That complacent optimism has been upended by the political rise of Donald Trump. The crisis is upon Americans, here and now.'' Quietly, steadily, Trump and his administration are damaging the tenets and accepted practices of American democracy, perhaps irrevocably. As he and his family enrich themselves, the presidency itself falls into the hands of the generals and financiers who surround him. While much of the country has been focused on Russia, David Frum has been collecting the lies, obfuscations, and flagrant disregard for the traditional limits placed on the office of the presidency. In Trumpocracy, he documents how Trump and his administration are steadily damaging the tenets and accepted practices of American democracy. During his own White House tenure as George W. Bush’s speechwriter, Frum witnessed the ways the presidency is limited not by law but by tradition, propriety, and public outcry, all now weakened. Whether the Trump presidency lasts two, four, or eight more years, he has changed the nature of the office for the worse, and likely for decades. In this powerful and eye-opening book, Frum makes clear that the hard work of recovery starts at home. Trumpocracy outlines how Trump could push America toward illiberalism, what the consequences could be for our nation and our everyday lives, and what we can do to prevent it.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-square-and-the-tower-networks-and-power-from-the-freemasons-to-facebook-by-niall-ferguson--65209875https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323527 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Square and the Tower: Networks and Power, from the Freemasons to Facebook Author: Niall Ferguson Narrator: Elliot Hill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 22 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The instant New York Times bestseller. A brilliant recasting of the turning points in world history, including the one we're living through, as a collision between old power hierarchies and new social networks. “Captivating and compelling.” —The New York Times 'Niall Ferguson has again written a brilliant book...In 400 pages you will have restocked your mind. Do it.' —The Wall Street Journal “The Square and the Tower, in addition to being provocative history, may prove to be a bellwether work of the Internet Age.” —Christian Science Monitor Most history is hierarchical: it's about emperors, presidents, prime ministers and field marshals. It's about states, armies and corporations. It's about orders from on high. Even history 'from below' is often about trade unions and workers' parties. But what if that's simply because hierarchical institutions create the archives that historians rely on? What if we are missing the informal, less well documented social networks that are the true sources of power and drivers of change? The 21st century has been hailed as the Age of Networks. However, in The Square and the Tower, Niall Ferguson argues that networks have always been with us, from the structure of the brain to the food chain, from the family tree to freemasonry. Throughout history, hierarchies housed in high towers have claimed to rule, but often real power has resided in the networks in the town square below. For it is networks that tend to innovate. And it is through networks that revolutionary ideas can contagiously spread. Just because conspiracy theorists like to fantasize about such networks doesn't mean they are not real. From the cults of ancient Rome to the dynasties of the Renaissance, from the founding fathers to Facebook, The Square and the Tower tells the story of the rise, fall and rise of networks, and shows how network theory--concepts such as clustering, degrees of separation, weak ties, contagions and phase transitions--can transform our understanding of both the past and the present. Just as The Ascent of Money put Wall Street into historical perspective, so The Square and the Tower does the same for Silicon Valley. And it offers a bold prediction about which hierarchies will withstand this latest wave of network disruption--and which will be toppled.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323527Tue, 16 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323527 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Square and the Tower: Networks and Power, from the Freemasons to Facebook Author: Niall Ferguson Narrator: Elliot Hill Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323527 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Square and the Tower: Networks and Power, from the Freemasons to Facebook Author: Niall Ferguson Narrator: Elliot Hill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 22 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The instant New York Times bestseller. A brilliant recasting of the turning points in world history, including the one we're living through, as a collision between old power hierarchies and new social networks. “Captivating and compelling.” —The New York Times 'Niall Ferguson has again written a brilliant book...In 400 pages you will have restocked your mind. Do it.' —The Wall Street Journal “The Square and the Tower, in addition to being provocative history, may prove to be a bellwether work of the Internet Age.” —Christian Science Monitor Most history is hierarchical: it's about emperors, presidents, prime ministers and field marshals. It's about states, armies and corporations. It's about orders from on high. Even history 'from below' is often about trade unions and workers' parties. But what if that's simply because hierarchical institutions create the archives that historians rely on? What if we are missing the informal, less well documented social networks that are the true sources of power and drivers of change? The 21st century has been hailed as the Age of Networks. However, in The Square and the Tower, Niall Ferguson argues that networks have always been with us, from the structure of the brain to the food chain, from the family tree to freemasonry. Throughout history, hierarchies housed in high towers have claimed to rule, but often real power has resided in the networks in the town square below. For it is networks that tend to innovate. And it is through networks that revolutionary ideas can contagiously spread. Just because conspiracy theorists like to fantasize about such networks doesn't mean they are not real. From the cults of ancient Rome to the dynasties of the Renaissance, from the founding fathers to Facebook, The Square and the Tower tells the story of the rise, fall and rise of networks, and shows how network theory--concepts such as clustering, degrees of separation, weak ties, contagions and phase transitions--can transform our understanding of both the past and the present. Just as The Ascent of Money put Wall Street into historical perspective, so The Square and the Tower does the same for Silicon Valley. And it offers a bold prediction about which hierarchies will withstand this latest wave of network disruption--and which will be toppled.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-democracies-die-by-daniel-ziblatt-steven-levitsky--65209873https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Democracies Die Author: Daniel Ziblatt, Steven Levitsky Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.02 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “Comprehensive, enlightening, and terrifyingly timely.”—The New York Times Book Review (Editors' Choice) WINNER OF THE GOLDSMITH BOOK PRIZE • SHORTLISTED FOR THE LIONEL GELBER PRIZE • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The Washington Post • Time • Foreign Affairs • WBUR • Paste Donald Trump’s presidency has raised a question that many of us never thought we’d be asking: Is our democracy in danger? Harvard professors Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt have spent more than twenty years studying the breakdown of democracies in Europe and Latin America, and they believe the answer is yes. Democracy no longer ends with a bang—in a revolution or military coup—but with a whimper: the slow, steady weakening of critical institutions, such as the judiciary and the press, and the gradual erosion of long-standing political norms. The good news is that there are several exit ramps on the road to authoritarianism. The bad news is that, by electing Trump, we have already passed the first one. Drawing on decades of research and a wide range of historical and global examples, from 1930s Europe to contemporary Hungary, Turkey, and Venezuela, to the American South during Jim Crow, Levitsky and Ziblatt show how democracies die. Now the question is, can our democracy be saved? Praise for How Democracies Die “What we desperately need is a sober, dispassionate look at the current state of affairs. Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt, two of the most respected scholars in the field of democracy studies, offer just that.”—The Washington Post “Where Levitsky and Ziblatt make their mark is in weaving together political science and historical analysis of both domestic and international democratic crises; in doing so, they expand the conversation beyond Trump and before him, to other countries and to the deep structure of American democracy and politics.”—Ezra Klein, Vox “If you only read one book for the rest of the year, read How Democracies Die. . . .This is not a book for just Democrats or Republicans. It is a book for all Americans. It is nonpartisan. It is fact based. It is deeply rooted in history. . . . The best commentary on our politics, no contest.”—Michael Morrell, former Acting Director of the Central Intelligence Agency (via Twitter) “A smart and deeply informed book about the ways in which democracy is being undermined in dozens of countries around the world, and in ways that are perfectly legal.”—Fareed Zakaria, CNN]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322789Tue, 16 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Democracies Die Author: Daniel Ziblatt, Steven Levitsky Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Democracies Die Author: Daniel Ziblatt, Steven Levitsky Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.02 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “Comprehensive, enlightening, and terrifyingly timely.”—The New York Times Book Review (Editors' Choice) WINNER OF THE GOLDSMITH BOOK PRIZE • SHORTLISTED FOR THE LIONEL GELBER PRIZE • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The Washington Post • Time • Foreign Affairs • WBUR • Paste Donald Trump’s presidency has raised a question that many of us never thought we’d be asking: Is our democracy in danger? Harvard professors Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt have spent more than twenty years studying the breakdown of democracies in Europe and Latin America, and they believe the answer is yes. Democracy no longer ends with a bang—in a revolution or military coup—but with a whimper: the slow, steady weakening of critical institutions, such as the judiciary and the press, and the gradual erosion of long-standing political norms. The good news is that there are several exit ramps on the road to authoritarianism. The bad news is that, by electing Trump, we have already passed the first one. Drawing on decades of research and a wide range of historical and global examples, from 1930s Europe to contemporary Hungary, Turkey, and Venezuela, to the American South during Jim Crow, Levitsky and Ziblatt show how democracies die. Now the question is, can our democracy be saved? Praise for How Democracies Die “What we desperately need is a sober, dispassionate look at the current state of affairs. Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt, two of the most respected scholars in the field of democracy studies, offer just that.”—The Washington Post “Where Levitsky and Ziblatt make their mark is in weaving together political science and historical analysis of both domestic and international democratic crises; in doing so, they expand the conversation beyond Trump and before him, to other countries and to the deep structure of American democracy and politics.”—Ezra Klein, Vox “If you only read one book for the rest of the year, read How Democracies Die. . . .This is not a book for just Democrats or Republicans. It is a book for all Americans. It is nonpartisan. It is fact based. It is deeply rooted in history. . . . The best commentary on our politics, no contest.”—Michael Morrell, former Acting Director of the Central Intelligence Agency (via Twitter) “A smart and deeply informed book about the ways in which democracy is being undermined in dozens of countries around the world, and in ways that are perfectly legal.”—Fareed Zakaria, CNN]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/horsemen-of-the-trumpocalypse-a-field-guide-to-the-most-dangerous-people-in-america-by-john-nichols--65209852https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323110 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Horsemen of the Trumpocalypse: A Field Guide to the Most Dangerous People in America Author: John Nichols Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A line-up of the dirty dealers and defenders of the indefensible who are definitely not 'making America great again' Donald Trump has assembled a rogue's gallery of alt-right hatemongers, crony capitalists, immigrant bashers, and climate-change deniers to run the American government. To survive the next four years, we the people need to know whose hands are on the levers of power. And we need to know how to challenge their abuses. John Nichols, veteran political correspondent at the Nation, has been covering many of these deplorables for decades. Sticking to the hard facts and unafraid to dig deep into the histories and ideologies of the people who make up Trump's inner circle, Nichols delivers a clear-eyed and complete guide to this wrecking-crew administration.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323110Tue, 16 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323110 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Horsemen of the Trumpocalypse: A Field Guide to the Most Dangerous People in America Author: John Nichols Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323110 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Horsemen of the Trumpocalypse: A Field Guide to the Most Dangerous People in America Author: John Nichols Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A line-up of the dirty dealers and defenders of the indefensible who are definitely not 'making America great again' Donald Trump has assembled a rogue's gallery of alt-right hatemongers, crony capitalists, immigrant bashers, and climate-change deniers to run the American government. To survive the next four years, we the people need to know whose hands are on the levers of power. And we need to know how to challenge their abuses. John Nichols, veteran political correspondent at the Nation, has been covering many of these deplorables for decades. Sticking to the hard facts and unafraid to dig deep into the histories and ideologies of the people who make up Trump's inner circle, Nichols delivers a clear-eyed and complete guide to this wrecking-crew administration.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-s-even-worse-than-you-think-what-the-trump-administration-is-doing-to-america-by-david-cay-johnston--65209847https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323362 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Even Worse Than You Think: What the Trump Administration Is Doing to America Author: David Cay Johnston Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 3.86 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From David Cay Johnston, the Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and author of the bestselling The Making of Donald Trump, comes his New York Times bestseller about how the Trump Administration’s policies will affect our jobs, savings, taxes, and safety—completed revised and updated. New York Times bestselling author and longtime Trump observer David Cay Johnston shines a light on the political termites who have infested our government under the Trump administration, destroying it from within and compromising our jobs, safety, finances, and more. In It’s Even Worse Than You Think, Johnston exposes shocking details about the Mexican border wall, and how American consumers will end up paying for it, if it ever gets built; climate change, and all about Scott Pruitt who spent much of his career trying to destroy the agency he now heads; stocking—not draining—the swamp, despite his promise to do the opposite, Trump has filled his cabinet with millionaires and billionaires; and the Kleptocracy, where Donald Jr. and Eric run an eyes-wide-open blind trust of Trump holdings to avoid the appearance of conflict of interest—but not the reality. With story after story, It’s Even Worse Than You Think 'diagnoses the Trump administration as a…government by the least qualified and most venal among us” (The Washington Post). This is “a momentously thorough account of President Trump’s alarmingly chaotic first year in office…a precise and fiery indictment of an unstable, unethical president that concludes with a call for us to defend our democracy” (Booklist) and is “urgent, necessary reading” (Kirkus Reviews).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323362Tue, 16 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323362 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Even Worse Than You Think: What the Trump Administration Is Doing to America Author: David Cay Johnston Narrator: Danny Campbell Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323362 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Even Worse Than You Think: What the Trump Administration Is Doing to America Author: David Cay Johnston Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 3.86 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From David Cay Johnston, the Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and author of the bestselling The Making of Donald Trump, comes his New York Times bestseller about how the Trump Administration’s policies will affect our jobs, savings, taxes, and safety—completed revised and updated. New York Times bestselling author and longtime Trump observer David Cay Johnston shines a light on the political termites who have infested our government under the Trump administration, destroying it from within and compromising our jobs, safety, finances, and more. In It’s Even Worse Than You Think, Johnston exposes shocking details about the Mexican border wall, and how American consumers will end up paying for it, if it ever gets built; climate change, and all about Scott Pruitt who spent much of his career trying to destroy the agency he now heads; stocking—not draining—the swamp, despite his promise to do the opposite, Trump has filled his cabinet with millionaires and billionaires; and the Kleptocracy, where Donald Jr. and Eric run an eyes-wide-open blind trust of Trump holdings to avoid the appearance of conflict of interest—but not the reality. With story after story, It’s Even Worse Than You Think 'diagnoses the Trump administration as a…government by the least qualified and most venal among us” (The Washington Post). This is “a momentously thorough account of President Trump’s alarmingly chaotic first year in office…a precise and fiery indictment of an unstable, unethical president that concludes with a call for us to defend our democracy” (Booklist) and is “urgent, necessary reading” (Kirkus Reviews).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/together-we-rise-behind-the-scenes-at-the-protest-heard-around-the-world-by-the-women-s-march-organizers-conde-nast--65209846https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323481 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Together We Rise: Behind the Scenes at the Protest Heard Around the World Author: The Women's March Organizers, Condé Nast Narrator: Jia Angeli Carla Tolentino, Judith Leblanc, The Women's March Organizers, Cindi Leive, Melanie L. Campbell, Aisha Al-Adawiya, Ai-Jen Poo, James Fouhey, Kateri Akiwenzie-Damm, Ashley Judd, January LaVoy, Therese Plummer, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An audiobook for the ages featuring the voices of Women's March Organizers, as well as Ashley Judd, Jia Tolentino, Cindi Leive, Kateri Akiwenzie-Damm, Sister Aisha Al-Adawiya, Melanie Campbell, Judith LeBlanc, Ai-Jen Poo, Robin Miles, January LaVoy, Thérèse Plummer, and James Fouhey.    In celebration of the one-year anniversary of Women’s March, this oral history offers an unprecedented, front-row seat to one of the most galvanizing movements in American history, featuring the very women who organized the march, and essays by feminist activists: ROWAN BLANCHARD • SENATOR TAMMY DUCKWORTH • AMERICA FERRERA • ROXANE GAY • ILANA GLAZER • ASHLEY JUDD • VALARIE KAUR • CINDI LEIVE • DAVID REMNICK • JILL SOLOWAY • YARA SHAHIDI • JIA TOLENTINO • CONGRESSWOMAN MAXINE WATERS • ELAINE WELTEROTH • JOSE ANTONIO VARGAS • AND MORE On January 21, 2017, the day after Donald J. Trump’s inauguration, more than three million marchers of all ages and walks of life took to the streets as part of the largest protest in American history. In red states and blue states, in small towns and major urban centers, from Boise to Boston, Bangkok to Buenos Aires, people from eighty-two countries—on all seven continents—rose up in solidarity to voice a common message: Hear our voice. It became the largest global protest in modern history. Compiled by Women’s March organizers, in partnership with Condé Nast and Glamour magazine Editor in Chief Cindi Leive, Together We Rise—published for the one-year anniversary of the event—is the complete chronicle of this remarkable uprising. For the first time, Women’s March organizers—including Bob Bland, Cassady Fendlay, Sarah Sophie Flicker, Janaye Ingram, Tamika Mallory, Paola Mendoza, Carmen Perez, and Linda Sarsour —tell their personal stories and reflect on their collective journey in an oral history written by Jamia Wilson, writer, activist and director of The Feminist Press. They provide an inside look at how the idea for the event originated, how it was organized, how it became a global movement that surpassed their wildest expectations, and how they are sustaining and building on the widespread outrage, passion, and determination that sparked it. Together We Rise interweaves their stories with 'Voices from the March'—recollections from real women who were there, across the world, and voiced by January LaVoy—and 22 short, thought-provoking essays by esteemed writers, celebrities and artists including those both written and read by Ashley Judd, Jia Tolentino, Cindi Leive, Kateri Akiwenzie-Damm, Sister Aisha Al-Adawiya, Melanie Campbell, Judith LeBlanc, and Ai-Jen Poo. It also features the talented voices of Robin Miles as the narrator, Thérèse Plummer, and James Fouhey. An inspirational call to action that reminds us that together, ordinary people can make a difference, Together We Rise is an unprecedented look at a day that made history—and the beginning of a resistance movement to reclaim our future. Women’s March will share proceeds from Together We Rise with three grassroots, women-led organizations: The Gathering for Justice, SisterSong Women of Color Reproductive Justice Collective, and Indigenous Women Rise. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323481Tue, 16 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323481 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Together We Rise: Behind the Scenes at the Protest Heard Around the World Author: The Women's March Organizers, Condé Nast Narrator: Jia Angeli Carla...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323481 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Together We Rise: Behind the Scenes at the Protest Heard Around the World Author: The Women's March Organizers, Condé Nast Narrator: Jia Angeli Carla Tolentino, Judith Leblanc, The Women's March Organizers, Cindi Leive, Melanie L. Campbell, Aisha Al-Adawiya, Ai-Jen Poo, James Fouhey, Kateri Akiwenzie-Damm, Ashley Judd, January LaVoy, Therese Plummer, Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An audiobook for the ages featuring the voices of Women's March Organizers, as well as Ashley Judd, Jia Tolentino, Cindi Leive, Kateri Akiwenzie-Damm, Sister Aisha Al-Adawiya, Melanie Campbell, Judith LeBlanc, Ai-Jen Poo, Robin Miles, January LaVoy, Thérèse Plummer, and James Fouhey.    In celebration of the one-year anniversary of Women’s March, this oral history offers an unprecedented, front-row seat to one of the most galvanizing movements in American history, featuring the very women who organized the march, and essays by feminist activists: ROWAN BLANCHARD • SENATOR TAMMY DUCKWORTH • AMERICA FERRERA • ROXANE GAY • ILANA GLAZER • ASHLEY JUDD • VALARIE KAUR • CINDI LEIVE • DAVID REMNICK • JILL SOLOWAY • YARA SHAHIDI • JIA TOLENTINO • CONGRESSWOMAN MAXINE WATERS • ELAINE WELTEROTH • JOSE ANTONIO VARGAS • AND MORE On January 21, 2017, the day after Donald J. Trump’s inauguration, more than three million marchers of all ages and walks of life took to the streets as part of the largest protest in American history. In red states and blue states, in small towns and major urban centers, from Boise to Boston, Bangkok to Buenos Aires, people from eighty-two countries—on all seven continents—rose up in solidarity to voice a common message: Hear our voice. It became the largest global protest in modern history. Compiled by Women’s March organizers, in partnership with Condé Nast and Glamour magazine Editor in Chief Cindi Leive, Together We Rise—published for the one-year anniversary of the event—is the complete chronicle of this remarkable uprising. For the first time, Women’s March organizers—including Bob Bland, Cassady Fendlay, Sarah Sophie Flicker, Janaye Ingram, Tamika Mallory, Paola Mendoza, Carmen Perez, and Linda Sarsour —tell their personal stories and reflect on their collective journey in an oral history written by Jamia Wilson, writer, activist and director of The Feminist Press. They provide an inside look at how the idea for the event originated, how it was organized, how it became a global movement that surpassed their wildest expectations, and how they are sustaining and building on the widespread outrage, passion, and determination that sparked it. Together We Rise interweaves their stories with 'Voices from the March'—recollections from real women who were there, across the world, and voiced by January LaVoy—and 22 short, thought-provoking essays by esteemed writers, celebrities and artists including those both written and read by Ashley Judd, Jia Tolentino, Cindi Leive, Kateri Akiwenzie-Damm, Sister Aisha Al-Adawiya, Melanie Campbell, Judith LeBlanc, and Ai-Jen Poo. It also features the talented voices of Robin Miles as the narrator, Thérèse Plummer, and James Fouhey. An inspirational call to action that reminds us that together, ordinary people can make a difference, Together We Rise is an unprecedented look at a day that made history—and the beginning of a resistance movement to reclaim our future. Women’s March will share proceeds from Together We Rise with three grassroots, women-led organizations: The Gathering for Justice, SisterSong Women of Color Reproductive Justice Collective, and Indigenous Women Rise. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies...]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/so-you-want-to-talk-about-race-by-ijeoma-oluo--65209842https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323417 to listen full audiobooks. Title: So You Want to Talk About Race Author: Ijeoma Oluo Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 164 Ratings of Narrator: 4.52 of Total 31 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this #1 New York Times bestseller, Ijeoma Oluo offers a revelatory examination of race in America A current, constructive, and actionable exploration of today’s racial landscape, offering straightforward clarity that readers of all races need to contribute to the dismantling of the racial divide In So You Want to Talk about Race, editor-at-large of the Establishment Ijeoma Oluo offers a contemporary, accessible take on the racial landscape in America, addressing head-on such issues as privilege, police brutality, intersectionality, micro-aggressions, the Black Lives Matter movement, and the “N” word. Perfectly positioned to bridge the gap between people of color and white Americans struggling with race complexities, Oluo answers the questions readers don’t dare ask, and explains the concepts that continue to elude everyday Americans. Oluo is an exceptional writer with a rare ability to be straightforward, funny, and effective in her coverage of sensitive, hyper-charged issues in America. Her messages are passionate but finely tuned, and crystallize ideas that would otherwise be vague by empowering them with aha-moment clarity. Her writing brings to mind voices like Ta-Nehisi Coates and Roxane Gay, and Jessica Valenti in Full Frontal Feminism, and a young Gloria Naylor, particularly in Naylor’s seminal essay “The Meaning of a Word.”]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323417Tue, 16 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323417 to listen full audiobooks. Title: So You Want to Talk About Race Author: Ijeoma Oluo Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: January...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323417 to listen full audiobooks. Title: So You Want to Talk About Race Author: Ijeoma Oluo Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 164 Ratings of Narrator: 4.52 of Total 31 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this #1 New York Times bestseller, Ijeoma Oluo offers a revelatory examination of race in America A current, constructive, and actionable exploration of today’s racial landscape, offering straightforward clarity that readers of all races need to contribute to the dismantling of the racial divide In So You Want to Talk about Race, editor-at-large of the Establishment Ijeoma Oluo offers a contemporary, accessible take on the racial landscape in America, addressing head-on such issues as privilege, police brutality, intersectionality, micro-aggressions, the Black Lives Matter movement, and the “N” word. Perfectly positioned to bridge the gap between people of color and white Americans struggling with race complexities, Oluo answers the questions readers don’t dare ask, and explains the concepts that continue to elude everyday Americans. Oluo is an exceptional writer with a rare ability to be straightforward, funny, and effective in her coverage of sensitive, hyper-charged issues in America. Her messages are passionate but finely tuned, and crystallize ideas that would otherwise be vague by empowering them with aha-moment clarity. Her writing brings to mind voices like Ta-Nehisi Coates and Roxane Gay, and Jessica Valenti in Full Frontal Feminism, and a young Gloria Naylor, particularly in Naylor’s seminal essay “The Meaning of a Word.”]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/king-truths-21-keys-to-unlocking-your-spiritual-potential-by-alveda-king--65209837https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: King Truths: 21 Keys to Unlocking Your Spiritual Potential Author: Alveda King Narrator: Bernadette Simms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unlock Your Spiritual Potential There is power inside of you, power to discover, heal, and accomplish so much more in your life. Alveda King, niece of the civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr., shares twenty-one keys to help you unlock your spiritual potential. As your tour guide on this journey of discovery, she reveals how her famous family taught her that when you use your God-given gifts, you can impact the world. Sharing secrets to unlocking a divine family, divine salvation, divine forgiveness, and much more, King inspires you to unlock authority to use your spiritual gifts to their greatest potential. Learn how to live “in spirit and in truth” to discover what “to you it has been given” means for your life. King teaches how your worship can be expressed in your music, creative writing, scientific genius, medical breakthrough, business savvy, or countless other deeds and strengths. Bolstered with scriptures and personal experiences, King Truths is for those with a stirring in their souls to not only discover their purpose in life but also use their gifts for the glory of God.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329341Tue, 16 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: King Truths: 21 Keys to Unlocking Your Spiritual Potential Author: Alveda King Narrator: Bernadette Simms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: King Truths: 21 Keys to Unlocking Your Spiritual Potential Author: Alveda King Narrator: Bernadette Simms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unlock Your Spiritual Potential There is power inside of you, power to discover, heal, and accomplish so much more in your life. Alveda King, niece of the civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr., shares twenty-one keys to help you unlock your spiritual potential. As your tour guide on this journey of discovery, she reveals how her famous family taught her that when you use your God-given gifts, you can impact the world. Sharing secrets to unlocking a divine family, divine salvation, divine forgiveness, and much more, King inspires you to unlock authority to use your spiritual gifts to their greatest potential. Learn how to live “in spirit and in truth” to discover what “to you it has been given” means for your life. King teaches how your worship can be expressed in your music, creative writing, scientific genius, medical breakthrough, business savvy, or countless other deeds and strengths. Bolstered with scriptures and personal experiences, King Truths is for those with a stirring in their souls to not only discover their purpose in life but also use their gifts for the glory of God.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stand-up-how-to-get-involved-speak-out-and-win-in-a-world-on-fire-by-gordon-whitman--65209817https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323408 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stand Up!: How to Get Involved, Speak Out, and Win in a World on Fire Author: Gordon Whitman Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a time where the fight for social justice can feel overwhelming, Gordon Whitman empowers readers to stand up with a purpose-driven mindset and effective strategy. Stand Up! is an antidote to the cynicism that keeps so many people on the sidelines. It's both an argument about how to solve the biggest problems facing our society, and a guide to engaging with others to change the world. People don't need more information about what's going wrong. They need to know that change is possible and that they have a meaningful role to play. They need to know that they can transform themselves from passive observers of politics and civic life to public leaders who can stare down bank presidents and politicians. The book provides a coherent framework, a set of principles and practices for confronting global issues like climate change as well as local ones like making our schools better and our streets safer. Stand Up! uses stories to cover everything from helping readers find their purpose, building teams with focused goals, and envisioning a world that is truly guided by self-governance. Based on nearly 20 years of community organizing, and tapping into nonpartisan PICO's network of 1000 member institutions including churches, state and municipal organizations, and professional community organizers, Gordon Whitman provides a blueprint for every concerned individual to fight for social justice.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323408Tue, 16 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323408 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stand Up!: How to Get Involved, Speak Out, and Win in a World on Fire Author: Gordon Whitman Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323408 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stand Up!: How to Get Involved, Speak Out, and Win in a World on Fire Author: Gordon Whitman Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 16, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a time where the fight for social justice can feel overwhelming, Gordon Whitman empowers readers to stand up with a purpose-driven mindset and effective strategy. Stand Up! is an antidote to the cynicism that keeps so many people on the sidelines. It's both an argument about how to solve the biggest problems facing our society, and a guide to engaging with others to change the world. People don't need more information about what's going wrong. They need to know that change is possible and that they have a meaningful role to play. They need to know that they can transform themselves from passive observers of politics and civic life to public leaders who can stare down bank presidents and politicians. The book provides a coherent framework, a set of principles and practices for confronting global issues like climate change as well as local ones like making our schools better and our streets safer. Stand Up! uses stories to cover everything from helping readers find their purpose, building teams with focused goals, and envisioning a world that is truly guided by self-governance. Based on nearly 20 years of community organizing, and tapping into nonpartisan PICO's network of 1000 member institutions including churches, state and municipal organizations, and professional community organizers, Gordon Whitman provides a blueprint for every concerned individual to fight for social justice.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tragedy-and-hope-101-the-illusion-of-justice-freedom-and-democracy-by-joseph-plummer--65209865https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323955 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tragedy and Hope 101: The Illusion of Justice, Freedom, and Democracy Author: Joseph Plummer Narrator: Joshua Mackey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The information contained in this book contradicts nearly everything you've been led to believe about democracy and "representative government." Based on the groundbreaking research of respected historian Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope 101 reveals an unimaginably devious political system, skillfully manipulated by a handful of elite, which is undermining freedom and democracy as we know it. The goal of those who control the system, in Quigley's own words, is to dominate "all habitable portions of the world." Using deception, theft, and violence, they have achieved more toward this goal than any rulers in human history. However, the Information Age is quickly derailing their plans. The immorality of their system, and those who serve it, has become nearly impossible to hide. Awareness and resistance are growing...Tragedy is yielding to hope.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323955Tue, 09 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323955 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tragedy and Hope 101: The Illusion of Justice, Freedom, and Democracy Author: Joseph Plummer Narrator: Joshua Mackey Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323955 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tragedy and Hope 101: The Illusion of Justice, Freedom, and Democracy Author: Joseph Plummer Narrator: Joshua Mackey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The information contained in this book contradicts nearly everything you've been led to believe about democracy and "representative government." Based on the groundbreaking research of respected historian Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope 101 reveals an unimaginably devious political system, skillfully manipulated by a handful of elite, which is undermining freedom and democracy as we know it. The goal of those who control the system, in Quigley's own words, is to dominate "all habitable portions of the world." Using deception, theft, and violence, they have achieved more toward this goal than any rulers in human history. However, the Information Age is quickly derailing their plans. The immorality of their system, and those who serve it, has become nearly impossible to hide. Awareness and resistance are growing...Tragedy is yielding to hope.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/treating-people-well-the-extraordinary-power-of-civility-at-work-and-in-life-by-jeremy-bernard-lea-berman--65209843https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323360 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Treating People Well: The Extraordinary Power of Civility at Work and in Life Author: Jeremy Bernard, Lea Berman Narrator: Jeremy Bernard, Lea Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two White House Social Secretaries offer “an essential guide for getting along and getting ahead in our world today…by treating others with civility and respect. Full of life lessons that are both timely and timeless, this is a book that will be devoured, bookmarked, and read over and over again” (John McCain, United States Senator). Former White House social secretaries Lea Berman, who worked for Laura and George Bush, and Jeremy Bernard, who worked for Michelle and Barack Obama, have learned valuable lessons about how to work with people from different walks of life. In Treating People Well, they share tips and advice from their own moments with celebrities, foreign leaders, and that most unpredictable of animals—the American politician. Valuable “guidance for finding success in both personal and professional relationships and navigating social settings with grace” (BookPage), this is not a book about old school etiquette. Berman and Bernard explain the things we all want to know, like how to walk into a roomful of strangers and make friends, what to do about a colleague who makes you dread work each day, and how to navigate the sometimes-treacherous waters of social media. Weaving “practical guidance into entertaining behind-the-scenes moments…their unique and rewarding insider’s view” (Publishers Weekly) provides tantalizing insights into the character of the first ladies and presidents they served, proving that social skills are learned behavior that anyone can acquire. Ultimately, “this warm and gracious little book treats readers well, entertaining them with stories of close calls, ruffled feathers, and comic misunderstandings as the White House each day attempts to carry through its social life” (The Wall Street Journal).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323360Tue, 09 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323360 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Treating People Well: The Extraordinary Power of Civility at Work and in Life Author: Jeremy Bernard, Lea Berman Narrator: Jeremy Bernard, Lea Berman...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323360 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Treating People Well: The Extraordinary Power of Civility at Work and in Life Author: Jeremy Bernard, Lea Berman Narrator: Jeremy Bernard, Lea Berman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two White House Social Secretaries offer “an essential guide for getting along and getting ahead in our world today…by treating others with civility and respect. Full of life lessons that are both timely and timeless, this is a book that will be devoured, bookmarked, and read over and over again” (John McCain, United States Senator). Former White House social secretaries Lea Berman, who worked for Laura and George Bush, and Jeremy Bernard, who worked for Michelle and Barack Obama, have learned valuable lessons about how to work with people from different walks of life. In Treating People Well, they share tips and advice from their own moments with celebrities, foreign leaders, and that most unpredictable of animals—the American politician. Valuable “guidance for finding success in both personal and professional relationships and navigating social settings with grace” (BookPage), this is not a book about old school etiquette. Berman and Bernard explain the things we all want to know, like how to walk into a roomful of strangers and make friends, what to do about a colleague who makes you dread work each day, and how to navigate the sometimes-treacherous waters of social media. Weaving “practical guidance into entertaining behind-the-scenes moments…their unique and rewarding insider’s view” (Publishers Weekly) provides tantalizing insights into the character of the first ladies and presidents they served, proving that social skills are learned behavior that anyone can acquire. Ultimately, “this warm and gracious little book treats readers well, entertaining them with stories of close calls, ruffled feathers, and comic misunderstandings as the White House each day attempts to carry through its social life” (The Wall Street Journal).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/no-justice-one-white-police-officer-one-black-family-and-how-one-bullet-ripped-us-apart-by-lawrence-ross-robbie-tolan--65209830https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Justice: One White Police Officer, One Black Family, and How One Bullet Ripped Us Apart Author: Lawrence Ross, Robbie Tolan Narrator: Robbie Tolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The harrowing true story of Robbie Tolan, a young black man who was shot in the chest by a white police officer . . . in his own driveway. NO JUSTICE is the harrowing story of Robbie Tolan, who early on one New Year's Eve morning, found himself being rushed to the hospital. A white police officer had shot him in the chest after mistakenly accusing him of stealing his own car...while in his own driveway. In a journey that took nearly a decade, Tolan and his family saw his case go before the United States Supreme Court in a groundbreaking decision, while Tolan struggled with how to put his life back together. Holding him together through this journey was the strength of his mother and father, his faith in God, and an impenetrable belief that he deserved justice like any other American who'd been wronged. NO JUSTICE is the story about what happened after the cameras and social media protests went away. Robbie Tolan was left with the physical and mental devastation from having his body violated by someone who was supposed to serve and protect him. His story reminds us that police brutality is not a theoretical talking point in a larger nationwide argument. This story is about Robbie Tolan courageously picking up the pieces of his life, even as he fights for justice for all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323108Tue, 09 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Justice: One White Police Officer, One Black Family, and How One Bullet Ripped Us Apart Author: Lawrence Ross, Robbie Tolan Narrator: Robbie Tolan...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Justice: One White Police Officer, One Black Family, and How One Bullet Ripped Us Apart Author: Lawrence Ross, Robbie Tolan Narrator: Robbie Tolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The harrowing true story of Robbie Tolan, a young black man who was shot in the chest by a white police officer . . . in his own driveway. NO JUSTICE is the harrowing story of Robbie Tolan, who early on one New Year's Eve morning, found himself being rushed to the hospital. A white police officer had shot him in the chest after mistakenly accusing him of stealing his own car...while in his own driveway. In a journey that took nearly a decade, Tolan and his family saw his case go before the United States Supreme Court in a groundbreaking decision, while Tolan struggled with how to put his life back together. Holding him together through this journey was the strength of his mother and father, his faith in God, and an impenetrable belief that he deserved justice like any other American who'd been wronged. NO JUSTICE is the story about what happened after the cameras and social media protests went away. Robbie Tolan was left with the physical and mental devastation from having his body violated by someone who was supposed to serve and protect him. His story reminds us that police brutality is not a theoretical talking point in a larger nationwide argument. This story is about Robbie Tolan courageously picking up the pieces of his life, even as he fights for justice for all.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-american-revolution-the-making-of-a-populist-movement-by-kayleigh-mcenany--65209821https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323358 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New American Revolution: The Making of a Populist Movement Author: Kayleigh McEnany Narrator: Kayleigh McEnany Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this essential exploration of the American heartland, Kayleigh McEnany presents an eye-opening collection of interviews and stories about the powerful grassroots populist movement of frustrated Americans left behind by the government that changed the landscape of political campaigns forever Kayleigh McEnany spent months traveling throughout the United States, conducting interviews with citizens whose powerful and moving stories were forgotten or intentionally ignored by our leaders. Through candid, one-on-one conversations, they discussed their deeply personal stories and the issues that are most important to them, such as illegal immigration, safety from terrorist attacks, and religious freedom. The New American Revolution chronicles both the losses of these grassroots voters, as well as their ultimate victory in November 2016. Kayleigh also includes interviews with key figures within President Trump’s administration—including Ivanka Trump, Secretary Ben Carson, Jared Kushner, and many more—and their experiences on the road leading up to President Trump’s historic win. Kayleigh’s journey takes her from a family cabin in Ohio to the empty factories in Flint, Michigan, from sunny Florida to a Texas BBQ joint—and, of course, ends up at the White House. The collective grievance of the American electorate reveals a deep divide between leaders and citizens. During a time of stark political division, Kayleigh discovers a personal unity and common thread of humanity that binds us nevertheless. Through faith in God and unimaginable strength, these forgotten men and women have overcome, even when their leaders turned their heads. An insightful book about the triumph of this powerful movement, The New American Revolution is a potent testament to the importance of their message.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323358Tue, 09 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323358 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New American Revolution: The Making of a Populist Movement Author: Kayleigh McEnany Narrator: Kayleigh McEnany Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323358 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New American Revolution: The Making of a Populist Movement Author: Kayleigh McEnany Narrator: Kayleigh McEnany Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this essential exploration of the American heartland, Kayleigh McEnany presents an eye-opening collection of interviews and stories about the powerful grassroots populist movement of frustrated Americans left behind by the government that changed the landscape of political campaigns forever Kayleigh McEnany spent months traveling throughout the United States, conducting interviews with citizens whose powerful and moving stories were forgotten or intentionally ignored by our leaders. Through candid, one-on-one conversations, they discussed their deeply personal stories and the issues that are most important to them, such as illegal immigration, safety from terrorist attacks, and religious freedom. The New American Revolution chronicles both the losses of these grassroots voters, as well as their ultimate victory in November 2016. Kayleigh also includes interviews with key figures within President Trump’s administration—including Ivanka Trump, Secretary Ben Carson, Jared Kushner, and many more—and their experiences on the road leading up to President Trump’s historic win. Kayleigh’s journey takes her from a family cabin in Ohio to the empty factories in Flint, Michigan, from sunny Florida to a Texas BBQ joint—and, of course, ends up at the White House. The collective grievance of the American electorate reveals a deep divide between leaders and citizens. During a time of stark political division, Kayleigh discovers a personal unity and common thread of humanity that binds us nevertheless. Through faith in God and unimaginable strength, these forgotten men and women have overcome, even when their leaders turned their heads. An insightful book about the triumph of this powerful movement, The New American Revolution is a potent testament to the importance of their message.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-long-hangover-putin-s-new-russia-and-the-ghosts-of-the-past-by-shaun-walker--65209914https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322846 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Long Hangover: Putin’s New Russia and the Ghosts of the Past Author: Shaun Walker Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Long Hangover, Shaun Walker provides new insight into contemporary Russia and its search for a new identity, telling the story through the country's troubled relationship with its Soviet past. Walker not only explains Vladimir Putin's goals and the government's official manipulations of history, but also focuses on ordinary Russians and their motivations. He charts how Putin raised victory in World War II to the status of a national founding myth in the search for a unifying force to heal a divided country, and shows how dangerous the ramifications of this have been. The book explores why Russia, unlike Germany, has failed to come to terms with the darkest pages of its past: Stalin's purges, the Gulag, and the war deportations. The narrative roams from the corridors of the Kremlin to the wilds of the Gulags and the trenches of east Ukraine. It puts the annexation of Crimea and the newly assertive Russia in the context of the delayed fallout of the Soviet collapse. Packed with analysis but told mainly through vibrant reportage, The Long Hangover is a thoughtful exploration of the legacy of the Soviet collapse and how it has affected life in Russia and Putin's policies.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322846Tue, 02 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322846 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Long Hangover: Putin’s New Russia and the Ghosts of the Past Author: Shaun Walker Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322846 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Long Hangover: Putin’s New Russia and the Ghosts of the Past Author: Shaun Walker Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Long Hangover, Shaun Walker provides new insight into contemporary Russia and its search for a new identity, telling the story through the country's troubled relationship with its Soviet past. Walker not only explains Vladimir Putin's goals and the government's official manipulations of history, but also focuses on ordinary Russians and their motivations. He charts how Putin raised victory in World War II to the status of a national founding myth in the search for a unifying force to heal a divided country, and shows how dangerous the ramifications of this have been. The book explores why Russia, unlike Germany, has failed to come to terms with the darkest pages of its past: Stalin's purges, the Gulag, and the war deportations. The narrative roams from the corridors of the Kremlin to the wilds of the Gulags and the trenches of east Ukraine. It puts the annexation of Crimea and the newly assertive Russia in the context of the delayed fallout of the Soviet collapse. Packed with analysis but told mainly through vibrant reportage, The Long Hangover is a thoughtful exploration of the legacy of the Soviet collapse and how it has affected life in Russia and Putin's policies.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/inventing-america-jefferson-s-declaration-of-independence-by-garry-wills--65209897https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322267 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inventing America: Jefferson's Declaration of Independence Author: Garry Wills Narrator: Tom Weitzel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From acclaimed historian Garry Wills, author of Lincoln at Gettysburg, a celebrated re-appraisal of the meaning and the source of inspiration of The Declaration of Independence, based on a reading of Jefferson's original draft document. Inventing America upended decades of thinking about The Declaration of Independence when it was first published in 1978 and remains one of the most influential and important works of scholarship about this founding document.  Wills challenged the idea that Jefferson took all his ideas from John Locke. Instead, by focussing on Jefferson's original drafts, he showed Jefferson's debt to Scottish Enlightenment philosophers such as Lord Kames and Francis Hutcheson, and even the metaphysics of Aristotle. Wills's close reading of the previously overlooked drafts of the Declaration have altered and deepened the meaning and consequences of the single most important document that contintues to define America.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322267Tue, 02 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322267 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inventing America: Jefferson's Declaration of Independence Author: Garry Wills Narrator: Tom Weitzel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322267 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inventing America: Jefferson's Declaration of Independence Author: Garry Wills Narrator: Tom Weitzel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 12 minutes Release date: January 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From acclaimed historian Garry Wills, author of Lincoln at Gettysburg, a celebrated re-appraisal of the meaning and the source of inspiration of The Declaration of Independence, based on a reading of Jefferson's original draft document. Inventing America upended decades of thinking about The Declaration of Independence when it was first published in 1978 and remains one of the most influential and important works of scholarship about this founding document.  Wills challenged the idea that Jefferson took all his ideas from John Locke. Instead, by focussing on Jefferson's original drafts, he showed Jefferson's debt to Scottish Enlightenment philosophers such as Lord Kames and Francis Hutcheson, and even the metaphysics of Aristotle. Wills's close reading of the previously overlooked drafts of the Declaration have altered and deepened the meaning and consequences of the single most important document that contintues to define America.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-civil-rights-movement-by-the-speech-resource-company--65209876https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323415 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Civil Rights Movement Series: Part of The Historic Moments in Speech Series Author: The Speech Resource Company Narrator: Robert Wikstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 2, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Following the Supreme Court ruling in 1954 striking down the “separate but equal” doctrine, a decade and a half of civil turbulence existed. Civil rights activists used nonviolent protest and civil disobedience to bring about change. This product tells a part of that historic time with speeches from many of those attempting to achieve racial equality. Produced by the Speech Resource Company and fully narrated by Robert Wikstrom Martin Luther King Jr., Montgomery Bus Boycott, 6/5/1956President John F. Kennedy, Civil Rights Address to the Nation, 6/11/1963Martin Luther King Jr., Civil Rights Rally Address, 5/16/1963March on Washington, 8/28/63, Philip Randolph, John Lewis, Daisy Bates, Bayard RustinMalcolm X, Message to the Grass Roots, 1/23/1963Andrew Young, Reflections on MLK and Malcolm XPresident Lyndon Johnson, Signing Civil Rights Bill, 7/2/1964James Farmer, Speech on Poverty, 10/15/1965Roy Wilkins, Address at UCLA, 12/2/1965Martin Luther King Jr., National Health Care Workers Address, 3/10/1968Martin Luther King Jr., “Been to the Mountaintop,” 4/3/1968Robert F. Kennedy, Assassination of Martin Luther King Jr., 4/4/1968Coretta Scott King, Reflections on Civil Rights MovementStokley Carmichael, Civil Rights Rally AddressElla Baker, “Life is more sacred than property,” 4/24/1968Angela Davis, Address at UCLA, 10/8/1969Ralph Abernathy, Committee for Economic Opportunity, 8/15/1987Nelson Mandela, Address to Joint Session of Congress, 6/26/1990Rosa Parks, Speech at the Million Man March, 10/16/1995Dorothy Height, Human Rights Campaign, 11/8/1997Desmond Tutu, “Reconciling Love,” 11/4/2005Julian Bond, Speech at National Equality March, 10/11/2009Roy Innis, Receiving John M. Ashbrook Award, 2/18/2010Jesse Jackson, Fiftieth Anniversary of March on Washington, 8/29/2013President Barack Obama, Civil Rights Summit, 4/10/2014]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323415Tue, 02 Jan 2018 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323415 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Civil Rights Movement Series: Part of The Historic Moments in Speech Series Author: The Speech Resource Company Narrator: Robert Wikstrom Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323415 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Civil Rights Movement Series: Part of The Historic Moments in Speech Series Author: The Speech Resource Company Narrator: Robert Wikstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 2, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Following the Supreme Court ruling in 1954 striking down the “separate but equal” doctrine, a decade and a half of civil turbulence existed. Civil rights activists used nonviolent protest and civil disobedience to bring about change. This product tells a part of that historic time with speeches from many of those attempting to achieve racial equality. Produced by the Speech Resource Company and fully narrated by Robert Wikstrom Martin Luther King Jr., Montgomery Bus Boycott, 6/5/1956President John F. Kennedy, Civil Rights Address to the Nation, 6/11/1963Martin Luther King Jr., Civil Rights Rally Address, 5/16/1963March on Washington, 8/28/63, Philip Randolph, John Lewis, Daisy Bates, Bayard RustinMalcolm X, Message to the Grass Roots, 1/23/1963Andrew Young, Reflections on MLK and Malcolm XPresident Lyndon Johnson, Signing Civil Rights Bill, 7/2/1964James Farmer, Speech on Poverty, 10/15/1965Roy Wilkins, Address at UCLA, 12/2/1965Martin Luther King Jr., National Health Care Workers Address, 3/10/1968Martin Luther King Jr., “Been to the Mountaintop,” 4/3/1968Robert F. Kennedy, Assassination of Martin Luther King Jr., 4/4/1968Coretta Scott King, Reflections on Civil Rights MovementStokley Carmichael, Civil Rights Rally AddressElla Baker, “Life is more sacred than property,” 4/24/1968Angela Davis, Address at UCLA, 10/8/1969Ralph Abernathy, Committee for Economic Opportunity, 8/15/1987Nelson Mandela, Address to Joint Session of Congress, 6/26/1990Rosa Parks, Speech at the Million Man March, 10/16/1995Dorothy Height, Human Rights Campaign, 11/8/1997Desmond Tutu, “Reconciling Love,” 11/4/2005Julian Bond, Speech at National Equality March, 10/11/2009Roy Innis, Receiving John M. Ashbrook Award, 2/18/2010Jesse Jackson, Fiftieth Anniversary of March on Washington, 8/29/2013President Barack Obama, Civil Rights Summit, 4/10/2014]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/postwar-a-history-of-europe-since-1945-by-tony-judt--65209880https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322538 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Postwar: A History of Europe Since 1945 Author: Tony Judt Narrator: Ralph Cosham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 43 hours 1 minute Release date: December 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Postwar by Tony Judt, read by Ralph Cosham. Tracing the story of post-war Europe and its changing role in the world, Judt's magnificent history of the continent of our times investigates the political, social and cultural history of Europe from the wreckage of post-war Europe to the expansion of the EU into the former Soviet empire. Judt's stress is on the continent as a whole, from Greece to Norway, from Portugal to Russia. This, uniquely, is a hstory that pays due attention to both Western and Eastern Europe, to cultural and social developments as to political and diplomatic events. Throughout Judt shows how politics, society, culture and popular culture influenced each other. A masterly and definitive history of our continent in a crucial period of its history, Europe in our time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322538Thu, 21 Dec 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322538 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Postwar: A History of Europe Since 1945 Author: Tony Judt Narrator: Ralph Cosham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 43 hours 1 minute Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322538 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Postwar: A History of Europe Since 1945 Author: Tony Judt Narrator: Ralph Cosham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 43 hours 1 minute Release date: December 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Postwar by Tony Judt, read by Ralph Cosham. Tracing the story of post-war Europe and its changing role in the world, Judt's magnificent history of the continent of our times investigates the political, social and cultural history of Europe from the wreckage of post-war Europe to the expansion of the EU into the former Soviet empire. Judt's stress is on the continent as a whole, from Greece to Norway, from Portugal to Russia. This, uniquely, is a hstory that pays due attention to both Western and Eastern Europe, to cultural and social developments as to political and diplomatic events. Throughout Judt shows how politics, society, culture and popular culture influenced each other. A masterly and definitive history of our continent in a crucial period of its history, Europe in our time.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bully-of-asia-why-china-s-dream-is-the-new-threat-to-world-order-by-steven-w-mosher--65209861https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323222 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bully of Asia: Why China's Dream is the New Threat to World Order Author: Steven W. Mosher Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The signs are everywhere. China unilaterally claims the entire South China Sea as sovereign territory, then builds artificial islands to bolster its claim. It suddenly activates an air-defense identification zone over the East China Sea, and it threatens to down any aircraft that does not report its position. It builds roads into Indian territory, then redraws the maps to show that it is actually Chinese territory. The People's Republic under President Xi Jinping is quickly becoming The Bully of Asia.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323222Tue, 19 Dec 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323222 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bully of Asia: Why China's Dream is the New Threat to World Order Author: Steven W. Mosher Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323222 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bully of Asia: Why China's Dream is the New Threat to World Order Author: Steven W. Mosher Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The signs are everywhere. China unilaterally claims the entire South China Sea as sovereign territory, then builds artificial islands to bolster its claim. It suddenly activates an air-defense identification zone over the East China Sea, and it threatens to down any aircraft that does not report its position. It builds roads into Indian territory, then redraws the maps to show that it is actually Chinese territory. The People's Republic under President Xi Jinping is quickly becoming The Bully of Asia.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-threat-matrix-inside-robert-mueller-s-fbi-and-the-war-on-global-terror-by-garrett-m-graff--65209845https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323156 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Threat Matrix: Inside Robert Mueller's FBI and the War on Global Terror Author: Garrett M. Graff Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An intimate look at Robert Mueller, the sixth Director of the FBI, who oversaw the investigation into ties between President Trump's campaign and Russian officials. Covering more than 30 years of history, from the 1980s through Obama's presidency, The Threat Matrix explores the transformation of the FBI from a domestic law enforcement agency, handling bank robberies and local crimes, into an international intelligence agency -- with more than 500 agents operating in more than 60 countries overseas -- fighting extremist terrorism, cyber crimes, and, for the first time, American suicide bombers. Based on access to never-before-seen task forces and FBI bases from Budapest, Hungary, to Quantico, Virginia, this book profiles the visionary agents who risked their lives to bring down criminals and terrorists both here in the U.S. and thousands of miles away long before the rest of the country was paying attention to terrorism. Given unprecedented access, thousands of pages of once secret documents, and hundreds of interviews, Garrett M. Graff takes us inside the FBI and its attempt to protect America from the Munich Olympics in 1972 to the attempted Times Square bombing in 2010. It also tells the inside story of the FBI's behind-the-scenes fights with the CIA, the Department of Justice, and five White Houses over how to combat terrorism, balance civil liberties, and preserve security. The book also offers a never-before-seen intimate look at FBI Director Robert Mueller, the most important director since Hoover himself. Brilliantly reported and suspensefully told, The Threat Matrix peers into the darkest corners of this secret war and will change your view of the FBI forever.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323156Tue, 12 Dec 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323156 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Threat Matrix: Inside Robert Mueller's FBI and the War on Global Terror Author: Garrett M. Graff Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323156 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Threat Matrix: Inside Robert Mueller's FBI and the War on Global Terror Author: Garrett M. Graff Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 28 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 12, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An intimate look at Robert Mueller, the sixth Director of the FBI, who oversaw the investigation into ties between President Trump's campaign and Russian officials. Covering more than 30 years of history, from the 1980s through Obama's presidency, The Threat Matrix explores the transformation of the FBI from a domestic law enforcement agency, handling bank robberies and local crimes, into an international intelligence agency -- with more than 500 agents operating in more than 60 countries overseas -- fighting extremist terrorism, cyber crimes, and, for the first time, American suicide bombers. Based on access to never-before-seen task forces and FBI bases from Budapest, Hungary, to Quantico, Virginia, this book profiles the visionary agents who risked their lives to bring down criminals and terrorists both here in the U.S. and thousands of miles away long before the rest of the country was paying attention to terrorism. Given unprecedented access, thousands of pages of once secret documents, and hundreds of interviews, Garrett M. Graff takes us inside the FBI and its attempt to protect America from the Munich Olympics in 1972 to the attempted Times Square bombing in 2010. It also tells the inside story of the FBI's behind-the-scenes fights with the CIA, the Department of Justice, and five White Houses over how to combat terrorism, balance civil liberties, and preserve security. The book also offers a never-before-seen intimate look at FBI Director Robert Mueller, the most important director since Hoover himself. Brilliantly reported and suspensefully told, The Threat Matrix peers into the darkest corners of this secret war and will change your view of the FBI forever.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/marxism-as-psychopathy-by-j-m-kuczynski--65209854https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322510 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marxism as Psychopathy Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 5, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The essence of psychosis is alienatedness from the truth, and the essence of psychopathy is alienatedness from moral truth. According to Marx, truth and morality from culture to culture and from epoch to epoch, the only epoch- and culture-invariant thing about them being, in Marx's view, that they are always so much self-serving propaganda. Thus, Marxism, in its insistence on the non-existence (or, what is the same, the relativity) of truth and morality, is nothing more than an exhortation to be psychotic and psychopathic; and the supposedly unsuccessful Marxist revolutions in Russian, China, and Cambodia were, in fact, successful--that is to say, they successfully implemented the psychotic psychopathy that is the very heart of Marxism.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322510Tue, 05 Dec 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322510 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marxism as Psychopathy Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322510 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Marxism as Psychopathy Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 5, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The essence of psychosis is alienatedness from the truth, and the essence of psychopathy is alienatedness from moral truth. According to Marx, truth and morality from culture to culture and from epoch to epoch, the only epoch- and culture-invariant thing about them being, in Marx's view, that they are always so much self-serving propaganda. Thus, Marxism, in its insistence on the non-existence (or, what is the same, the relativity) of truth and morality, is nothing more than an exhortation to be psychotic and psychopathic; and the supposedly unsuccessful Marxist revolutions in Russian, China, and Cambodia were, in fact, successful--that is to say, they successfully implemented the psychotic psychopathy that is the very heart of Marxism.]]>35cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-is-the-difference-between-marxism-and-communism-by-j-m-kuczynski--65209850https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322511 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What is the Difference between Marxism and Communism? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Communism is the view that property should be owned collectively—that, in other words, there should be no such thing as private property, at least not on a commercially meaningful scale. Marxism is something very different from communism. Marxism is the view that our beliefs about the world, and also about morality, are rationalizations, and therefore falsehoods, that are based, not on objective fact, but on propaganda put out by the people who own the means of production. Thus, Marxism and communism are completely distinct doctrines. In this short work, it is explained how, despite their differences, Marxism and communism are connected.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322511Tue, 05 Dec 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322511 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What is the Difference between Marxism and Communism? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322511 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What is the Difference between Marxism and Communism? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Communism is the view that property should be owned collectively—that, in other words, there should be no such thing as private property, at least not on a commercially meaningful scale. Marxism is something very different from communism. Marxism is the view that our beliefs about the world, and also about morality, are rationalizations, and therefore falsehoods, that are based, not on objective fact, but on propaganda put out by the people who own the means of production. Thus, Marxism and communism are completely distinct doctrines. In this short work, it is explained how, despite their differences, Marxism and communism are connected.]]>65cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/race-matters-25th-anniversary-with-a-new-introduction-by-cornel-west--65209849https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323529 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Race Matters, 25th Anniversary: With a New Introduction Author: Cornel West Narrator: JD Jackson, Cornel West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The twenty-fifth-anniversary edition of the groundbreaking classic, with a new introduction First published in 1993, on the one-year anniversary of the Los Angeles riots, Race Matters became a national best seller that has gone on to sell more than half a million copies. This classic treatise on race contains Dr. West’s most incisive essays on the issues relevant to black Americans, including the crisis in leadership in the Black community, Black conservatism, Black-Jewish relations, myths about Black sexuality, and the legacy of Malcolm X. The insights Dr. West brings to these complex problems remain relevant, provocative, creative, and compassionate. In a new introduction for the twenty-fifth-anniversary edition, Dr. West argues that we are in the midst of a spiritual blackout characterized by imperial decline, racial animosity, and unchecked brutality and terror as seen in Baltimore, Ferguson, and Charlottesville. Calling for a moral and spiritual awakening, Dr. West finds hope in the collective and visionary resistance exemplified by the Movement for Black Lives, Standing Rock, and the Black freedom tradition. Now more than ever, Race Matters is an essential book for all Americans, helping us to build a genuine multiracial democracy in the new millennium.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323529Tue, 05 Dec 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323529 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Race Matters, 25th Anniversary: With a New Introduction Author: Cornel West Narrator: JD Jackson, Cornel West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323529 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Race Matters, 25th Anniversary: With a New Introduction Author: Cornel West Narrator: JD Jackson, Cornel West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The twenty-fifth-anniversary edition of the groundbreaking classic, with a new introduction First published in 1993, on the one-year anniversary of the Los Angeles riots, Race Matters became a national best seller that has gone on to sell more than half a million copies. This classic treatise on race contains Dr. West’s most incisive essays on the issues relevant to black Americans, including the crisis in leadership in the Black community, Black conservatism, Black-Jewish relations, myths about Black sexuality, and the legacy of Malcolm X. The insights Dr. West brings to these complex problems remain relevant, provocative, creative, and compassionate. In a new introduction for the twenty-fifth-anniversary edition, Dr. West argues that we are in the midst of a spiritual blackout characterized by imperial decline, racial animosity, and unchecked brutality and terror as seen in Baltimore, Ferguson, and Charlottesville. Calling for a moral and spiritual awakening, Dr. West finds hope in the collective and visionary resistance exemplified by the Movement for Black Lives, Standing Rock, and the Black freedom tradition. Now more than ever, Race Matters is an essential book for all Americans, helping us to build a genuine multiracial democracy in the new millennium.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/second-thoughts-on-bernie-madoff-by-j-m-kuczynski--65209864https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322503 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Second Thoughts on Bernie Madoff Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 3, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bernie Madoff's crimes are often blamed on insufficient regulation: had the relevant regulatory agencies been doing their job, it is thought, the Madoff-debacle would never have happened. But I suspect that Madoff's crimes may themselves have been a consequence of a superabundance of regulations, the effect of which was to make it prohibitively difficult to make money in the financial sector without breaking the law.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322503Sun, 03 Dec 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322503 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Second Thoughts on Bernie Madoff Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322503 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Second Thoughts on Bernie Madoff Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 3, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bernie Madoff's crimes are often blamed on insufficient regulation: had the relevant regulatory agencies been doing their job, it is thought, the Madoff-debacle would never have happened. But I suspect that Madoff's crimes may themselves have been a consequence of a superabundance of regulations, the effect of which was to make it prohibitively difficult to make money in the financial sector without breaking the law.]]>35cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/two-kinds-of-crime-by-j-m-kuczynski--65209841https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Kinds of Crime Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 3, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There are two kinds of crime: primary and secondary. Secondary crimes are those that are committed as a way of dealing with economic hardships created by excessive regulation. Primary crimes are those that are not secondary.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322486Sun, 03 Dec 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Kinds of Crime Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 3,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Kinds of Crime Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: December 3, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There are two kinds of crime: primary and secondary. Secondary crimes are those that are committed as a way of dealing with economic hardships created by excessive regulation. Primary crimes are those that are not secondary.]]>35cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/campaigning-for-clean-air-strategies-for-pro-nuclear-advocacy-by-meredith-angwin--65209907https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322472 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Campaigning for Clean Air: Strategies for Pro-Nuclear Advocacy Author: Meredith Angwin Narrator: Pamela Almand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pro-nuclear people can make important contributions to the energy debate. Advocates appreciate the importance of nuclear power for clean air and for our planet's future. This book will help you make your voice heard. In this book, award-winning author Meredith Angwin guides you in your advocacy: Support nuclear energy while simply sitting at your computer Support nuclear energy in public, using the same techniques as professional speakers and communicators Speak at a public hearing or be invited to speak to a legislative committee Learn how to deal with your own emotions in a world saturated with anti-nuclear messages Find other nuclear supporters and have fun together. Campaigning for Clean Air features anecdotes, examples and insights from many pro-nuclear advocates. This book will inspire your work for a clean energy future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322472Tue, 28 Nov 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322472 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Campaigning for Clean Air: Strategies for Pro-Nuclear Advocacy Author: Meredith Angwin Narrator: Pamela Almand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322472 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Campaigning for Clean Air: Strategies for Pro-Nuclear Advocacy Author: Meredith Angwin Narrator: Pamela Almand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pro-nuclear people can make important contributions to the energy debate. Advocates appreciate the importance of nuclear power for clean air and for our planet's future. This book will help you make your voice heard. In this book, award-winning author Meredith Angwin guides you in your advocacy: Support nuclear energy while simply sitting at your computer Support nuclear energy in public, using the same techniques as professional speakers and communicators Speak at a public hearing or be invited to speak to a legislative committee Learn how to deal with your own emotions in a world saturated with anti-nuclear messages Find other nuclear supporters and have fun together. Campaigning for Clean Air features anecdotes, examples and insights from many pro-nuclear advocates. This book will inspire your work for a clean energy future.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-are-professors-liberal-by-j-m-kuczynski--65209862https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why are Professors Liberal? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: November 24, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberalism is about collectivism, and anti-liberalism is about individualism. Therefore, bureaucracies, and universities consequently, are of their very nature disposed to be liberal.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321032Fri, 24 Nov 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why are Professors Liberal? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why are Professors Liberal? Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 1 minute Release date: November 24, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberalism is about collectivism, and anti-liberalism is about individualism. Therefore, bureaucracies, and universities consequently, are of their very nature disposed to be liberal.]]>35cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-precautionary-tale-how-one-small-town-banned-pesticides-preserved-its-food-heritage-and-inspired-a-movement-by-philip-ackerman-leist--65209735https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331858 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Precautionary Tale: How One Small Town Banned Pesticides, Preserved Its Food Heritage, and Inspired a Movement Author: Philip Ackerman-Leist Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mals, Italy, has long been known as the breadbasket of the Tyrol. But recently the tiny town became known for something else entirely. A Precautionary Tale tells us why, introducing readers to an unlikely group of activists and a forward-thinking mayor who came together to ban pesticides in Mals by a referendum vote-making it the first place on Earth to accomplish such a feat, and a model for other towns and regions to follow. For hundreds of years, the people of Mals had cherished their traditional foodways and kept their local agriculture organic. Their town had become a mecca for tourists drawn by the alpine landscape, the rural and historic character of the villages, and the fine breads, wines, cheeses, herbs, vegetables, and the other traditional foods they produced. Yet Mals is located high up in the eastern Alps, and the valley below was being steadily overtaken by big apple producers, heavily dependent on pesticides. As Big Apple crept further and further up the region's mountainsides, their toxic spray drifted with the valley's ever-present winds and began to fall on the farms and fields of Mals-threatening their organic certifications, as well as their health and that of their livestock.  The advancing threats gradually motivated a diverse cast of characters to take action-each in their own unique way, and then in concert in an iconic display of direct democracy in action. As Ackerman-Leist recounts their uprising, we meet an organic dairy farmer who decides to speak up when his hay is poisoned by drift; a pediatrician who engaged other medical professionals to protect the soil, water, and air that the health of her patients depends upon; a hairdresser whose salon conversations mobilized the town's women in an extraordinarily conceived campaign; and others who together orchestrated one of the rare revolutionary successes of our time and inspired a movement now snaking its way through Europe and the United States. A foreword by Vandana Shiva calls upon others to follow in Mals's footsteps.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331858Tue, 14 Nov 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331858 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Precautionary Tale: How One Small Town Banned Pesticides, Preserved Its Food Heritage, and Inspired a Movement Author: Philip Ackerman-Leist...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331858 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Precautionary Tale: How One Small Town Banned Pesticides, Preserved Its Food Heritage, and Inspired a Movement Author: Philip Ackerman-Leist Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 14, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mals, Italy, has long been known as the breadbasket of the Tyrol. But recently the tiny town became known for something else entirely. A Precautionary Tale tells us why, introducing readers to an unlikely group of activists and a forward-thinking mayor who came together to ban pesticides in Mals by a referendum vote-making it the first place on Earth to accomplish such a feat, and a model for other towns and regions to follow. For hundreds of years, the people of Mals had cherished their traditional foodways and kept their local agriculture organic. Their town had become a mecca for tourists drawn by the alpine landscape, the rural and historic character of the villages, and the fine breads, wines, cheeses, herbs, vegetables, and the other traditional foods they produced. Yet Mals is located high up in the eastern Alps, and the valley below was being steadily overtaken by big apple producers, heavily dependent on pesticides. As Big Apple crept further and further up the region's mountainsides, their toxic spray drifted with the valley's ever-present winds and began to fall on the farms and fields of Mals-threatening their organic certifications, as well as their health and that of their livestock.  The advancing threats gradually motivated a diverse cast of characters to take action-each in their own unique way, and then in concert in an iconic display of direct democracy in action. As Ackerman-Leist recounts their uprising, we meet an organic dairy farmer who decides to speak up when his hay is poisoned by drift; a pediatrician who engaged other medical professionals to protect the soil, water, and air that the health of her patients depends upon; a hairdresser whose salon conversations mobilized the town's women in an extraordinarily conceived campaign; and others who together orchestrated one of the rare revolutionary successes of our time and inspired a movement now snaking its way through Europe and the United States. A foreword by Vandana Shiva calls upon others to follow in Mals's footsteps.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-netanyahu-years-by-ben-caspit-ora-cummings--65209859https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322120 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Netanyahu Years Author: Ben Caspit, Ora Cummings Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A portrait of the current Israeli prime minister, one of Israel's more noticeable leaders in recent decades. Benjamin Netanyahu is currently serving his fourth term in office as Prime Minister of Israel, the longest serving Prime Minister in the country's history. Now Israeli journalist Ben Caspit puts Netanyahu's life under a magnifying glass, focusing on his last two terms in office. Caspit covers a wide swath of topics, including Netanyahu's policies, his political struggles, and his fight against the Iranian nuclear program, and zeroes in on Netanyahu's love/hate relationship with the American administration, America's Jews, and his alliances with American business magnates. A timely and important book, The Netanyahu Years is a primer for anyone looking to understand this world leader.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322120Tue, 11 Jul 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322120 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Netanyahu Years Author: Ben Caspit, Ora Cummings Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 49 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322120 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Netanyahu Years Author: Ben Caspit, Ora Cummings Narrator: George Guidall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A portrait of the current Israeli prime minister, one of Israel's more noticeable leaders in recent decades. Benjamin Netanyahu is currently serving his fourth term in office as Prime Minister of Israel, the longest serving Prime Minister in the country's history. Now Israeli journalist Ben Caspit puts Netanyahu's life under a magnifying glass, focusing on his last two terms in office. Caspit covers a wide swath of topics, including Netanyahu's policies, his political struggles, and his fight against the Iranian nuclear program, and zeroes in on Netanyahu's love/hate relationship with the American administration, America's Jews, and his alliances with American business magnates. A timely and important book, The Netanyahu Years is a primer for anyone looking to understand this world leader.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/kingdom-of-olives-and-ash-writers-confront-the-occupation-by-fred-sanders-gabra-zackman--65209870https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320725 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kingdom of Olives and Ash: Writers Confront the Occupation Author: Fred Sanders, Gabra Zackman Narrator: Gabra Zackman, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 30, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Published to coincide the with 50th anniversary of the Israel occupation of the West Bank, an anthology that explores the human cost of the conflict there as witnessed by such notable writers as Colum McCann, Colm Toibin, Dave Eggers, Madeleine Thien, Eimear McBride, Taiye Selasi and editors Michael Chabon and Ayelet Waldman. June 2017 marks the 50th anniversary of the Israel occupation of the West Bank. The violence on both sides of the conflict has been horrific, the casualties catastrophic. Michael Chabon and Ayelet Waldman, two of today's most renowned novelists and essayists, have joined forces with the Israeli NGO Breaking the Silence—an organization comprised of former Israeli soldiers who served in the occupied territories and saw firsthand the injustice there—and a host of illustrious writers to tell the stories of the people on the ground in the contested territories. KINGDOM OF OLIVES AND ASH includes contributions from some of our most esteemed storytellers, including essays from editors Chabon and Waldman. Their writing enables readers to understand the human narratives behind the litany of grim destruction broadcasted nightly on the news. Together they all stand witness to the human cost of the occupation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320725Tue, 30 May 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320725 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kingdom of Olives and Ash: Writers Confront the Occupation Author: Fred Sanders, Gabra Zackman Narrator: Gabra Zackman, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320725 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kingdom of Olives and Ash: Writers Confront the Occupation Author: Fred Sanders, Gabra Zackman Narrator: Gabra Zackman, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 30, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Published to coincide the with 50th anniversary of the Israel occupation of the West Bank, an anthology that explores the human cost of the conflict there as witnessed by such notable writers as Colum McCann, Colm Toibin, Dave Eggers, Madeleine Thien, Eimear McBride, Taiye Selasi and editors Michael Chabon and Ayelet Waldman. June 2017 marks the 50th anniversary of the Israel occupation of the West Bank. The violence on both sides of the conflict has been horrific, the casualties catastrophic. Michael Chabon and Ayelet Waldman, two of today's most renowned novelists and essayists, have joined forces with the Israeli NGO Breaking the Silence—an organization comprised of former Israeli soldiers who served in the occupied territories and saw firsthand the injustice there—and a host of illustrious writers to tell the stories of the people on the ground in the contested territories. KINGDOM OF OLIVES AND ASH includes contributions from some of our most esteemed storytellers, including essays from editors Chabon and Waldman. Their writing enables readers to understand the human narratives behind the litany of grim destruction broadcasted nightly on the news. Together they all stand witness to the human cost of the occupation.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-road-to-camelot-inside-jfk-s-five-year-campaign-by-thomas-oliphant-curtis-wilkie--65209882https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign Author: Thomas Oliphant, Curtis Wilkie Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A behind-the-scenes, revelatory account of John F. Kennedy's wily campaign to the White House, beginning with his bold, failed attempt to win the vice presidential nomination in 1956. A young and undistinguished junior plots his way to the presidency and changes the way we nominate and elect presidents. John F. Kennedy and his young warriors invented modern presidential politics. They turned over accepted wisdom that his Catholicism was a barrier to winning an election and plotted a successful course to that constituency. They hired Louis Harris-a polling entrepreneur-to become the first presidential pollster. They twisted arms and they charmed. They lined up party bosses, young enthusiasts, and fellow Catholics and turned the traditional party inside out. The last-minute invitation to Lyndon B. Johnson for vice president in 1956 surprised them only because they had failed to notice that he wanted it. They invented The Missile Gap in the Cold War and out-glamoured Richard Nixon in the TV debates. Now acclaimed, award-winning journalists Tom Oliphant and Curtis Wilkie provide the most comprehensive account, based on a depth of personal reporting, interviews, and archives. The authors have examined more than 1,600 oral histories at the John F. Kennedy library; they've interviewed surviving sources, including JFK's sister Jean Smith, and they draw on their own interviews with insiders including Ted Sorensen and Arthur Schlesinger, Jr. From the start of the campaign in 1955 when his father tried to persuade President Johnson to run with JFK as his running mate, The Road to Camelot reveals him as a tough, shrewd political strategist who kept his eye on the prize. This is one of the great campaign stories of all time, appropriate for today's political climate.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321987Tue, 09 May 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign Author: Thomas Oliphant, Curtis Wilkie Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign Author: Thomas Oliphant, Curtis Wilkie Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 9, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A behind-the-scenes, revelatory account of John F. Kennedy's wily campaign to the White House, beginning with his bold, failed attempt to win the vice presidential nomination in 1956. A young and undistinguished junior plots his way to the presidency and changes the way we nominate and elect presidents. John F. Kennedy and his young warriors invented modern presidential politics. They turned over accepted wisdom that his Catholicism was a barrier to winning an election and plotted a successful course to that constituency. They hired Louis Harris-a polling entrepreneur-to become the first presidential pollster. They twisted arms and they charmed. They lined up party bosses, young enthusiasts, and fellow Catholics and turned the traditional party inside out. The last-minute invitation to Lyndon B. Johnson for vice president in 1956 surprised them only because they had failed to notice that he wanted it. They invented The Missile Gap in the Cold War and out-glamoured Richard Nixon in the TV debates. Now acclaimed, award-winning journalists Tom Oliphant and Curtis Wilkie provide the most comprehensive account, based on a depth of personal reporting, interviews, and archives. The authors have examined more than 1,600 oral histories at the John F. Kennedy library; they've interviewed surviving sources, including JFK's sister Jean Smith, and they draw on their own interviews with insiders including Ted Sorensen and Arthur Schlesinger, Jr. From the start of the campaign in 1955 when his father tried to persuade President Johnson to run with JFK as his running mate, The Road to Camelot reveals him as a tough, shrewd political strategist who kept his eye on the prize. This is one of the great campaign stories of all time, appropriate for today's political climate.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-book-smugglers-of-timbuktu-the-quest-for-this-storied-city-and-the-race-to-save-its-treasures-by-charlie-english--65209891https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book Smugglers of Timbuktu: The Quest for this Storied City and the Race to Save Its Treasures Author: Charlie English Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 4, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘An exemplary work of investigative journalism that is also a wonderfully colourful book of history and travel’ Observer, Books of the Year ‘A piece of postmodern historiography of quite extraordinary sophistication and ingenuity… [written with] exceptional delicacy and restraint’ TLS The fabled city of Timbuktu has captured the Western imagination for centuries. The search for this ‘African El Dorado’ cost the lives of many explorers but Timbuktu is rich beyond its legends. Home to many thousands of ancient manuscripts on poetry, history, religion, law, pharmacology and astronomy, the city has been a centre of learning since medieval times. When jihadists invaded Mali in 2012 threatening destruction to Timbuktu’s libraries, a remarkable thing happened. A team of librarians and archivists joined forces to spirit the precious manuscripts into hiding. Based on new research and first-hand reporting, Charlie English expertly tells this story set in one of the world’s most fascinating places, and the myths from which it has become inseparable.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320699Thu, 04 May 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book Smugglers of Timbuktu: The Quest for this Storied City and the Race to Save Its Treasures Author: Charlie English Narrator: Jonathan Keeble...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book Smugglers of Timbuktu: The Quest for this Storied City and the Race to Save Its Treasures Author: Charlie English Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 4, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘An exemplary work of investigative journalism that is also a wonderfully colourful book of history and travel’ Observer, Books of the Year ‘A piece of postmodern historiography of quite extraordinary sophistication and ingenuity… [written with] exceptional delicacy and restraint’ TLS The fabled city of Timbuktu has captured the Western imagination for centuries. The search for this ‘African El Dorado’ cost the lives of many explorers but Timbuktu is rich beyond its legends. Home to many thousands of ancient manuscripts on poetry, history, religion, law, pharmacology and astronomy, the city has been a centre of learning since medieval times. When jihadists invaded Mali in 2012 threatening destruction to Timbuktu’s libraries, a remarkable thing happened. A team of librarians and archivists joined forces to spirit the precious manuscripts into hiding. Based on new research and first-hand reporting, Charlie English expertly tells this story set in one of the world’s most fascinating places, and the myths from which it has become inseparable.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-soul-of-the-first-amendment-by-floyd-abrams--65209788https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of the First Amendment Author: Floyd Abrams Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A lively and controversial overview by the nation’s most celebrated First Amendment lawyer of the unique protections for freedom of speech in AmericaThe right of Americans to voice their beliefs without government approval or oversight is protected under what may well be the most honored and least understood addendum to the US Constitution—the First Amendment. Floyd Abrams, a noted lawyer and award-winning legal scholar specializing in First Amendment issues, examines the degree to which American law protects free speech more often, more intensely, and more controversially than is the case anywhere else in the world, including democratic nations such as Canada and England. In this lively, powerful, and provocative work, the author addresses legal issues from the adoption of the Bill of Rights through recent cases such as Citizens United. He also examines the repeated conflicts between claims of free speech and those of national security occasioned by the publication of classified material such as was contained in the Pentagon Papers and was made public by WikiLeaks and Edward Snowden.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331683Tue, 25 Apr 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of the First Amendment Author: Floyd Abrams Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: April...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331683 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of the First Amendment Author: Floyd Abrams Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A lively and controversial overview by the nation’s most celebrated First Amendment lawyer of the unique protections for freedom of speech in AmericaThe right of Americans to voice their beliefs without government approval or oversight is protected under what may well be the most honored and least understood addendum to the US Constitution—the First Amendment. Floyd Abrams, a noted lawyer and award-winning legal scholar specializing in First Amendment issues, examines the degree to which American law protects free speech more often, more intensely, and more controversially than is the case anywhere else in the world, including democratic nations such as Canada and England. In this lively, powerful, and provocative work, the author addresses legal issues from the adoption of the Bill of Rights through recent cases such as Citizens United. He also examines the repeated conflicts between claims of free speech and those of national security occasioned by the publication of classified material such as was contained in the Pentagon Papers and was made public by WikiLeaks and Edward Snowden.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/our-latest-longest-war-losing-hearts-and-minds-in-afghanistan-by-aaron-b-o-connell--65209915https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317744 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Latest Longest War: Losing Hearts and Minds in Afghanistan Author: Aaron B. O'Connell Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first rule of warfare is to know one's enemy. The second is to know thyself. More than fifteen years and three quarters of a trillion dollars after the U.S. invasion of Afghanistan, it's clear that the United States followed neither rule well. America's goals in Afghanistan were lofty to begin with: dismantle al Qaeda, remove the Taliban from power, remake the country into a democracy. But not only did the mission come completely unmoored from reality, the United States wasted billions of dollars, and thousands of lives were lost. Our Latest Longest War is a chronicle of how, why, and in what ways the war in Afghanistan failed. Edited by historian and Marine lieutenant colonel Aaron B. O'Connell, the essays collected here represent nine different perspectives on the war—all from veterans of the conflict, both American and Afghan. Together, they paint a picture of a war in which problems of culture and an unbridgeable rural-urban divide derailed nearly every field of endeavor.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317744Tue, 18 Apr 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317744 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Latest Longest War: Losing Hearts and Minds in Afghanistan Author: Aaron B. O'Connell Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317744 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Latest Longest War: Losing Hearts and Minds in Afghanistan Author: Aaron B. O'Connell Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 18, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first rule of warfare is to know one's enemy. The second is to know thyself. More than fifteen years and three quarters of a trillion dollars after the U.S. invasion of Afghanistan, it's clear that the United States followed neither rule well. America's goals in Afghanistan were lofty to begin with: dismantle al Qaeda, remove the Taliban from power, remake the country into a democracy. But not only did the mission come completely unmoored from reality, the United States wasted billions of dollars, and thousands of lives were lost. Our Latest Longest War is a chronicle of how, why, and in what ways the war in Afghanistan failed. Edited by historian and Marine lieutenant colonel Aaron B. O'Connell, the essays collected here represent nine different perspectives on the war—all from veterans of the conflict, both American and Afghan. Together, they paint a picture of a war in which problems of culture and an unbridgeable rural-urban divide derailed nearly every field of endeavor.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-end-of-europe-dictators-demagogues-and-the-coming-dark-age-by-james-kirchick--65209918https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317752 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Europe: Dictators, Demagogues, and the Coming Dark Age Author: James Kirchick Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Once the world’s bastion of liberal, democratic values, Europe is now having to confront demons it thought it had laid to rest. The old pathologies of anti-Semitism, populist nationalism, and territorial aggression are threatening to tear the European postwar consensus apart. In riveting dispatches from this unfolding tragedy, James Kirchick shows us the shallow disingenuousness of the leaders who pushed for “Brexit;” examines how a vast migrant wave is exacerbating tensions between Europeans and their Muslim minorities; explores the rising anti-Semitism that causes Jewish schools and synagogues in France and Germany to resemble armed bunkers; and describes how Russian imperial ambitions are destabilizing nations from Estonia to Ukraine. With President Trump now threatening to abandon America's traditional role as upholder of the liberal world order and guarantor of the contient's security, Europe may be alone in dealing with these unprecedented challenges. Based on extensive firsthand reporting, this book is a provocative, disturbing look at a continent in unexpected crisis.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317752Tue, 11 Apr 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317752 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Europe: Dictators, Demagogues, and the Coming Dark Age Author: James Kirchick Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317752 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Europe: Dictators, Demagogues, and the Coming Dark Age Author: James Kirchick Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Once the world’s bastion of liberal, democratic values, Europe is now having to confront demons it thought it had laid to rest. The old pathologies of anti-Semitism, populist nationalism, and territorial aggression are threatening to tear the European postwar consensus apart. In riveting dispatches from this unfolding tragedy, James Kirchick shows us the shallow disingenuousness of the leaders who pushed for “Brexit;” examines how a vast migrant wave is exacerbating tensions between Europeans and their Muslim minorities; explores the rising anti-Semitism that causes Jewish schools and synagogues in France and Germany to resemble armed bunkers; and describes how Russian imperial ambitions are destabilizing nations from Estonia to Ukraine. With President Trump now threatening to abandon America's traditional role as upholder of the liberal world order and guarantor of the contient's security, Europe may be alone in dealing with these unprecedented challenges. Based on extensive firsthand reporting, this book is a provocative, disturbing look at a continent in unexpected crisis.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-is-an-uprising-how-nonviolent-revolt-is-shaping-the-twenty-first-century-by-paul-engler-mark-engler--65209913https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317715 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is an Uprising: How Nonviolent Revolt Is Shaping the Twenty-First Century Author: Paul Engler, Mark Engler Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Strategic nonviolent action has reasserted itself as a potent force in shaping public debate and forcing political change. Whether it is an explosive surge of protest calling for racial justice in the United States or a demand for democratic reform in Hong Kong or Mexico, when mass movements erupt onto our television screens, the media portrays them as being as spontaneous and unpredictable. In This Is an Uprising, political analysts Mark and Paul Engler uncover the organization and well-planned strategies behind such outbursts of protest, examining core principles that have been used to spark and guide moments of transformative unrest. This Is an Uprising traces the evolution of civil resistance, providing new insights into the contributions of early experimenters such as Mohandas Gandhi and Martin Luther King, Jr.; groundbreaking theorists such as Gene Sharp and Frances Fox Piven; and contemporary practitioners who have toppled repressive regimes. Drawing from discussions with activists now working to defend human rights, challenge corporate corruption, and combat climate change, the Englers show how people with few resources and little influence in conventional politics can nevertheless engineer momentous upheavals.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317715Tue, 11 Apr 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317715 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is an Uprising: How Nonviolent Revolt Is Shaping the Twenty-First Century Author: Paul Engler, Mark Engler Narrator: Graham Halstead Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317715 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Is an Uprising: How Nonviolent Revolt Is Shaping the Twenty-First Century Author: Paul Engler, Mark Engler Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Strategic nonviolent action has reasserted itself as a potent force in shaping public debate and forcing political change. Whether it is an explosive surge of protest calling for racial justice in the United States or a demand for democratic reform in Hong Kong or Mexico, when mass movements erupt onto our television screens, the media portrays them as being as spontaneous and unpredictable. In This Is an Uprising, political analysts Mark and Paul Engler uncover the organization and well-planned strategies behind such outbursts of protest, examining core principles that have been used to spark and guide moments of transformative unrest. This Is an Uprising traces the evolution of civil resistance, providing new insights into the contributions of early experimenters such as Mohandas Gandhi and Martin Luther King, Jr.; groundbreaking theorists such as Gene Sharp and Frances Fox Piven; and contemporary practitioners who have toppled repressive regimes. Drawing from discussions with activists now working to defend human rights, challenge corporate corruption, and combat climate change, the Englers show how people with few resources and little influence in conventional politics can nevertheless engineer momentous upheavals.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stolen-girls-survivors-of-boko-haram-tell-their-story-by-wolfgang-bauer--65209912https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stolen Girls: Survivors of Boko Haram Tell Their Story Author: Wolfgang Bauer Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One night in April 2014, members of the terrorist organization Boko Haram raided the small town of Chibok in northeast Nigeria and abducted 276 young girls from the local boarding school. The event caused massive, international outrage. Using the hashtag 'Bring Back Our Girls,' politicians, activists, and celebrities from all around the world—among them First Lady Michelle Obama and Nobel Peace Prize winner Malala Yousafzai—protested. Some of the girls were able to escape and award winning journalist Wolfgang Bauer spent several weeks with them as they recounted their ordeal. In Stolen Girls, he gives voice to these girls, allowing them to speak for themselves—about their lives before the abduction, about the horrors during their captivity, and their dreams of a better future. Bauer’s reportage is complemented by over a dozen stunning portraits by award winning photographer Andy Spyra. Bauer also examines the historical and political background of the Islamist terror in the heart of Africa, showing how Boko Haram works and describing the damage it has done to the fragile balance of ethnicities and cultures in one of the world's most diverse regions.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317982Tue, 11 Apr 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stolen Girls: Survivors of Boko Haram Tell Their Story Author: Wolfgang Bauer Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317982 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stolen Girls: Survivors of Boko Haram Tell Their Story Author: Wolfgang Bauer Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One night in April 2014, members of the terrorist organization Boko Haram raided the small town of Chibok in northeast Nigeria and abducted 276 young girls from the local boarding school. The event caused massive, international outrage. Using the hashtag 'Bring Back Our Girls,' politicians, activists, and celebrities from all around the world—among them First Lady Michelle Obama and Nobel Peace Prize winner Malala Yousafzai—protested. Some of the girls were able to escape and award winning journalist Wolfgang Bauer spent several weeks with them as they recounted their ordeal. In Stolen Girls, he gives voice to these girls, allowing them to speak for themselves—about their lives before the abduction, about the horrors during their captivity, and their dreams of a better future. Bauer’s reportage is complemented by over a dozen stunning portraits by award winning photographer Andy Spyra. Bauer also examines the historical and political background of the Islamist terror in the heart of Africa, showing how Boko Haram works and describing the damage it has done to the fragile balance of ethnicities and cultures in one of the world's most diverse regions.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-worst-president-in-history-the-legacy-of-barack-obama-by-mark-noonan-matt-margolis--65209906https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317674 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Worst President in History: The Legacy of Barack Obama Author: Mark Noonan, Matt Margolis Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.03 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 2.22 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Barack Obama's presidential failures keep adding up, remembering them all can be a challenge. Matt Margolis and Mark Noonan have compiled everything you need to know about the presidency of Barack Obama (so far) into one book. Now you can easily find all the information that was ignored by the media and that Barack Obama would like you to forget. Did Barack Obama really save this country from another Great Depression? Did he really improve our country's image around the world, or unite America? What about the new era of post-partisanship and government transparency? Did he really expand health coverage while lowering costs and cutting taxes? The Worst President in History: The Legacy of Barack Obama compiles 200 inconvenient truths about Obama's presidency—the facts that will shape his legacy: His real record on the economy; the disaster that is Obamacare; his shocking abuses of taxpayer dollars; his bitterly divisive style of governing; his shameless usurping of the Constitution; his scandals and cover ups; his policy failures at home and abroad; the unprecedented expansion of government power . . . and more.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317674Tue, 28 Mar 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317674 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Worst President in History: The Legacy of Barack Obama Author: Mark Noonan, Matt Margolis Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317674 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Worst President in History: The Legacy of Barack Obama Author: Mark Noonan, Matt Margolis Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.03 of Total 39 Ratings of Narrator: 2.22 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Barack Obama's presidential failures keep adding up, remembering them all can be a challenge. Matt Margolis and Mark Noonan have compiled everything you need to know about the presidency of Barack Obama (so far) into one book. Now you can easily find all the information that was ignored by the media and that Barack Obama would like you to forget. Did Barack Obama really save this country from another Great Depression? Did he really improve our country's image around the world, or unite America? What about the new era of post-partisanship and government transparency? Did he really expand health coverage while lowering costs and cutting taxes? The Worst President in History: The Legacy of Barack Obama compiles 200 inconvenient truths about Obama's presidency—the facts that will shape his legacy: His real record on the economy; the disaster that is Obamacare; his shocking abuses of taxpayer dollars; his bitterly divisive style of governing; his shameless usurping of the Constitution; his scandals and cover ups; his policy failures at home and abroad; the unprecedented expansion of government power . . . and more.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/requiem-for-the-american-dream-the-10-principles-of-concentration-of-wealth-power-by-noam-chomsky--65209905https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Requiem for the American Dream: The 10 Principles of Concentration of Wealth & Power Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NOW A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER!'During the Great Depression, which I'm old enough to remember, it was bad—much worse subjectively than today. But there was a sense that we'll get out of this somehow, an expectation that things were going to get better …'—from Requiem for the American DreamIn his first major book on the subject of income inequality, Noam Chomsky skewers the fundamental tenets of neoliberalism and casts a clear, cold, patient eye on the economic facts of life. What are the ten principles of concentration of wealth and power at work in America today? They're simple enough: reduce democracy, shape ideology, redesign the economy, shift the burden onto the poor and middle classes, attack the solidarity of the people, let special interests run the regulators, engineer election results, use fear and the power of the state to keep the rabble in line, manufacture consent, marginalize the population. In Requiem for the American Dream, Chomsky devotes a chapter to each of these ten principles, and adds readings from some of the core texts that have influenced his thinking to bolster his argument.To create Requiem for the American Dream, Chomsky and his editors, the filmmakers Peter Hutchison, Kelly Nyks, and Jared P. Scott, spent countless hours together over the course of five years, from 2011 to 2016. Chomsky considers these to be his final, long-form interviews. After the release of the film version, Chomsky and the editors returned to the many hours of tape and transcript and created a document that included three times as much text as was used in the film. The book that has resulted is nonetheless arguably the most succinct and tightly woven of Chomsky's long career, a beautiful vessel in which to carry Chomsky's bold and uncompromising vision, his perspective on the economic reality and its impact on our political and moral well-being as a nation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321900Tue, 28 Mar 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Requiem for the American Dream: The 10 Principles of Concentration of Wealth & Power Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Donald Corren Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321900 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Requiem for the American Dream: The 10 Principles of Concentration of Wealth & Power Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NOW A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER!'During the Great Depression, which I'm old enough to remember, it was bad—much worse subjectively than today. But there was a sense that we'll get out of this somehow, an expectation that things were going to get better …'—from Requiem for the American DreamIn his first major book on the subject of income inequality, Noam Chomsky skewers the fundamental tenets of neoliberalism and casts a clear, cold, patient eye on the economic facts of life. What are the ten principles of concentration of wealth and power at work in America today? They're simple enough: reduce democracy, shape ideology, redesign the economy, shift the burden onto the poor and middle classes, attack the solidarity of the people, let special interests run the regulators, engineer election results, use fear and the power of the state to keep the rabble in line, manufacture consent, marginalize the population. In Requiem for the American Dream, Chomsky devotes a chapter to each of these ten principles, and adds readings from some of the core texts that have influenced his thinking to bolster his argument.To create Requiem for the American Dream, Chomsky and his editors, the filmmakers Peter Hutchison, Kelly Nyks, and Jared P. Scott, spent countless hours together over the course of five years, from 2011 to 2016. Chomsky considers these to be his final, long-form interviews. After the release of the film version, Chomsky and the editors returned to the many hours of tape and transcript and created a document that included three times as much text as was used in the film. The book that has resulted is nonetheless arguably the most succinct and tightly woven of Chomsky's long career, a beautiful vessel in which to carry Chomsky's bold and uncompromising vision, his perspective on the economic reality and its impact on our political and moral well-being as a nation.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-cyanide-canary-a-true-story-of-injustice-by-joseph-hilldorfer-robert-dugoni--65209916https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cyanide Canary: A True Story of Injustice Author: Joseph Hilldorfer, Robert Dugoni Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Early in the morning on August 27, 1996, twenty-year-old Scott Dominguez showed up for an ordinary day at the fertilizing plant where he worked. By 11:00 a.m., he was clinging to life, unconscious and suffocating from toxic exposure to cyanide in a tank that was supposed to contain only mud and water. EPA Special Agent Joseph Hilldorfer was tasked with finding out what really happened on that horrific day in Soda Springs, Idaho, but the answers would not be easily uncovered. For more than four years Hilldorfer, his partner Bob Wojnicz, and a force of top-ranking U.S. attorneys struggled to expose the disturbing truths behind the tragedy, but would their efforts be enough to put the man responsible, Allan Elias, behind bars?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317501Tue, 21 Mar 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cyanide Canary: A True Story of Injustice Author: Joseph Hilldorfer, Robert Dugoni Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317501 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cyanide Canary: A True Story of Injustice Author: Joseph Hilldorfer, Robert Dugoni Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Early in the morning on August 27, 1996, twenty-year-old Scott Dominguez showed up for an ordinary day at the fertilizing plant where he worked. By 11:00 a.m., he was clinging to life, unconscious and suffocating from toxic exposure to cyanide in a tank that was supposed to contain only mud and water. EPA Special Agent Joseph Hilldorfer was tasked with finding out what really happened on that horrific day in Soda Springs, Idaho, but the answers would not be easily uncovered. For more than four years Hilldorfer, his partner Bob Wojnicz, and a force of top-ranking U.S. attorneys struggled to expose the disturbing truths behind the tragedy, but would their efforts be enough to put the man responsible, Allan Elias, behind bars?]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-chessboard-and-the-web-strategies-of-connection-in-a-networked-world-by-anne-marie-slaughter--65209908https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317475 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chessboard and the Web: Strategies of Connection in a Networked World Author: Anne-Marie Slaughter Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1961, Thomas Schelling's The Strategy of Conflict used game theory to radically reenvision the U.S.-Soviet relationship and establish the basis of international relations for the rest of the Cold War. Now, Anne-Marie Slaughter—one of Foreign Policy's Top 100 Global Thinkers from 2009 to 2012, and the first woman to serve as director of the State Department Office of Policy Planning—applies network theory to develop a new set of strategies for the post–Cold War world. While chessboard-style competitive relationships still exist—U.S.-Iranian relations, for example—many other situations demand that we look not at individual entities but at their links to one another. We must learn to understand, shape, and build on those connections. Concise and accessible, based on real-world situations, on a lucid understanding of network science, and on a clear taxonomy of strategies, this will be a go-to resource for anyone looking for a new way to think about strategy in politics or business.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317475Tue, 21 Mar 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317475 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chessboard and the Web: Strategies of Connection in a Networked World Author: Anne-Marie Slaughter Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317475 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chessboard and the Web: Strategies of Connection in a Networked World Author: Anne-Marie Slaughter Narrator: Jo Anna Perrin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1961, Thomas Schelling's The Strategy of Conflict used game theory to radically reenvision the U.S.-Soviet relationship and establish the basis of international relations for the rest of the Cold War. Now, Anne-Marie Slaughter—one of Foreign Policy's Top 100 Global Thinkers from 2009 to 2012, and the first woman to serve as director of the State Department Office of Policy Planning—applies network theory to develop a new set of strategies for the post–Cold War world. While chessboard-style competitive relationships still exist—U.S.-Iranian relations, for example—many other situations demand that we look not at individual entities but at their links to one another. We must learn to understand, shape, and build on those connections. Concise and accessible, based on real-world situations, on a lucid understanding of network science, and on a clear taxonomy of strategies, this will be a go-to resource for anyone looking for a new way to think about strategy in politics or business.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hitler-s-compromises-coercion-and-consensus-in-nazi-germany-by-nathan-stoltzfus--65209903https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317682 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler's Compromises: Coercion and Consensus in Nazi Germany Author: Nathan Stoltzfus Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: History has focused on Hitler's use of charisma and terror, asserting that the dictator made few concessions to maintain power. Nathan Stoltzfus, the award-winning author of Resistance of Heart: Intermarriage and the Rosenstrasse Protest in Germany, challenges this notion, assessing the surprisingly frequent tactical compromises Hitler made in order to preempt hostility and win the German people's complete fealty. As part of his strategy to secure a '1,000-year Reich,' Hitler sought to convince the German people to believe in Nazism so they would perpetuate it permanently and actively shun those who were out of step with society. When widespread public dissent occurred at home—which most often happened when policies conflicted with popular traditions or encroached on private life—Hitler made careful calculations and acted strategically to maintain his popular image. Extending from the 1920s to the regime's collapse, this revealing history makes a powerful and original argument that will inspire a major rethinking of Hitler's rule.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317682Tue, 21 Mar 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317682 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler's Compromises: Coercion and Consensus in Nazi Germany Author: Nathan Stoltzfus Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317682 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler's Compromises: Coercion and Consensus in Nazi Germany Author: Nathan Stoltzfus Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: History has focused on Hitler's use of charisma and terror, asserting that the dictator made few concessions to maintain power. Nathan Stoltzfus, the award-winning author of Resistance of Heart: Intermarriage and the Rosenstrasse Protest in Germany, challenges this notion, assessing the surprisingly frequent tactical compromises Hitler made in order to preempt hostility and win the German people's complete fealty. As part of his strategy to secure a '1,000-year Reich,' Hitler sought to convince the German people to believe in Nazism so they would perpetuate it permanently and actively shun those who were out of step with society. When widespread public dissent occurred at home—which most often happened when policies conflicted with popular traditions or encroached on private life—Hitler made careful calculations and acted strategically to maintain his popular image. Extending from the 1920s to the regime's collapse, this revealing history makes a powerful and original argument that will inspire a major rethinking of Hitler's rule.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/liberalism-or-how-to-turn-good-men-into-whiners-weenies-and-wimps-by-burgess-owens--65209922https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317658 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps Author: Burgess Owens Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps documents the role of the twenty-one white, self-avowed socialist, atheist, and Marxist founders of the NAACP and their impact on the black community's present status at the top of our nation's misery index. It highlights the decades of anti-black legislation supported by liberal black leaders who prioritized class over race in their zeal for the promises of socialism. Their anti-black legislation, dating back with the 1932 Davis-Bacon Act, continues today to suppress inter-community black capitalism, federal construction–related black employment, work and job experience for black teenagers, quality education access for urban black children, and the role of black men as leaders within the family unit. Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps highlights the strategy, used in 1910, to inject the atheist ideology of socialism into a once enterprising, self-sufficient, competitive, and proud Christian black community. A portion of that community, the conservative black middle class, is positioned to pull our nation back from this abyss.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317658Tue, 14 Mar 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317658 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps Author: Burgess Owens Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317658 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps Author: Burgess Owens Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps documents the role of the twenty-one white, self-avowed socialist, atheist, and Marxist founders of the NAACP and their impact on the black community's present status at the top of our nation's misery index. It highlights the decades of anti-black legislation supported by liberal black leaders who prioritized class over race in their zeal for the promises of socialism. Their anti-black legislation, dating back with the 1932 Davis-Bacon Act, continues today to suppress inter-community black capitalism, federal construction–related black employment, work and job experience for black teenagers, quality education access for urban black children, and the role of black men as leaders within the family unit. Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps highlights the strategy, used in 1910, to inject the atheist ideology of socialism into a once enterprising, self-sufficient, competitive, and proud Christian black community. A portion of that community, the conservative black middle class, is positioned to pull our nation back from this abyss.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/jackson-by-ralph-k-andrist--65209893https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jackson Author: Ralph K. Andrist Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Once in the White House, Andrew Jackson stood for the rights of common citizens, founded the Democratic Party, expanded the powers of the presidency, paid off the national debt, and postponed civil war by prevailing against the advocates of states' rights. By today's standards, however, Jackson was hardly politically correct: he also owned many slaves on his Tennessee plantation and sponsored the Indian Removal Act, which triggered the brutal forced march of tens of thousands of Native Americans to Oklahoma. Here is his story.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317974Tue, 14 Mar 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jackson Author: Ralph K. Andrist Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jackson Author: Ralph K. Andrist Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Once in the White House, Andrew Jackson stood for the rights of common citizens, founded the Democratic Party, expanded the powers of the presidency, paid off the national debt, and postponed civil war by prevailing against the advocates of states' rights. By today's standards, however, Jackson was hardly politically correct: he also owned many slaves on his Tennessee plantation and sponsored the Indian Removal Act, which triggered the brutal forced march of tens of thousands of Native Americans to Oklahoma. Here is his story.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/born-on-third-base-a-one-percenter-makes-the-case-for-tackling-inequality-bringing-wealth-home-and-committing-to-the-common-good-by-chuck--65209763https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born on Third Base: A One Percenter Makes the Case for Tackling Inequality, Bringing Wealth Home, and Committing to the Common Good Author: Chuck Collins Narrator: Chuck Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As inequality grabs headlines, steals the show in presidential debates, and drives deep divides between the haves and have nots in America, class war brews. On one side, the wealthy wield power and advantage, wittingly or not, to keep the system operating in their favor-all while retreating into enclaves that separate them further and further from the poor and working class. On the other side, those who find it increasingly difficult to keep up or get ahead lash out-waging a rhetorical war against the rich and letting anger and resentment, however justifiable, keep us from seeing new potential solutions. But can we suspend both class wars long enough to consider a new way forward? Is it really good for anyone that most of society's wealth is pooling at the very top of the wealth ladder? Does anyone, including the one percent, really want to live in a society plagued by economic apartheid? It is time to think differently, says longtime inequality expert and activist Chuck Collins. Born into the one percent, Collins gave away his inheritance at 26 and spent the next three decades mobilizing against inequality. He uses his perspective from both sides of the divide to deliver a new narrative. Collins calls for a ceasefire and invites the wealthy to come back home, investing themselves and their wealth in struggling communities.  And he asks the non-wealthy to build alliances with the one percent and others at the top of the wealth ladder. Stories told along the way explore the roots of advantage, show how taxpayers subsidize the wealthy, and reveal how charity, used incorrectly, can actually reinforce extreme inequality. Readers meet pioneers who are crossing the divide to work together in new ways, including residents in the author's own Boston-area neighborhood who have launched some of the most interesting community transition efforts in the nation. In the end, Collins's national and local solutions not only challenge inequality but also respond to climate change and offer an unexpected, fresh take on one of our most intransigent problems.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333341Mon, 13 Mar 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born on Third Base: A One Percenter Makes the Case for Tackling Inequality, Bringing Wealth Home, and Committing to the Common Good Author: Chuck...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born on Third Base: A One Percenter Makes the Case for Tackling Inequality, Bringing Wealth Home, and Committing to the Common Good Author: Chuck Collins Narrator: Chuck Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As inequality grabs headlines, steals the show in presidential debates, and drives deep divides between the haves and have nots in America, class war brews. On one side, the wealthy wield power and advantage, wittingly or not, to keep the system operating in their favor-all while retreating into enclaves that separate them further and further from the poor and working class. On the other side, those who find it increasingly difficult to keep up or get ahead lash out-waging a rhetorical war against the rich and letting anger and resentment, however justifiable, keep us from seeing new potential solutions. But can we suspend both class wars long enough to consider a new way forward? Is it really good for anyone that most of society's wealth is pooling at the very top of the wealth ladder? Does anyone, including the one percent, really want to live in a society plagued by economic apartheid? It is time to think differently, says longtime inequality expert and activist Chuck Collins. Born into the one percent, Collins gave away his inheritance at 26 and spent the next three decades mobilizing against inequality. He uses his perspective from both sides of the divide to deliver a new narrative. Collins calls for a ceasefire and invites the wealthy to come back home, investing themselves and their wealth in struggling communities.  And he asks the non-wealthy to build alliances with the one percent and others at the top of the wealth ladder. Stories told along the way explore the roots of advantage, show how taxpayers subsidize the wealthy, and reveal how charity, used incorrectly, can actually reinforce extreme inequality. Readers meet pioneers who are crossing the divide to work together in new ways, including residents in the author's own Boston-area neighborhood who have launched some of the most interesting community transition efforts in the nation. In the end, Collins's national and local solutions not only challenge inequality but also respond to climate change and offer an unexpected, fresh take on one of our most intransigent problems.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/blood-year-the-unraveling-of-western-counterterrorism-by-david-kilcullen--65209919https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317498 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Year: The Unraveling of Western Counterterrorism Author: David Kilcullen Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 14, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2014 has the potential to go down as a crucial year in modern world history. A resurgent and bellicose Russia took over Crimea and fueled a civil war in Eastern Ukraine. Post-Saddam Iraq, in many respects a creature of the United States because of the war that began in 2003, lost a third of its territory to an army of hyper-violent millennialists. The peace process in Israel seemed to completely collapse. Finally, after coalescing in Syria as a territorial entity, the Islamic State swept into northern Iraq and through northeastern Syria, attracting legions of recruits from Europe and the Middle East. David Kilcullen was one of the architects of America's strategy in the late phases of the second Gulf War, and also spent time in Afghanistan and other hotspots. In Blood Year, he provides a wide-angle view of the current situation in the Middle East and analyzes how America and the West ended up in such dire circumstances. This is an essential book for anyone interested in understanding not only why the region that the U.S. invaded a dozen years ago has collapsed into utter chaos, but also what it can do to alleviate the grim situation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317498Tue, 14 Feb 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317498 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Year: The Unraveling of Western Counterterrorism Author: David Kilcullen Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317498 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Year: The Unraveling of Western Counterterrorism Author: David Kilcullen Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 14, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2014 has the potential to go down as a crucial year in modern world history. A resurgent and bellicose Russia took over Crimea and fueled a civil war in Eastern Ukraine. Post-Saddam Iraq, in many respects a creature of the United States because of the war that began in 2003, lost a third of its territory to an army of hyper-violent millennialists. The peace process in Israel seemed to completely collapse. Finally, after coalescing in Syria as a territorial entity, the Islamic State swept into northern Iraq and through northeastern Syria, attracting legions of recruits from Europe and the Middle East. David Kilcullen was one of the architects of America's strategy in the late phases of the second Gulf War, and also spent time in Afghanistan and other hotspots. In Blood Year, he provides a wide-angle view of the current situation in the Middle East and analyzes how America and the West ended up in such dire circumstances. This is an essential book for anyone interested in understanding not only why the region that the U.S. invaded a dozen years ago has collapsed into utter chaos, but also what it can do to alleviate the grim situation.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/closing-the-courthouse-door-how-your-constitutional-rights-became-unenforceable-by-erwin-chemerinsky--65209904https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317544 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Closing the Courthouse Door: How Your Constitutional Rights Became Unenforceable Author: Erwin Chemerinsky Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 25, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Supreme Court's decisions on constitutional rights are well known and much talked about. But individuals who want to defend those rights need something else as well: access to courts that can rule on their complaints. And on matters of access, the Court's record over the past generation has been almost uniformly hostile to the enforcement of individual citizens' constitutional rights. The Court has restricted who has standing to sue, expanded the immunity of governments and government workers, limited the kinds of cases the federal courts can hear, and restricted the right of habeas corpus. Closing the Courthouse Door, by the distinguished legal scholar Erwin Chemerinsky, is the first book to show the effect of these decisions: taken together, they add up to a growing limitation on citizens' ability to defend their rights under the Constitution. Using many stories of people whose rights have been trampled yet who had no legal recourse, Chemerinsky argues that enforcing the Constitution should be the federal courts' primary purpose, and they should not be barred from considering any constitutional question.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317544Wed, 25 Jan 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317544 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Closing the Courthouse Door: How Your Constitutional Rights Became Unenforceable Author: Erwin Chemerinsky Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317544 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Closing the Courthouse Door: How Your Constitutional Rights Became Unenforceable Author: Erwin Chemerinsky Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 25, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Supreme Court's decisions on constitutional rights are well known and much talked about. But individuals who want to defend those rights need something else as well: access to courts that can rule on their complaints. And on matters of access, the Court's record over the past generation has been almost uniformly hostile to the enforcement of individual citizens' constitutional rights. The Court has restricted who has standing to sue, expanded the immunity of governments and government workers, limited the kinds of cases the federal courts can hear, and restricted the right of habeas corpus. Closing the Courthouse Door, by the distinguished legal scholar Erwin Chemerinsky, is the first book to show the effect of these decisions: taken together, they add up to a growing limitation on citizens' ability to defend their rights under the Constitution. Using many stories of people whose rights have been trampled yet who had no legal recourse, Chemerinsky argues that enforcing the Constitution should be the federal courts' primary purpose, and they should not be barred from considering any constitutional question.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/earning-the-rockies-how-geography-shapes-america-s-role-in-the-world-by-robert-d-kaplan--65209923https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317920 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Earning the Rockies: How Geography Shapes America's Role in the World Author: Robert D. Kaplan Narrator: William Dufris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As a boy, Robert D. Kaplan listened to his truck-driver father's evocative stories about traveling across America as a young man, travels in which he learned to understand the country from a ground-level perspective. In Earning the Rockies, Kaplan undertakes his own cross-country journey to recapture an appreciation and understanding of American geography that is often lost in the jet age. The history of westward expansion is examined here in a new light—not just a story of genocide and individualism, but also of communalism and a respect for the limits of a water-starved terrain—to understand how settling the West shaped our national character, and how it should shape our foreign policy. In his clear-eyed and moving meditations on the American landscape, Kaplan lays bare the roots of American greatness—the fact that we are a nation, empire, and continent all at once—and how we must reexamine those roots, and understand our geography, in order to confront the challenging, anarchic world that Kaplan describes. Earning the Rockies is a short epic, a story both personal and global in scope.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317920Tue, 24 Jan 2017 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317920 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Earning the Rockies: How Geography Shapes America's Role in the World Author: Robert D. Kaplan Narrator: William Dufris Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317920 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Earning the Rockies: How Geography Shapes America's Role in the World Author: Robert D. Kaplan Narrator: William Dufris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: January 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As a boy, Robert D. Kaplan listened to his truck-driver father's evocative stories about traveling across America as a young man, travels in which he learned to understand the country from a ground-level perspective. In Earning the Rockies, Kaplan undertakes his own cross-country journey to recapture an appreciation and understanding of American geography that is often lost in the jet age. The history of westward expansion is examined here in a new light—not just a story of genocide and individualism, but also of communalism and a respect for the limits of a water-starved terrain—to understand how settling the West shaped our national character, and how it should shape our foreign policy. In his clear-eyed and moving meditations on the American landscape, Kaplan lays bare the roots of American greatness—the fact that we are a nation, empire, and continent all at once—and how we must reexamine those roots, and understand our geography, in order to confront the challenging, anarchic world that Kaplan describes. Earning the Rockies is a short epic, a story both personal and global in scope.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/street-farm-growing-food-jobs-and-hope-on-the-urban-frontier-by-michael-ableman--65209737https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Street Farm: Growing Food, Jobs, and Hope on the Urban Frontier Author: Michael Ableman Narrator: Michael L. Caanan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Street Farm is the inspirational account of residents in the notorious Low Track in Vancouver, British Columbia-one of the worst urban slums in North America-who joined together to create an urban farm as a means of addressing the chronic problems in their neighborhood. It is a story of recovery, of land and food, of people, and of the power of farming and nourishing others as a way to heal our world and ourselves. During the past seven years, Sole Food Street Farms-now North America's largest urban farm project-has transformed acres of vacant and contaminated urban land into street farms that grow artisan-quality fruits and vegetables. By providing jobs, agricultural training, and inclusion in a community of farmers and food lovers, the Sole Food project has empowered dozens of individuals with limited resources who are managing addiction and chronic mental health problems. Sole Food's mission is to encourage small farms in every urban neighborhood so that good food can be accessible to all, and to do so in a manner that allows everyone to participate in the process. In Street Farm, author-photographer-farmer Michael Ableman chronicles the challenges, growth, and success of this groundbreaking project and presents compelling portraits of the neighborhood residents-turned-farmers whose lives have been touched by it. Throughout, he also weaves his philosophy and insights about food and farming, as well as the fundamentals that are the underpinnings of success for both rural farms and urban farms. Street Farm will inspire individuals and communities everywhere by providing a clear vision for combining innovative farming methods with concrete social goals, all of which aim to create healthier and more resilient communities.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333342Wed, 12 Oct 2016 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Street Farm: Growing Food, Jobs, and Hope on the Urban Frontier Author: Michael Ableman Narrator: Michael L. Caanan Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Street Farm: Growing Food, Jobs, and Hope on the Urban Frontier Author: Michael Ableman Narrator: Michael L. Caanan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Street Farm is the inspirational account of residents in the notorious Low Track in Vancouver, British Columbia-one of the worst urban slums in North America-who joined together to create an urban farm as a means of addressing the chronic problems in their neighborhood. It is a story of recovery, of land and food, of people, and of the power of farming and nourishing others as a way to heal our world and ourselves. During the past seven years, Sole Food Street Farms-now North America's largest urban farm project-has transformed acres of vacant and contaminated urban land into street farms that grow artisan-quality fruits and vegetables. By providing jobs, agricultural training, and inclusion in a community of farmers and food lovers, the Sole Food project has empowered dozens of individuals with limited resources who are managing addiction and chronic mental health problems. Sole Food's mission is to encourage small farms in every urban neighborhood so that good food can be accessible to all, and to do so in a manner that allows everyone to participate in the process. In Street Farm, author-photographer-farmer Michael Ableman chronicles the challenges, growth, and success of this groundbreaking project and presents compelling portraits of the neighborhood residents-turned-farmers whose lives have been touched by it. Throughout, he also weaves his philosophy and insights about food and farming, as well as the fundamentals that are the underpinnings of success for both rural farms and urban farms. Street Farm will inspire individuals and communities everywhere by providing a clear vision for combining innovative farming methods with concrete social goals, all of which aim to create healthier and more resilient communities.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/commander-in-chief-fdr-s-battle-with-churchill-1943-by-nigel-hamilton--65209868https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321438 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commander in Chief: FDR's Battle with Churchill, 1943 Author: Nigel Hamilton Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the next installment of the 'splendid memoir Roosevelt didn't get to write' (New York Times), Nigel Hamilton tells the astonishing story of FDR's year-long, defining battle with Churchill, as the war raged in Africa and Italy. Nigel Hamilton's Mantle of Command, long-listed for the National Book Award, drew on years of archival research and interviews to portray FDR in a tight close up, as he determined Allied strategy in the crucial initial phases of World War II. Commander in Chief reveals the astonishing sequel - suppressed by Winston Churchill in his memoirs - of Roosevelt's battles with Churchill to maintain that strategy. Roosevelt knew that the Allies should take Sicily but avoid a wider battle in southern Europe, building experience but saving strength to invade France in early 1944. Churchill seemed to agree at Casablanca - only to undermine his own generals and the Allied command, testing Roosevelt's patience to the limit. Churchill was afraid of the invasion planned for Normandy, and pushed instead for disastrous fighting in Italy, thereby almost losing the war for the Allies. In a dramatic showdown, FDR finally set the ultimate course for victory by making the ultimate threat. Commander in Chief shows FDR in top form at a crucial time in the modern history of the West.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321438Tue, 07 Jun 2016 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321438 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commander in Chief: FDR's Battle with Churchill, 1943 Author: Nigel Hamilton Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 48...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321438 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commander in Chief: FDR's Battle with Churchill, 1943 Author: Nigel Hamilton Narrator: Shaun Grindell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the next installment of the 'splendid memoir Roosevelt didn't get to write' (New York Times), Nigel Hamilton tells the astonishing story of FDR's year-long, defining battle with Churchill, as the war raged in Africa and Italy. Nigel Hamilton's Mantle of Command, long-listed for the National Book Award, drew on years of archival research and interviews to portray FDR in a tight close up, as he determined Allied strategy in the crucial initial phases of World War II. Commander in Chief reveals the astonishing sequel - suppressed by Winston Churchill in his memoirs - of Roosevelt's battles with Churchill to maintain that strategy. Roosevelt knew that the Allies should take Sicily but avoid a wider battle in southern Europe, building experience but saving strength to invade France in early 1944. Churchill seemed to agree at Casablanca - only to undermine his own generals and the Allied command, testing Roosevelt's patience to the limit. Churchill was afraid of the invasion planned for Normandy, and pushed instead for disastrous fighting in Italy, thereby almost losing the war for the Allies. In a dramatic showdown, FDR finally set the ultimate course for victory by making the ultimate threat. Commander in Chief shows FDR in top form at a crucial time in the modern history of the West.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/because-we-say-so-by-noam-chomsky--65209920https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317277 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because We Say So Series: #1 of City Lights Open Media Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: James Patrick Cronin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Because We Say So presents more than thirty concise, forceful commentaries on U.S. politics and global power. Written between 2011 and 2015, Noam Chomsky's arguments forge a persuasive counter-narrative to official accounts of U.S. politics and policies during global crisis. Find here classic Chomsky on the increasing urgency of climate change, the ongoing impact of Edward Snowden's whistleblowing, nuclear politics, cyberwar, terrorism, Iraq, Afghanistan, Iran, Israel, and the Middle East, security and state power, as well as deeper reflections on the Obama doctrine, political philosophy, the Magna Carta, and the importance of a commons to democracy. Because We Say So is the third in a series of books by Chomsky published by City Lights Publishers that includes Making the Future (2012) and Interventions (2007), a book banned by U.S. military censors. Taken together, the three books present a complete collection of the articles Chomsky writes regularly for the New York Times Syndicate, and are largely ignored by newspapers in the United States. Because We Say So offers fierce, accessible, timely, gloves-off political writing by America's foremost public intellectual and political dissident.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317277Tue, 03 May 2016 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317277 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because We Say So Series: #1 of City Lights Open Media Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: James Patrick Cronin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317277 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because We Say So Series: #1 of City Lights Open Media Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: James Patrick Cronin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Because We Say So presents more than thirty concise, forceful commentaries on U.S. politics and global power. Written between 2011 and 2015, Noam Chomsky's arguments forge a persuasive counter-narrative to official accounts of U.S. politics and policies during global crisis. Find here classic Chomsky on the increasing urgency of climate change, the ongoing impact of Edward Snowden's whistleblowing, nuclear politics, cyberwar, terrorism, Iraq, Afghanistan, Iran, Israel, and the Middle East, security and state power, as well as deeper reflections on the Obama doctrine, political philosophy, the Magna Carta, and the importance of a commons to democracy. Because We Say So is the third in a series of books by Chomsky published by City Lights Publishers that includes Making the Future (2012) and Interventions (2007), a book banned by U.S. military censors. Taken together, the three books present a complete collection of the articles Chomsky writes regularly for the New York Times Syndicate, and are largely ignored by newspapers in the United States. Because We Say So offers fierce, accessible, timely, gloves-off political writing by America's foremost public intellectual and political dissident.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/alter-egos-hillary-clinton-barack-obama-and-the-twilight-struggle-over-american-power-by-mark-landler--65209892https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321363 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alter Egos: Hillary Clinton, Barack Obama, and the Twilight Struggle Over American Power Author: Mark Landler Narrator: Mark Landler, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A deeply-reported, firsthand account of how Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton have come to embody two competing visions for the role of the United States in the world--and what that means for the 2016 presidential election. New York Times White House correspondent Mark Landler goes behind the speeches and press conferences, to the Situation Room debates and picnic-table lunches, where Obama and Clinton honed their two competing worldviews: his, cautious, inward-looking, suffused with a sense of limits; hers, muscular, optimistic, unabashedly old-fashioned. Alter Egos is about two ambitious political archrivals from very different backgrounds who became partners for a time, trailblazers who share a common sense of their historical destiny but who hold fundamentally different beliefs about how to project American power. With all the sweep of a grand history-and enlivened by an insider's access and plenty of news-Landler digs deep into the complex relationship between these two leaders and gives us a different way to think about Obama's legacy and Clinton's promise.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321363Tue, 26 Apr 2016 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321363 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alter Egos: Hillary Clinton, Barack Obama, and the Twilight Struggle Over American Power Author: Mark Landler Narrator: Mark Landler, Jason Culp...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321363 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alter Egos: Hillary Clinton, Barack Obama, and the Twilight Struggle Over American Power Author: Mark Landler Narrator: Mark Landler, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A deeply-reported, firsthand account of how Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton have come to embody two competing visions for the role of the United States in the world--and what that means for the 2016 presidential election. New York Times White House correspondent Mark Landler goes behind the speeches and press conferences, to the Situation Room debates and picnic-table lunches, where Obama and Clinton honed their two competing worldviews: his, cautious, inward-looking, suffused with a sense of limits; hers, muscular, optimistic, unabashedly old-fashioned. Alter Egos is about two ambitious political archrivals from very different backgrounds who became partners for a time, trailblazers who share a common sense of their historical destiny but who hold fundamentally different beliefs about how to project American power. With all the sweep of a grand history-and enlivened by an insider's access and plenty of news-Landler digs deep into the complex relationship between these two leaders and gives us a different way to think about Obama's legacy and Clinton's promise.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/scalia-s-court-a-legacy-of-landmark-opinions-and-dissents-by-antonin-scalia-kevin-a-ring--65209921https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317269 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scalia's Court: A Legacy of Landmark Opinions and Dissents Author: Antonin Scalia, Kevin A. Ring Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The sudden passing of Justice Antonin Scalia shook America. After almost thirty years on the Supreme Court, Scalia had become as integral to the institution as the hallowed room in which he sat. His wisecracking interruptions during oral arguments, his unmatched legal wisdom, his unwavering dedication to the Constitution, and his blistering dissents defined his leadership role on the court and inspired new generations of policymakers and legal minds. Now, as Republicans and Democrats wage war over Scalia's lamentably empty Supreme Court seat, Kevin A. Ring, former counsel to the U.S. Senate's Constitution Subcommittee, has taken a close look at the cases that best illustrate Scalia's character, philosophy, and legacy. In Scalia's Court, Ring collects Scalia's most memorable opinions on free speech, separation of powers, race, religious freedom, the rights of the accused, abortion, and more; and intersperses Scalia's own words with an analysis of his legal reasoning and his lasting impact on American jurisprudence.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317269Fri, 22 Apr 2016 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317269 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scalia's Court: A Legacy of Landmark Opinions and Dissents Author: Antonin Scalia, Kevin A. Ring Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/317269 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scalia's Court: A Legacy of Landmark Opinions and Dissents Author: Antonin Scalia, Kevin A. Ring Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The sudden passing of Justice Antonin Scalia shook America. After almost thirty years on the Supreme Court, Scalia had become as integral to the institution as the hallowed room in which he sat. His wisecracking interruptions during oral arguments, his unmatched legal wisdom, his unwavering dedication to the Constitution, and his blistering dissents defined his leadership role on the court and inspired new generations of policymakers and legal minds. Now, as Republicans and Democrats wage war over Scalia's lamentably empty Supreme Court seat, Kevin A. Ring, former counsel to the U.S. Senate's Constitution Subcommittee, has taken a close look at the cases that best illustrate Scalia's character, philosophy, and legacy. In Scalia's Court, Ring collects Scalia's most memorable opinions on free speech, separation of powers, race, religious freedom, the rights of the accused, abortion, and more; and intersperses Scalia's own words with an analysis of his legal reasoning and his lasting impact on American jurisprudence.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/unequal-gains-american-growth-and-inequality-since-1700-by-peter-h-lindert-jeffrey-g-williamson--65209898https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321355 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unequal Gains: American Growth and Inequality Since 1700 Author: Peter H. Lindert, Jeffrey G. Williamson Narrator: Brian O'Neill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unequal Gains offers a radically new understanding of the economic evolution of the United States, providing a complete picture of the uneven progress of America from colonial times to today. While other economic historians base their accounts on American wealth, Peter Lindert and Jeffrey Williamson focus instead on income-and the result is a bold reassessment of the American economic experience. America has been exceptional in its rising inequality after an egalitarian start, but not in its long-run growth. America had already achieved world income leadership by 1700, not just in the twentieth century as is commonly thought. Long before independence, American colonists enjoyed higher living standards than Britain-and America's income advantage today is no greater than it was three hundred years ago. But that advantage was lost during the Revolution, lost again during the Civil War, and lost a third time during the Great Depression, though it was regained after each crisis. In addition, Lindert and Williamson show how income inequality among Americans rose steeply in two great waves-from 1774 to 1860 and from the 1970s to today-rising more than in any other wealthy nation in the world. Unequal Gains also demonstrates how the widening income gaps have always touched every social group, from the richest to the poorest. The book sheds critical light on the forces that shaped American income history, and situates that history in a broad global context. Economic writing at its most stimulating, Unequal Gains provides a vitally needed perspective on who has benefited most from American growth, and why.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321355Tue, 19 Apr 2016 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321355 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unequal Gains: American Growth and Inequality Since 1700 Author: Peter H. Lindert, Jeffrey G. Williamson Narrator: Brian O'Neill Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321355 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unequal Gains: American Growth and Inequality Since 1700 Author: Peter H. Lindert, Jeffrey G. Williamson Narrator: Brian O'Neill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unequal Gains offers a radically new understanding of the economic evolution of the United States, providing a complete picture of the uneven progress of America from colonial times to today. While other economic historians base their accounts on American wealth, Peter Lindert and Jeffrey Williamson focus instead on income-and the result is a bold reassessment of the American economic experience. America has been exceptional in its rising inequality after an egalitarian start, but not in its long-run growth. America had already achieved world income leadership by 1700, not just in the twentieth century as is commonly thought. Long before independence, American colonists enjoyed higher living standards than Britain-and America's income advantage today is no greater than it was three hundred years ago. But that advantage was lost during the Revolution, lost again during the Civil War, and lost a third time during the Great Depression, though it was regained after each crisis. In addition, Lindert and Williamson show how income inequality among Americans rose steeply in two great waves-from 1774 to 1860 and from the 1970s to today-rising more than in any other wealthy nation in the world. Unequal Gains also demonstrates how the widening income gaps have always touched every social group, from the richest to the poorest. The book sheds critical light on the forces that shaped American income history, and situates that history in a broad global context. Economic writing at its most stimulating, Unequal Gains provides a vitally needed perspective on who has benefited most from American growth, and why.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/isis-a-history-by-fawaz-a-gerges--65209890https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321320 to listen full audiobooks. Title: ISIS: A History Author: Fawaz A. Gerges Narrator: Bradley Hayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 22, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Islamic State has stunned the world with its savagery, destructiveness, and military and recruiting successes. What explains the rise of ISIS and what does it portend for the future of the Middle East? In this book, one of the world's leading authorities on political Islam and jihadism sheds new light on these questions as he provides a unique history of the rise and growth of ISIS. Moving beyond journalistic accounts, Fawaz Gerges provides a clear and compelling account of the deeper conditions that fuel ISIS. The book describes how ISIS emerged in the chaos of Iraq following the 2003 U.S. invasion, how the group was strengthened by the suppression of the Arab Spring and by the war in Syria, and how ISIS seized leadership of the jihadist movement from Al Qaeda. Part of a militant Sunni revival, ISIS claims its goals are to resurrect a caliphate and rid 'Islamic lands' of all Shia and other minorities. In contrast to Al Qaeda, ISIS initially focused on the 'near enemy'-Shia, the Iraqi and Syrian regimes, and secular, pro-Western states in the Middle East. But in a tactical shift ISIS has now taken responsibility for spectacular attacks in Europe and other places beyond the Middle East, making it clear that the group is increasingly interested in targeting the 'far enemy' as well. Ultimately, the book shows how decades of dictatorship, poverty, and rising sectarianism in the Middle East, exacerbated by foreign intervention, led to the rise of ISIS-and why addressing those problems is the only way to ensure its end. An authoritative introduction to arguably the most important conflict in the world today, this is an essential book for anyone seeking a deeper understanding of the social turmoil and political violence ravaging the Arab-Islamic world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321320Tue, 22 Mar 2016 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321320 to listen full audiobooks. Title: ISIS: A History Author: Fawaz A. Gerges Narrator: Bradley Hayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 22, 2016...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/321320 to listen full audiobooks. Title: ISIS: A History Author: Fawaz A. Gerges Narrator: Bradley Hayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 22, 2016 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Islamic State has stunned the world with its savagery, destructiveness, and military and recruiting successes. What explains the rise of ISIS and what does it portend for the future of the Middle East? In this book, one of the world's leading authorities on political Islam and jihadism sheds new light on these questions as he provides a unique history of the rise and growth of ISIS. Moving beyond journalistic accounts, Fawaz Gerges provides a clear and compelling account of the deeper conditions that fuel ISIS. The book describes how ISIS emerged in the chaos of Iraq following the 2003 U.S. invasion, how the group was strengthened by the suppression of the Arab Spring and by the war in Syria, and how ISIS seized leadership of the jihadist movement from Al Qaeda. Part of a militant Sunni revival, ISIS claims its goals are to resurrect a caliphate and rid 'Islamic lands' of all Shia and other minorities. In contrast to Al Qaeda, ISIS initially focused on the 'near enemy'-Shia, the Iraqi and Syrian regimes, and secular, pro-Western states in the Middle East. But in a tactical shift ISIS has now taken responsibility for spectacular attacks in Europe and other places beyond the Middle East, making it clear that the group is increasingly interested in targeting the 'far enemy' as well. Ultimately, the book shows how decades of dictatorship, poverty, and rising sectarianism in the Middle East, exacerbated by foreign intervention, led to the rise of ISIS-and why addressing those problems is the only way to ensure its end. An authoritative introduction to arguably the most important conflict in the world today, this is an essential book for anyone seeking a deeper understanding of the social turmoil and political violence ravaging the Arab-Islamic world.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-russian-revolution-history-in-an-hour-by-rupert-colley--65209902https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319808 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Russian Revolution: History in an Hour Author: Rupert Colley Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 21 minutes Release date: August 2, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Love history? Know your stuff with History in an Hour. In 1917 the world changed forever. One of the most influential and contentious events in recent history, the Russian Revolution unleashed the greatest political experiment ever conducted, one which continues to influence both Eastern and Western politics today. The Russian Revolution: History in an Hour neatly covers all the major facts and events giving you a clear and straightforward overview: from the circumstances behind the rise of Lenin and the Bolsheviks, to the consequences of their struggle for a new socialist utopia. The Russian Revolution: History in an Hour is engagingly written and accessible for all history lovers. Love your history? Find out about the world with History in an Hour…]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319808Thu, 02 Aug 2012 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319808 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Russian Revolution: History in an Hour Author: Rupert Colley Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 21 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319808 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Russian Revolution: History in an Hour Author: Rupert Colley Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 21 minutes Release date: August 2, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Love history? Know your stuff with History in an Hour. In 1917 the world changed forever. One of the most influential and contentious events in recent history, the Russian Revolution unleashed the greatest political experiment ever conducted, one which continues to influence both Eastern and Western politics today. The Russian Revolution: History in an Hour neatly covers all the major facts and events giving you a clear and straightforward overview: from the circumstances behind the rise of Lenin and the Bolsheviks, to the consequences of their struggle for a new socialist utopia. The Russian Revolution: History in an Hour is engagingly written and accessible for all history lovers. Love your history? Find out about the world with History in an Hour…]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-cold-war-history-in-an-hour-by-rupert-colley--65209899https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319995 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cold War: History in an Hour Author: Rupert Colley Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 28 minutes Release date: February 2, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Love history? Know your stuff with History in an Hour. From the end of World War Two to the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991 the world lived within the shadow of the Cold War. Russia and America eyed each other with suspicion and hostility. World War Two was too recent to be forgotten and a nuclear Third World War remained a distinct possibility. Post-war Europe was being rebuilt and Churchill, Stalin and Roosevelt had to find a way to work together for peace. The Cold War: History in an Hour will help you understand the dynamics of the politics of the time and how Europe and the rest of the world rebuilt themselves after World War Two. Know your stuff: read about the Cold War in just one hour.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319995Thu, 02 Feb 2012 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319995 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cold War: History in an Hour Author: Rupert Colley Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 28 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319995 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cold War: History in an Hour Author: Rupert Colley Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 28 minutes Release date: February 2, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Love history? Know your stuff with History in an Hour. From the end of World War Two to the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991 the world lived within the shadow of the Cold War. Russia and America eyed each other with suspicion and hostility. World War Two was too recent to be forgotten and a nuclear Third World War remained a distinct possibility. Post-war Europe was being rebuilt and Churchill, Stalin and Roosevelt had to find a way to work together for peace. The Cold War: History in an Hour will help you understand the dynamics of the politics of the time and how Europe and the rest of the world rebuilt themselves after World War Two. Know your stuff: read about the Cold War in just one hour.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-wild-rover-a-blistering-journey-along-britain-s-footpaths-by-mike-parker--65209894https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320240 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wild Rover: A Blistering Journey Along Britain’s Footpaths Author: Mike Parker Narrator: Mike Parker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mike Parker, bestselling author of Map Addict, is back with a very full, intelligent and witty exploration into a glorious and passionate British subject – footpaths and the history of land ownership. Mike discovers how these paths have become part of our cultural landscape and why, at the tender age of 44, he suddenly finds himself at a crossroads. Provocative, funny and personal, this book celebrates Britain’s unique and extraordinary network of footpaths. It examines their chequered and surprisingly turbulent history, from the Enclosures Acts of the eighteenth century to the 1932 Mass Trespass on Kinder Scout in Derbyshire; and from the hard-won post-war establishment of great National Trails like the Pennine Way to the dramatic latter-day battles by the likes of Nicholas van Hoogstraten and Madonna to keep ramblers off their land. The story ranges far and wide, to all corners of the country and beyond, and is filled with the many characters that Mike engages with along the way – the poets and artists, farmers and ramblers, landowners and Rights of Way officers and campaigners, historians, archivists and anyone else who crosses his path (or even tries to block it).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320240Thu, 14 Apr 2011 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320240 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wild Rover: A Blistering Journey Along Britain’s Footpaths Author: Mike Parker Narrator: Mike Parker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/320240 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wild Rover: A Blistering Journey Along Britain’s Footpaths Author: Mike Parker Narrator: Mike Parker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mike Parker, bestselling author of Map Addict, is back with a very full, intelligent and witty exploration into a glorious and passionate British subject – footpaths and the history of land ownership. Mike discovers how these paths have become part of our cultural landscape and why, at the tender age of 44, he suddenly finds himself at a crossroads. Provocative, funny and personal, this book celebrates Britain’s unique and extraordinary network of footpaths. It examines their chequered and surprisingly turbulent history, from the Enclosures Acts of the eighteenth century to the 1932 Mass Trespass on Kinder Scout in Derbyshire; and from the hard-won post-war establishment of great National Trails like the Pennine Way to the dramatic latter-day battles by the likes of Nicholas van Hoogstraten and Madonna to keep ramblers off their land. The story ranges far and wide, to all corners of the country and beyond, and is filled with the many characters that Mike engages with along the way – the poets and artists, farmers and ramblers, landowners and Rights of Way officers and campaigners, historians, archivists and anyone else who crosses his path (or even tries to block it).]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/visions-of-utopia-philosophy-and-the-perfect-society-by-fred-baumann--65209869https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Visions of Utopia: Philosophy and the Perfect Society Author: Fred Baumann Narrator: Fred Baumann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 28, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since ancient times, philosophers have struggled with the concept of the ideal society, or utopia. Many have contributed to the widely varying possibilities for just what such a system might entail. Religious, economic, and political structures all help to shape the composition of these utopias, and as these visions are shared, they impact the way subsequent utopias are envisioned. In this fascinating series of lectures, Professor Fred E. Baumann explores the 'perfect' societies that have been described by great thinkers throughout history. His analysis provides insight on the nature of utopias and their place in society.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323494Fri, 28 Nov 2008 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Visions of Utopia: Philosophy and the Perfect Society Author: Fred Baumann Narrator: Fred Baumann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Visions of Utopia: Philosophy and the Perfect Society Author: Fred Baumann Narrator: Fred Baumann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 28, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since ancient times, philosophers have struggled with the concept of the ideal society, or utopia. Many have contributed to the widely varying possibilities for just what such a system might entail. Religious, economic, and political structures all help to shape the composition of these utopias, and as these visions are shared, they impact the way subsequent utopias are envisioned. In this fascinating series of lectures, Professor Fred E. Baumann explores the 'perfect' societies that have been described by great thinkers throughout history. His analysis provides insight on the nature of utopias and their place in society.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-inquisition-the-era-of-mccarthyism-by-ellen-schrecker--65209881https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322739 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Inquisition: The Era of McCarthyism Author: Ellen Schrecker Narrator: Ellen Schrecker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 3, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During the early years of the Cold War, the anticommunist witch hunt that we now call McCarthyism swept through American society. As we will discover, McCarthyism was much more than the career of the blustering senator from Wisconsin who gave it a name. It was the most widespread and longest-lasting episode of political repression in American history. Dozens of men and women went to prison, thousands lost their jobs, and untold numbers of others saw what happened to those people and refrained from expressing controversial or unpopular ideas. McCarthyism remains all too relevant today; if nothing else, it reminds us that we cannot take our basic freedoms for granted. This course aims to provide a basic understanding of what happened during the Cold War red scare of the late 1940s and 1950s. It will look at this red scare from the perspective of both the victims and the perpetrators, and will try to answer the following question: How could such a politically repressive movement arise in a modern democratic society such as the post-World War II United States? In order to answer that question, this course will look at earlier red scares as well as at some of the key players and institutions involved. It will examine those aspects of the domestic and international politics of the late 1940s and 1950s that contributed to the rise of the anticommunist furor. It will also explore the most important political trials of the era as well as investigate the experiences of its more anonymous (and perhaps more typical) victims. Finally, it will assess the costs of McCarthyism. How did it affect the men and women directly involved with it? And, more important, how did it affect American culture, politics, and the rest of American society?]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322739Fri, 03 Oct 2008 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322739 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Inquisition: The Era of McCarthyism Author: Ellen Schrecker Narrator: Ellen Schrecker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322739 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Inquisition: The Era of McCarthyism Author: Ellen Schrecker Narrator: Ellen Schrecker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 3, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During the early years of the Cold War, the anticommunist witch hunt that we now call McCarthyism swept through American society. As we will discover, McCarthyism was much more than the career of the blustering senator from Wisconsin who gave it a name. It was the most widespread and longest-lasting episode of political repression in American history. Dozens of men and women went to prison, thousands lost their jobs, and untold numbers of others saw what happened to those people and refrained from expressing controversial or unpopular ideas. McCarthyism remains all too relevant today; if nothing else, it reminds us that we cannot take our basic freedoms for granted. This course aims to provide a basic understanding of what happened during the Cold War red scare of the late 1940s and 1950s. It will look at this red scare from the perspective of both the victims and the perpetrators, and will try to answer the following question: How could such a politically repressive movement arise in a modern democratic society such as the post-World War II United States? In order to answer that question, this course will look at earlier red scares as well as at some of the key players and institutions involved. It will examine those aspects of the domestic and international politics of the late 1940s and 1950s that contributed to the rise of the anticommunist furor. It will also explore the most important political trials of the era as well as investigate the experiences of its more anonymous (and perhaps more typical) victims. Finally, it will assess the costs of McCarthyism. How did it affect the men and women directly involved with it? And, more important, how did it affect American culture, politics, and the rest of American society?]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-people-and-the-ballot-a-history-of-american-party-politics-by-joshua-kaplan--65209844https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325214 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People and the Ballot: A History of American Party Politics Author: Joshua Kaplan Narrator: Joshua Kaplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 12, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The study of political parties gets straight to the heart of American politics. The story of political parties is about how we get along with one another. Political parties grew outside the Constitution and the more formal framework of government. No one planned or even wanted them. Parties developed as a response to the dream of a unified government. While parties have taken the country to the brink of violence, and beyond, they have also been vehicles for avoiding violent conflict, and for channeling disagreements. This course provides an understanding of how American politics work and can help make sense of election results and political trends. By understanding political parties, we can better understand what is going on in American politics today and in which direction American politics may be going.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325214Fri, 12 Sep 2008 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325214 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People and the Ballot: A History of American Party Politics Author: Joshua Kaplan Narrator: Joshua Kaplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325214 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People and the Ballot: A History of American Party Politics Author: Joshua Kaplan Narrator: Joshua Kaplan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 12, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The study of political parties gets straight to the heart of American politics. The story of political parties is about how we get along with one another. Political parties grew outside the Constitution and the more formal framework of government. No one planned or even wanted them. Parties developed as a response to the dream of a unified government. While parties have taken the country to the brink of violence, and beyond, they have also been vehicles for avoiding violent conflict, and for channeling disagreements. This course provides an understanding of how American politics work and can help make sense of election results and political trends. By understanding political parties, we can better understand what is going on in American politics today and in which direction American politics may be going.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/political-theory-the-classic-texts-and-their-continuing-relevance-by-joshua-kaplan--65209825https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Theory: The Classic Texts and Their Continuing Relevance Author: Joshua Kaplan Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 12, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We all need some help in understanding the world, and that is the starting point for political theory itself. The great works of other times and places can speak to us today, wherever we are. Political theory does this better than other subjects, in part because the theorist wants us to look around and think about the specifics of the world around us, but also to lift our heads and see farther than we normally do. The theorists we will study in this course wanted very badly to reach their readers, to make them think about their world differently. They don't tell us what to think, but we don't see things in quite the same way after we read them. In fact, we do not read these books so much as we experience them. As you learn about Plato, Thucydides, and Hobbes, you may see connections between their times and our own. You may see how their insights apply to life today. I hope they will become companions that can help you to understand and explain the world in ways that sound bites on the nightly news cannot.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325210Fri, 12 Sep 2008 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Theory: The Classic Texts and Their Continuing Relevance Author: Joshua Kaplan Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Political Theory: The Classic Texts and Their Continuing Relevance Author: Joshua Kaplan Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 12, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We all need some help in understanding the world, and that is the starting point for political theory itself. The great works of other times and places can speak to us today, wherever we are. Political theory does this better than other subjects, in part because the theorist wants us to look around and think about the specifics of the world around us, but also to lift our heads and see farther than we normally do. The theorists we will study in this course wanted very badly to reach their readers, to make them think about their world differently. They don't tell us what to think, but we don't see things in quite the same way after we read them. In fact, we do not read these books so much as we experience them. As you learn about Plato, Thucydides, and Hobbes, you may see connections between their times and our own. You may see how their insights apply to life today. I hope they will become companions that can help you to understand and explain the world in ways that sound bites on the nightly news cannot.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/moveon-s-fifty-ways-to-love-your-country-how-to-find-your-political-voice-and-become-a-catalyst-for-change-by-moveon-org--65209871https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: MoveOn’s Fifty Ways to Love Your Country: How to Find Your Political Voice and Become a Catalyst for Change Author: Moveon.Org Narrator: David Fenton, Peter Schurman, Joan Blades, Al Gore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 4, 2004 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In their own words and their own voices, these contributors prove that ordinary citizens can make a difference. They offer practical resources to turn inspiration into action. From effective online petitions to getting out informed voters, this empowering audio is an essential guide for being involved based on one criterion: a heartfelt desire to better our communities and country. MoveOn.org is an online activist group with more than two million members. Wes Boyd and Joan Blades started MoveOn in 1998 with a simple petition encouraging Congress to censure President Clinton and then 'move on.' It has become the catalyst for a monumental change occurring in political activism, that of individuals stepping up, speaking out, and pooling their political clout.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323416Fri, 04 Jun 2004 01:22:28 +0000Gunner ZulaufPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: MoveOn’s Fifty Ways to Love Your Country: How to Find Your Political Voice and Become a Catalyst for Change Author: Moveon.Org Narrator: David Fenton,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: MoveOn’s Fifty Ways to Love Your Country: How to Find Your Political Voice and Become a Catalyst for Change Author: Moveon.Org Narrator: David Fenton, Peter Schurman, Joan Blades, Al Gore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 4, 2004 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In their own words and their own voices, these contributors prove that ordinary citizens can make a difference. They offer practical resources to turn inspiration into action. From effective online petitions to getting out informed voters, this empowering audio is an essential guide for being involved based on one criterion: a heartfelt desire to better our communities and country. MoveOn.org is an online activist group with more than two million members. Wes Boyd and Joan Blades started MoveOn in 1998 with a simple petition encouraging Congress to censure President Clinton and then 'move on.' It has become the catalyst for a monumental change occurring in political activism, that of individuals stepping up, speaking out, and pooling their political clout.]]>185cleanfull